1 Corinthians 11–14

1 Corinthians 11:1 · Darby

Be my imitators, even as *I* also [am] of Christ.

Paul ends a long section on food, freedom, and giving up rights by pointing to himself — and then past himself to Christ. It raises two questions at once: how can a man safely tell others to copy him, and what should they copy?

The Verse Belongs to What Came Before

A chapter break falls here, but the verse closes the argument of chapter 10. That argument was about eating, drinking, and doing everything for God's glory. One commentator ties the two together directly:

When another believer's conscience is troubled, it is good to deny yourself, and not expose your liberty to someone else's judgment. In love one must respect the scruple of the weakest believer, while holding fast to the intelligence and liberty of Christ. If one does everything for God's glory, one does not seek to gratify self but gives it up. This puts no stumbling block before anyone — Jews, Greeks, or the church of God. Love alone walks like that, seeking God's glory and man's good.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer notes the same link, adding that the appeal is not a claim to control them:

Verse 1 preserves the continuity from chapter 10. As Paul followed Christ in his self-sacrificing devotion to the glory of God, so he urges the saints to follow him. This is not to put them under his control, but to give them an example.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The Word Behind "Imitators"

One writer unpacks the word itself:

The Greek word is the one we get "mimics" from... Paul follows Christ: copies Him, "mimics" Him, if we can say it reverently. And we all are to be "joint-imitators" of Paul... It tells us we are not only to "keep step," but also to "keep rank."

Modernised from G C WillisOriginal wording

What Paul Was Actually Copying

What did copying Paul look like in practice? One writer starts from Paul's own aim to please everyone:

How did he seek to "please all"? Not, we may be sure, by associating with their evils, but by following Christ in all His lowly grace.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Another commentator sees that same grace paired with boldness:

No man was more gentle, humble and gracious than the Apostle. But no one was bolder, more forceful and more plain in speech when the truth was in question. If it were otherwise, he would have stopped being "the servant of Christ."

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The Second Half Is the Safeguard

The words "as I am of Christ" are not decoration. They set the limit on how far anyone should follow a human example:

It is not a question of what one man says, or what another did, or what a third wrote. What matters is that the Word of God forms us through moral exercise... This is not a blind attachment to a leader. We do not do a thing because a leader does it or says it. We follow them only so far as they had the Word of God in all its purity as the basis of their life and ways.

Modernised from W. H. WestcottOriginal wording

Without that clause, even godly leaders become a danger:

Leaders there always will be, and rightly so when it is their faith that carries them ahead of others. But faith must be in the Word of God... Apart from this, we may go easily astray in the path of very good men. Peter led Barnabas astray after this fashion. Paul says: "Be imitators of me," but adds, "as I am of Christ."

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

Why a Living Example Was Needed at All

The first Christians learned what Christ was like by watching the men who brought the message:

Those early Christians depended on what they heard, and on what they saw in the way the preachers lived. They might say to themselves: how can I know what Christianity really is, or what Christ is like? The only way we can know what Christ is like is to watch closely how the men who brought the good news lived... And if they came to follow the Lord through the Apostle, with a man in between, that would lead them to follow the Lord directly... All Paul wanted was that they should see Christ in his ways so clearly that they would follow the Lord Himself.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Not a Call to Party Spirit

Telling people to follow a man could sound like a recipe for division. One writer answers that worry:

Look carefully at the situation, and you will conclude that following Paul is just the way to be free from party spirit and party aims... Never for one moment would Paul take our gaze off Christ. If people could see Christ magnified in his life, that was the object of his life.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- Follow — The call is to copy a life, not admire it. The word means to mimic, to keep step and keep rank with the one ahead.

- Follow what — Not Paul's personality. Copy his surrender of self for God's glory and others' good, and his lowly grace.

- Follow how far — "As I am of Christ" is the limit. Follow leaders only where they walk by the Word of God. Good men have led good men astray.

- Follow why — People who cannot yet read Christ for themselves read Him in Christians. The middle step exists to bring them to the Lord directly.

- Follow together — This does not create parties; it dissolves them. The example keeps pointing past itself to Christ.

1 Corinthians 11:2 · Darby

Now I praise you, that in all things ye are mindful of me; and that as I have directed you, ye keep the directions.

Paul starts a new section of this letter. It covers how believers behave when they meet together, and he opens with praise, not rebuke. Two questions sit in the verse. What were the "traditions" he had delivered? And why does a letter so full of correction begin here?

Praise Before Correction

Corinth had given Paul plenty to condemn, yet he opens this section by naming what was right.

Grace delights to recognise all that is of God in the saints. In line with that grace, the Apostle opens this new section of the letter with a word of praise. There was so much in the assembly to condemn. Yet the Apostle can at least praise them for this: in all their questions they remembered him, and they kept the ordinances, or "directions", he had delivered to them.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

It was his habit, and one writer names the reason it works.

First of all he puts them in their own clear, positive place, and he acknowledges the good things that were in them. He always owns whatever good he can before he begins to reprove anything. We ought to do the same. It opens the heart to receive rebuke.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

What "Traditions" Means Here

Scripture also uses this word for rules that men added to God's commands. Paul means something else.

Scripture uses the word "tradition" in two ways. It can mean the rules men added, as in Matthew 15. It also means what the apostles commanded the saints — first by word of mouth, then in inspired writings, and in both ways at once while the New Testament was still being written and not yet complete.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Modern English hides a link that the Greek makes plain: what Paul "delivered" and what they "maintain" come from one root. The older translation quoted below keeps that link visible.

Paul used the same word in 1 Corinthians 11:2, "that as I have directed you, ye keep the directions". In that verse, "directed" and "directions" come from the same root. In that verse the meaning is divine instruction, not human traditional teaching.

Modernised from Greg QuailOriginal wording

Not a Second Authority Beside Scripture

Some claim an unwritten tradition handed down through the centuries. What Paul praises here is different: truth the Corinthians already had and knew.

The traditions the apostle urges the church to hold fast were truth they knew and had (1 Cor. 11:2). They were not scripture topped up by a vague spiritual sense that shapes everything by its own hidden power... A tradition you do not have and do not know is an absurd contradiction of the only true sense of tradition in scripture. ... The word of God alone has an absolute title over the heart and conscience of His people.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

So where does the church find its directions today?

The word in 1 Corinthians 11:2 should be translated "traditions" or "directions." The apostle does not say what they were. But thank God, we know this much. Whatever ordinances, traditions or directions the Church needs to the end of time are set down plainly in the Scriptures of the New Testament. That is quite enough for us. Men have no authority at all to set up rites and ceremonies in the Church of God.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Rules Kept, Order Lost

Paul praises them, then turns to correct them. Their trouble was not that they had dropped his instructions.

In spite of their many failings and practical disorders, they had remembered Paul's words in everything he had definitely commanded. What he delivered to them they had kept and observed — though, as what follows shows, with real fault in the manner and spirit of it. Serious disorders had arisen. They did not come from neglect of the positive directions the Corinthians had received. They came from far too little of the prime element of all true order in the house of God: remembering His very presence with His saints.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Where the Teaching Starts

Verse 2 opens a block of teaching that runs to the end of chapter 14. It starts further back than most readers expect. Here "the Assembly" means the church.

Chapters 11 to 14 no longer deal with testimony or conduct before the world. They deal with the conduct, order and unity that suit the Assembly, the body of Christ. Yet Paul does not open with the gathering of the Assembly, which starts at verse 17. He opens with the basic truths of God's order in creation. For if we ignore this first and lower order, how can we keep the higher one properly?

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Delivered. The "traditions" are the instruction the apostles handed on. It came first by word of mouth, then in writing, while the New Testament was still being written.

- Distinguished. Scripture uses the same word for rules that men add to God's commands. The test is simple: did this come from the apostles, or from men?

- Deposited. Everything the church needs to the end of time stands written in the New Testament. So no one may add rites or ceremonies of his own.

- Delighted in. Paul owns the good before he reproves the bad. Praise opens the heart to receive correction.

- Deficient still. Corinth kept the directions and still fell into disorder. True order rests on remembering that God Himself is present with His saints.

1 Corinthians 11:3 · Darby

But I wish you to know that the Christ is the head of every man, but woman's head [is] the man, and the Christ's head God.

Paul turns from praise to correction, and he begins with an order rather than a rule — three relationships reaching from the woman up to God Himself. Does headship mean rank, does it cancel the equality believers have in Christ, and how can God be the head of Christ?

Paul argues from creation, not from authority

Rather than settling the Corinthian disorder by simply issuing a command, Paul reaches back to the beginning. One writer notes how typical this method is of Scripture:

To correct this disorder the Apostle uses a way Scripture often takes to settle questions. To learn the principles involved in any question or difficulty, Scripture takes us back to the first time those principles were set out. Here a question had arisen about the relative position of men and women, so it takes us back to the order first established in creation.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Another commentator draws out why this way of teaching is worth imitating:

This is a most characteristic specimen of the apostle's dealing with a point of order. He deduces the solution from first principles involved in divine dealings from the beginning. It is an admirable way of settling questions, not by mere abstract authority, even where the highest lay, but by conveying to others the ways of God in creation and providence, which drew out the admiration as well as submission of his heart.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"Neither male nor female" does not cancel it

The obvious objection is that Galatians already erased the distinction. Commentators answer that two different spheres are in view at once:

There is a shared equality, of the highest and most perfect kind. It can never be touched or set aside. It is to be owned in the fullest possible way. On the other hand, that does not set aside God's order for the earth. In the place God has given here to the man and to the woman, the head of the woman is the man. The higher fact is shown forth in the lower one. There are not two heads in creation, but one. Two heads would mean division. God's thought is unity.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Older translations read this clause "the head of the woman is the man." The ESV translates the same clause "the head of a wife is her husband."

Headship means direction, not superior worth

The picture behind the word is the human body. It points to guidance, not rank:

Every member of the human body is directed from the head. So the figure is very simple and expressive. It is a matter, in one word, of direction. The woman is to accept direction from the man. The man is to accept direction from Christ. And Christ accepts direction from God, and does so perfectly. Everyone else does it very imperfectly.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

One writer adds that this order calls for thankfulness, not grudging acceptance:

Some do object to this clear, settled fact. It does not mean that man is better than the woman, or superior to her. God has given him that place of headship. More than that, "the head of Christ is God." Christ, as the eternal Son of God, is fully equal with God. Yet as Man He is willing to recognize that God is His head. We should all see the great wisdom of God in this, and bow with thankfulness before Him for it.

Modernised from L. M. GrantOriginal wording

The head of Christ is God

This third clause has been misused. It speaks of the place Christ took, not of any lack in His Person:

This last statement does not in any way take away from the Deity of the Son. It is no question in this passage of Christ's place in the Godhead, but of the place He has taken in creation.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

He has not laid that place aside now that He is exalted:

He is still the Servant of the will of God (though never less than God Himself), and what pleases Jehovah will prosper in His hand for ever. So the Head of Christ is God.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

A different headship from Ephesians and Colossians

Commentators are careful not to fold this verse into Christ's headship of the church. That relationship is of another order altogether:

In all creation He is of course Head, in the sense of being Chief. That is the sense in which Scripture calls Him "the Head of every man" in 1 Corinthians 11:3. He is Head to the church in another sense, pictured by the human body: a living, organic union joins the head to the other members.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Both sides have a place to fill

The verse can be twisted in two directions, and one writer warns against both:

It would be even more perilously false to use these words to belittle Christ than to turn their force aside and deny the subjection of woman to man. God, then, is the head of the highest. And as woman is bound to own the place God has given her, so man is to fill his own assigned relationship suitably.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Order. Paul settles a live dispute by going back to how God arranged things at the start. The pattern is older than the problem.

- Equality. Being one in Christ is true and untouchable. It stands beside God's order for earth; it does not delete it.

- Direction. Head means the part that guides. The question is never who is worth more, but who takes direction from whom.

- Christ. The chain does not stop at man. The One who is fully God took the servant's place, and He holds it still in glory.

- Response. If Christ Himself accepts that place, subjection is no insult. It is something to bow to with thankfulness.

1 Corinthians 11:4 · Darby

Every man praying or prophesying, having [anything] on his head, puts his head to shame.

Paul has just set out an order of headship: God, Christ, man, woman. Here he turns it into something you can see — what a man does with his head when he prays or speaks for God.

A small thing carrying a large truth

One writer weighs the act itself against what it stands for.

If a man prays or prophesies having his head covered, he dishonors his head; in itself a very small thing surely — in what it signifies, not small at all. Everything depends upon the truth which is in it, or the error. For him, the covered head is the place of subjection taken.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Another writer defines the sign, then shows where ignoring it leads.

A covering on the head is the outward sign of being in the place of subjection. An uncovered head means the opposite. God has set an order for the place of man and woman, and His people are bound to respect it. It may appear a little thing, yet if disobeyed, as it was in Corinth (where women seemed to be puffed up and refused to follow this order), it becomes a stepping stone towards more serious evil.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Praying and prophesying

The verse names two activities, and they run in opposite directions. One writer defines both, then shows why a covering contradicts them for a man.

He is speaking about prayer and prophecy. In prayer we speak to God for ourselves or for others. In prophecy we speak to people on God's behalf... If the man prays or prophesies with his head covered, he dishonours himself. He claims to go to God in prayer for others, or to speak to people as from God. Yet at the same time he abandons the place of authority that God has given him. In that case, can he be surprised if neither God nor man will listen to him?

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Which head is dishonoured

Commentators differ on the phrase "dishonors his head." Hamilton Smith, quoted above, reads it of the man himself: anyone out of his place is dishonoured before God. Another writer looks higher.

A man praying or prophesying with his head covered dishonors his head. Why? Because his head is Christ: he is therefore dishonoring Christ. Christ should not be covered up; He is the One who should be seen. If a man in this case covers his head he is covering up Christ, and in this way he dishonors Him.

Modernised from L. M. GrantOriginal wording

Why the rule is the reverse of Israel's

The rule now runs the opposite way to Israel's practice. One writer says the reason turns on where Christ is.

If a man prays or prophesies with a covering on his head, he dishonours Christ his Head. With uncovered head the man acknowledges the headship of Christ. In Old Testament days the priests covered their heads, because they stood among visible symbols that displayed divine truth. Now Christ is the substance of those Old Testament shadows (Heb. 10:1 & Col. 2:17) and the image of the invisible God, and He is hidden from view (Col. 1:15 & 3:3). So the man leaves his head uncovered, as the image — that is, the visible representative — of God.

Modernised from Mark BestOriginal wording

How far the instruction reaches

One writer marks out how far this rule reaches, and adds a caution beyond it.

Every man who prays or prophesies with anything on his head — that is, covered — dishonours his head, as did every woman uncovered in these same exercises. This is the order of power, and God wants the fitting behaviour He Himself has set up in those who fear Him and know His grace... But this says nothing about preaching the gospel. Still, a man should always speak reverently and act in a fitting way even when preaching, instead of yielding to nature or chasing popularity in a worldly way.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same writer notes why these verses were written: some at Corinth "had forgotten or never known the place of men and women in God's service."

Summary

- Order. God has set an order for the place of man and woman. What a man does with his head makes that order visible.

- Sign. A covered head marks the place of subjection. On a man, one small act says something untrue.

- Head. Commentators differ on who is shamed. Some say the man shames himself by leaving the place of authority God gave him. Others say he shames Christ, his Head, by covering the One who should be seen.

- Contrast. Israel's priests covered their heads before visible symbols. Christ is now hidden from view, so the man uncovers his head as the visible representative of God.

- Scope. The rule covers praying and prophesying: speaking to God for people, and to people for God. It says nothing about preaching the gospel, though reverence belongs there too.

1 Corinthians 11:5 · Darby

But every woman praying or prophesying with her head uncovered puts her own head to shame; for it is one and the same as a shaved [woman].

Paul has just set out an order of headship, and now he applies it to a woman who prays or prophesies out loud. Two questions follow: what does it mean to dishonour "her head," and where was this praying and prophesying happening?

Whose Head Is Dishonoured

The word "head" shifts between the physical head and the person it stands for. Older translations read "woman" and "man" here, where the ESV reads "wife" and "husband." One commentator sets the two cases side by side.

When a man prays or prophesies with his head covered, he dishonours his head — that is, he outwardly dishonours Christ. His own physical head stands for Christ, and Christ is to be shown, not covered. On the other hand, a woman who prays or prophesies without a head covering dishonours her head — that is, she outwardly dishonours the man. How does she do this? By virtually putting the man in the place of Christ!

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Where This Happens

Chapter 11 allows a woman to pray and prophesy; chapter 14 tells women to be silent in the assembly. Most of the writers here resolve that by noticing what this verse does not say.

In the eleventh chapter he gives directions for women when praying or prophesying. In the fourteenth he tells them to be silent in the assembly. The one place permits ministry, but does not say where it was to happen. The other says plainly that it is not to be in the assembly. Evidently, then, prayer and prophecy were to be outside of the assembly.

Modernised from Samuel RidoutOriginal wording

Commentators differ on whether the setting is public. Another writer rejects that deduction. He reads the verse as saying what a woman would do if she prayed uncovered in the assembly:

It is sometimes deduced from 1 Corinthians 11:5 that Christian women prayed in the churches. Otherwise why should praying with their heads uncovered be spoken against? The deduction does not appear to us to be legitimate. If a Christian woman prays or prophesies in the assembly with her head uncovered, she does two things. First, she defies the order about the sexes that Paul gives elsewhere. Second, she dishonours her head. Only the second is mentioned here, because the first has no direct bearing on the subject, which is the hair: how should Christian men and women wear it?

Modernised from R. S. BarkerOriginal wording

Prophesying Is Not Teaching

Whatever the woman here is doing, it is not the same activity forbidden elsewhere. The distinction turns on what prophesying is.

1 Corinthians 11:5 applies to no meeting of sisters. It might be in their father's house, without any formal meeting at all, as Philip's four daughters. It refers to inspiration, not to teaching. A woman is not permitted to teach.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

A Gift Given, and a Gift Regulated

The verse assumes God really did give women this power. What it corrects is the assumption that a gift carries its own permission slip.

We are told in Acts 21:9 that Philip the Evangelist had four unmarried daughters who prophesied. If God gives spiritual power, He means it to be used. Still, He has chosen to regulate how it is used. The Christians had made a mistake that many have made since. They supposed that having a spiritual gift means unlimited freedom to use it at all times and in all places.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why a Shaved Head

The comparison sounds harsh until you see what a shorn head meant in Israel.

When a woman's head was uncovered or shaven in the Old Testament it was a mark of shame. You can see it in Numbers 5:18, where a wife was under suspicion by her husband, and in Deuteronomy 21:10-13, about a woman taken captive by an Israelite... She must have no marks of shame upon her in the presence of the Lord. She is not to appear before God as one who is suspected of being unfaithful to her husband. The covering on her head would show that she acknowledges him as her head and enjoys his fullest confidence.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

What the Covering Says

One writer puts the covering into words, and shows why the same act would be wrong for a man.

The apostle shows by her hair that God had covered her, and her mind and will are put on the same ground. A woman ought to be covered at family prayers, or like one of Philip's daughters prophesying in her father's house... The man is her real head, and she must cover her own head as a sign that she is under him. In effect she says, I have no head myself. The man is my head, and I am in subjection. The man could not do that, or there would be no visible head.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Summary

- Order. Headship made visible. A woman who prays uncovered "dishonors her head" — the man — by putting him in the place of Christ.

- Gift. Women really did receive the gift of prophecy. God means a gift He gives to be used. He also decides when and where.

- Place. Chapter 11 says a woman may pray and prophesy but never says where; chapter 14 says not in the assembly. Commentators differ on whether the setting here is public.

- Sign. An uncovered head is like a shaved head, because a shorn head was a public mark of shame. The covering says the opposite: she acknowledges her husband and has his full confidence.

- Practice. The settings named are family prayers and a father's house, as with Philip's daughters. Small acts, carrying a truth that is not small.

1 Corinthians 11:6 · Darby

For if a woman be not covered, let her hair also be cut off. But if [it be] shameful to a woman to have her hair cut off or to be shaved, let her be covered.

Confusion had crept into how the Corinthian believers appeared when praying and prophesying. Paul answers bluntly: a woman who refuses the covering may as well lose her hair, which raises two questions — what shame he means, and whether the covering is just her own hair.

The force of the argument

The verse pushes a refusal to its logical end. It is a challenge, not a permission, and it shows why hair alone cannot settle the matter:

Some have also said that God gives a woman her hair as a covering, so that is enough. But God has given her long hair as a covering, and for that very reason He expects her to cover her own head too. That shows her agreement with what God has done. Notice the clear answer Scripture gives: "For if a wife will not cover her head, then she should cut her hair short" (v. 6). Can this mean, "if a woman does not have hair, let her also cut her hair off?" Of course the Word of God does not indulge in such foolishness. The force of this verse is this: if the woman refuses to cover her head, she might as well go all the way. She might as well refuse what God has done in giving her long hair. Honest simplicity of faith can only bow to the facts as God gives them.

Modernised from L. M. GrantOriginal wording

A covering added to the hair

Verse 6 assumes the woman still has hair to cut. So the covering must be a second thing. (Older translations read "woman" here, where the ESV reads "wife.")

First, long hair is not the covering the apostle means, as people sometimes argue. In verse 6 he says, "For if a wife will not cover her head, then she should cut her hair short. But since it is disgraceful for a wife to cut off her hair or shave her head, let her cover her head." So the covering is something in addition to the long hair. Second, the instruction is for women — not wives only, but women — and not for children. Finally, this is no set of rules for women's dress. It is only a direction about what is fitting for them when they are praying.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Where the shame comes from

The shame Paul names has a background in the law, and the covering says the opposite:

What shame did a woman's shaved or cut head confess? To answer that, we must look at the Law. There we find two occasions when the woman was shaved, or uncovered. First, when she was a suspected wife (Numbers 5). Second, when a man had recently taken her captive in battle and she was mourning her father's house, not yet joined to him (Deuteronomy 21). A woman's shaved state showed that she was not enjoying either the full confidence or the full joy of a husband. So the woman should not appear with such marks on her. The church should not look as though Christ suspected her, or as though she still felt herself a sorrowing captive. That would be her shame! But the covering on her head shows the church in neither of these states. It shows her happy in the affection and confidence of Christ, and this is her glory.

Modernised from J. G. BellettOriginal wording

Out of place

The dishonour lies in leaving the place God gave:

If she prays or prophesies with her head uncovered, she claims to express her place of dependence upon God, or to come from God. At the same time, she abandons the place of subjection in which God has placed her. In either case they have dishonoured themselves, for everyone out of his place is dishonoured before God. The uncovered woman is in effect taking the place of a man with a shaved head. It is a shame for a woman to have her head shaved, and that alone should teach her to cover it.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

A small matter carrying a large one

The covering is a sign, and one writer marvels that so small a sign sits in a letter about eternal things:

She was to have a covering on her head, a sign that she was subject to another. This may seem a very little thing. Yet what a wonderful thing it is, and what power it shows, to combine eternal things and the smallest matter of personal decorum in the same letter! The wearing of long hair or short, the use of a covering on the head or not! ... It is the smallness of man that needs big matters to make him important. But the smallest things of God have meaning when they bear on the glory of Christ, as they always do.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Sign — the covering is a visible sign that the woman is subject to another, the place God gave her.

- Not hair — verse 6 assumes she still has hair to cut. So the covering is something added to the long hair God gave her.

- Shame — a shaved head marked a suspected wife or a mourning captive. The covering says the opposite: no suspicion, no captivity, but happy confidence.

- Dishonour — the fault is leaving your place. Anyone out of the place God gave is dishonoured before Him, man as much as woman.

- Small yet weighty — God joins the smallest matter of decorum to the greatest truths. Even small things bear on the glory of Christ.

1 Corinthians 11:7 · Darby

For man indeed ought not to have his head covered, being God's image and glory; but woman is man's glory.

Paul has just said that a man who prays with his head covered shames his head, while a woman who prays uncovered shames hers. His reason reaches back to creation, and it turns on two words — "image" and "glory" — and on whose glory should be seen when the church meets.

What "image" means

"Image" here is not about looking like God. One writer explains it from the statues of the gods in the ancient world:

As to the "image of God" in verse 7, "image" is something that represents another, and so a man represents God, though he has certainly failed to fill the place up. The image of Jupiter was not necessarily like Jupiter, but it was made to represent him. So man keeps the place, though he has fallen in it — the same place in which God put him.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Scripture uses two words — image and likeness — and they do not mean the same thing. That difference shows how fallen people can still carry God's image, and it points to the One who represents God perfectly:

Scripture speaks of "image" and "likeness." The difference is that likeness means being like another — having the same traits and features. "Image" gives the thought of representing another, whether like or not... Man is still said to be in the "image of God" (1 Cor. 11:7), though, as fallen, he is very unlike God... The Son is "the image of the invisible God," and One who in His own Person perfectly represents God in His character and moral attributes, before the whole universe.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The dignity behind the uncovered head

Man's place is not just one rank among creatures. One writer points to a dignity no angel ever had:

He was made sinless. But beyond that, he stood as the centre of an immense system. No angel was that. No angel was the one single centre of a system all around him. Adam was.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The practice follows from the place. One writer sets the bare head and the covered head side by side as a sign of two glories:

When we gather as a Christian assembly, the men remove their hats and the women remain covered... Man was made in the image of God, in His likeness, and man's place in God's creation is to stand in the image and glory of God. He is head over the creation below him; so it would not do to cover up the glory of God. The man remains uncovered, but the woman was given to the man to be his helper. The woman is the glory of the man. So in God's presence the glory of man is covered, but the glory of God is uncovered.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

"The glory of man"

Notice what Paul does not say. He does not call the woman the image of man. He calls her his glory, and the proof runs back to creation, not to later custom:

So the apostle points out that man stands directly as God's image and glory. Woman is man's glory, and she has no such place of public representation for God. Whatever she has in that respect comes indirectly, through him. Creation is the proof — not the way things have gone since. So no one can judge this rightly without looking back to the beginning... It is easy to see why, where people deny creation, or even ignore it, they argue and work for equality.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Whose glory is on display

One glory belongs in the assembly, and another does not:

But the woman was created for man and of man, and she is the glory of man; therefore her head must be covered when she prays or prophesies, for man's glory must not be seen, especially in the gathered assembly. Christ's glory, and not man's, is to be displayed there.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Subjection as her own glory

The covering is not a mark of lesser value. The place she takes is itself called her glory:

"But the woman is the glory of the man." This glory is not the one to be displayed. Indeed, it is her very glory to be in lowly subjection that seeks no public place.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Image — the word means standing for God, not looking like Him; man still holds that place, even though he has fallen in it.

- Place — that place is a real dignity: Adam stood at the centre of a whole system, and no angel ever held it.

- Glory — Paul calls the woman man's glory, not God's image; the proof lies in creation, not in later custom.

- Covering — in God's presence the glory of man is hidden and the glory of God is left uncovered; the covering makes that visible.

- Christ — when the assembly gathers, no human glory is on show, only Christ's; and for the woman, taking that place is itself her glory.

1 Corinthians 11:8 · Darby

For man is not of woman, but woman of man.

Paul is settling how men and women should appear when they pray together, and he does not argue from custom. He goes back to Genesis, to how the woman was made — which raises a question people still ask: does coming out of man make her worth less?

A fact, not an opinion

Paul is not giving an opinion. He states what God did, and one writer sees marriage resting on it.

In 1 Cor. 11:8-9 the apostle Paul sums up the truth of the case in a few words, and it carries God's authority: "For man was not made from woman, but woman from man; neither was man created for woman, but woman for man." Those who dare to dispute the fact must one day learn what it is to call God a liar. This is the ground of the sanctity of marriage: one woman for one man. From the beginning, He Who made her made her out of man, so that the two should be one flesh. People in general soon forgot it, and even Israel did. But there it stood, written and never erased, to instruct the faithful and shame the rebellious.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the argument reaches back to the beginning

Paul is not describing how things run now. That is why he goes back to the start.

Creation is the proof, not the ordinary course of things since. So no one can judge this rightly without looking to the beginning. If verse 7 refers to where man and woman each came from, verse 8 then shows the woman made for the man, and after him. That is the ground of woman's subordination to man. Where people deny creation, or even ignore it, they naturally reason and work for their equality.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Taken out of man — the proof of her worth

Does coming out of man make her lesser? One writer says the fact points the other way.

The very fact that woman was "taken out of man" proves her equality. She is not an inferior, but an equal, a helper suited to him. Between man and man there is similarity, sameness. Between man and woman there is equality, but with difference too.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

This truth protects women. Where it is not known, they are degraded.

This divine ordinance, if observed, is a great protection for woman. She needs it, because she is at a disadvantage compared with man in more ways than one. In the pagan world this ordinance is unknown, and so woman becomes a mere possession, bought and sold and misused by man. These errors, and the abuses that come from them, cannot survive in the light of the truth we have here. Woman is not only of the same species as man, but in her origin was of his very flesh and bone — taken out of man.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The debt runs both ways

One writer weighs the other side of the relationship.

No one should treat her as inferior to man, unfit to be his companion, unsuited to be his helper. For "as woman was made from man, so man is now born of woman." She was taken out of man at the first, and ever since man has owed his life on earth to her. If both thought these simple words of Scripture through, they would learn their true place in relation to each other.

Modernised from C E StuartOriginal wording

What Paul builds on it

The origin of the woman leads to a visible sign. More than human eyes watch it.

In creation the man did not come from the woman, as has been true ever since. The woman came from the man: God took Eve from Adam's side. He created her for the man, since He said it was not good for man to be alone. This was God's order in creation. So the woman should wear the sign of authority on her head — that is, she is under authority to her head, the man. Paul adds here, "because of the angels." Angels take a deep interest in the order God has set in His creation, and they care whether both man and woman obey.

Modernised from L. M. GrantOriginal wording

A shadow of Christ and the church

One writer reads the same verse as a picture of Christ and the church.

He was given, it is true, in due time for the church, but the church from everlasting had been given to Him, and not He to the church. "For man was not made from woman, but woman from man" (1 Cor. 11:8).

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Origin. Woman was formed out of man. Paul builds everything on that fact. It carries God's authority, and it makes marriage sacred.

- Order. The argument rests on the beginning, so no one can judge it rightly without looking there. Ignore creation, and people set out to win equality on their own terms.

- Equality. Taken out of man, she is of his own flesh and bone: equal, though different. That truth has protected women wherever it is known.

- Balance. She came from the man once; every man since has come by the woman, so neither may despise the other.

- Witness. The sign on the head shows this order, and angels watch it. Behind it stands a greater picture: the church is of Christ, given to Him.

1 Corinthians 11:9 · Darby

For also man was not created for the sake of the woman, but woman for the sake of the man.

Paul argues here from the start of the human race. The woman came out of man (v. 8), and she was made for him — but does that make her less, and does Eden still shape how Christians act when they meet?

A fact, not an opinion

Paul is not stating a cultural preference. One writer treats these words as carrying God's own authority, and rests marriage on them.

Paul sums up the truth of the case in 1 Cor. 11:8-9, and he does it with God's authority. Those who dare to dispute the fact must one day learn what it is to call God a liar. This is the ground of the sanctity of marriage: one woman for one man. That was the order from the beginning, laid down by Him who made her out of man, so that the two should be one flesh. Sadly, people in general forgot it far too soon, and even Israel forgot it. But there it was, written in a way that cannot be erased, to instruct the faithful and shame the rebellious.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "for the man" means

The word "for" answers a question of purpose. Adam's need came first, and that need explains why God made a woman rather than a second man.

All this has to do with the present, not with what is final, what is heavenly, what is eternal. It is God's order as He set it up, and we are bound to respect it. Nor was the man created for the woman, but the woman for the man. The man was created first, and it was not good for him to be alone. The woman was created to meet this need. But why a woman — why not another man? Because another man would not have brought the same help. He needs someone who pictures the dependence of the creature, rather than the kind of independence given to man. That very dependence appeals to him, and appeals to his heart, because she depends on him.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Put the other way round, the direction of the help is fixed and cannot be reversed:

"Man was not created for the woman, but woman for the man" (1 Cor. 11:9). So the woman was intended to supplement the man, not the man to supplement the woman.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Order without inferiority

Being made for someone is not the same as being made lower than them. The way she was made proves the opposite.

The very fact that woman was taken out of man proves her equality with him. She is not his inferior, but his equal, his helper. There is equality, but with it diversity. Woman was made for man and to be with him at his side. God never intended that woman should be an independent creature apart from man, but that she should be associated with him... Woman never shines more brightly than when fulfilling the object for which she was created, which first of all was to be man's helper.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

The practical conclusion Paul draws

Verse 9 feeds straight into the instruction about a covered head in verse 10.

"For a man ought not to cover his head, since he is the image and glory of God" (v. 7). As such he represents God, and God is to be prominent, not covered. "But woman is the glory of man" — and the glory of man is not to be prominent. She was created for the man, for God had said it was not good for man to be alone. This was God's order in creation, and therefore the woman should have the sign of authority on her head — that is, that she is under authority to her head, the man.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

This order has an audience beyond the room:

There are other creatures who are intelligent and aware of the order of God's ways. In relation to them, the women were to be covered because of the angels. The angels watch the ways of God in redemption, and they watch what this wonderful work of His would produce.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The balancing truth two verses later

Paul does not let his argument turn into tyranny. He adds that the two belong together.

Verses 11 and 12 show, however, that the man and the woman complete one another. The man is not a dictator, and the woman is not a slave. Each is needed in his or her place to keep the human race going. The woman came from man in the beginning. Yet ever since, the man has come "by the woman." "But all things of God." His wisdom and work is supreme in every part of creation.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Christ and the church

The pattern set in Eden is not only about husbands and wives. One writer applies the same words to Christ and the church.

Is not the Church needful to Christ? Yes, truly. God said, "It is not good that the man should be alone; I will make him a helper fit for him." And again, "Neither was man created for woman, but woman for man." So the question is no longer only whether God can save a poor, helpless sinner. He did not leave "the first man" without a helper fit for him; neither would He leave the "Second."

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Summary

- Origin. She was taken out of man — which is why commentators say this proves equality, not inferiority.

- Purpose. She was made for him, to meet a need God Himself named; another man would not have brought the same help.

- Sign. Because of that purpose, the woman wears a token of authority on her head, and men uncover.

- Audience. Angels watch this order kept, so a small visible act carries weight far beyond the room.

- Balance. The man and the woman complete one another — and the pattern of one made for another reaches its height in the church made for Christ.

1 Corinthians 11:10 · Darby

Therefore ought the woman to have authority on her head, on account of the angels.

The apostle has just traced a line of headship: God over Christ, Christ over the man, the man over the woman. His conclusion here raises two questions — what "authority on her head" means, and why angels come into it.

What "authority on her head" means

The wording is odd: she is told to have authority, when the point is that she stands under it.

The expression "authority on the head" has caused endless discussion. To have authority on the head unquestionably means to wear the sign of it in a covering or veil. On the other hand, in verses 11 and 12 the apostle is careful to insist that man and woman belong to each other. He denies that either is independent of the other. He affirms that God is the source of both, and of all things.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer reads the covering as a statement the woman makes about herself.

The apostle takes the state of the physical head as a sign. It shows the condition of the man or the woman in relation to their moral head. The woman's head — the man — is really her head, and she must cover her own head as a sign of her subjection. So she says in effect, "I have no head myself. The man is my head, and I am in subjection." The man could not do that, or there would be no visible head.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

The reason reaches back to creation

"That is why" points back to creation, not to local custom in Corinth.

In creation the man did not come from the woman, though that has been the way ever since. The woman came from the man, as God took Eve from Adam's side. God made her for the man, for He had said it was not good for man to be alone. This was God's order in creation. So the woman should wear the sign of authority on her head — the sign that she is under authority to her head, the man.

Modernised from L. M. GrantOriginal wording

The argument rests on the beginning, not on how things have gone since:

Creation is the proof — not, of course, the ordinary course of things since. It is therefore impossible to form a right estimate without looking to the beginning. It is easy to see what happens where people deny creation, or even ignore it. Men then naturally reason and labour for equality.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the angels are mentioned

Angels come into it because of what they are by nature.

Two things mark off the angels who never fell from those who did: perfect subjection, and ready obedience to the voice of their Creator. The angels who fell did not keep the place first given to them. And the power that sets true order in God's Church is the same life-giving Spirit who adorned the heavens. That Spirit set the chosen angels in their appointed places. These, then, whose very nature is order, ought not to see disorder in God's house.

Modernised from Andrew PridhamOriginal wording

One writer marks where this applies, and who is watching there:

The apostle is not speaking of wearing the sign of subjection at all times, though I believe it would be very fitting. She is in this a spectacle, with all present, to the angels. The whole subject is modesty, order, decency, and things in their right place... Angels should learn something in the church.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Readings that miss the mark

Commentators differ over who these angels are. One writer runs through the other answers and rejects them all, including the idea that these are evil angels.

Most commentators have missed this thought completely. Some have drifted into degrading ideas about bad angels. Others have lowered the word to mean the righteous themselves, or Christian prophets, or those who preside in the assemblies, or people appointed to arrange betrothals, or mere spies sent there by the unfaithful.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Not inferiority but honour

Does this order make the woman less? One writer answers by pointing to Christ.

This shows us the woman's place in the natural sphere. Man is the head. This does not imply inferiority. If it did, Christ would be essentially inferior to God, His Father — a thought impossible to those who believe in His eternal Deity. But in position, and as Man, the blessed Son took the place of subjection and obedience to the Father.

Modernised from C. KnappOriginal wording

There is more here than subjection. One writer calls the covering the woman's honour.

The woman's veil is not only a badge of her subjection; it is also her ornament and her praise. For meekness is beauty in the sight of God, and praise belongs to those who stay willingly in their appointed place.

Modernised from Andrew PridhamOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause. The "that is why" reaches back past custom to creation: woman from man, and for man. So the instruction stands wherever creation stands.

- Sign. "Authority on her head" means wearing the token of the authority she is under. The visible head pictures the moral head.

- Speech. The covering makes a silent statement: I am not my own head. Uncovered, she would show a headship that is not hers.

- Spectators. Angels come into the verse because order is their very nature. The assembly is a classroom, where beings who never fell watch God's order kept on earth.

- Balance. Order is not ranking. The Son Himself took the place of subjection, and the veil is the woman's ornament as well as her sign. The next verses insist neither man nor woman exists without the other, since all things come from God.

1 Corinthians 11:11 · Darby

However, neither [is] woman without man, nor man without woman, in [the] Lord.

Paul has just been teaching the order set at creation: the man as head, and the woman formed from the man and for him. Then he turns with one word — "Nevertheless." The verse asks us to hold two things together: a real difference of place, and a real need of one another.

The Force of "Nevertheless"

The word marks a deliberate turn in the argument. He has pressed the difference of position. Now he sets beside it something both share.

He keeps the difference of place, but he also states that both have the same standing in the Lord. The woman was formed from the man and for the man. Yet the true Man had to be the woman's offspring. And the human race goes on in the earth only because the woman conceives and bears. Each is necessary to the other, and all of God, who frames the creature at His will, and for His praise.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Notice where the statement stands. It comes after the argument about the man's place, from the same writer who made it.

Nothing can be stronger than this. The apostle had been proving the official superiority of the man over the woman. Then he states that, even so, one was not without the other in the Lord.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

"In the Lord" — Where the Dependence Is Taken Up

This need of each other is not just a fact of nature. It is taken up "in the Lord", and that runs against the way the world is going.

Still, this question of authority and subjection in the creation order in no way weakens the truth that the man and the woman depend on each other. But that mutual dependence is to be taken up in the Lord. In the world men and women are throwing off their allegiance to God, so they want to be more and more independent of one another. In Christianity we are brought back to depending on the Lord, and so on one another, and to owning that all things are of God. How can we be independent of the One from Whom we have our origin?

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Two Origins, One Debt

The first woman came from the man. Ever since, every man has come through a woman. Neither side can look down on the other.

Yet she is not to be treated as inferior to the man, unfit to be his companion, unsuited to be his helper. For as the woman is of the man, so the man is by the woman. She was taken out of the man at the first, and ever since the man has owed his existence on earth to her. If both would weigh these plain statements of the Word, they would learn their true place towards each other. It would free the woman from the misdirected energy we see around us, and lead her to fill the place God intended for her.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

The beauty of it shows when each keeps the place God gave.

There is a unity in God's creation, and it looks most beautiful when both man and woman keep their place and work as each is fitted to work. God gives each a dignity of their own, and each should act in the dignity that fits the place God has given.

Modernised from L. M. GrantOriginal wording

Equality That Does Not Cancel Order

Equal standing in Christ and God's order on earth are not rivals. One does not cancel the other.

There is an equality they share, of the most perfect and highest kind. It can never be touched, never set aside, and it should be owned as fully as possible. On the other hand, that does not set aside God's order for the earth. In the place God has given to man and to woman here, the head of the woman is the man. The higher truth is shown in the lower one. There are not two heads in creation, but one. Two heads would mean division. God's thought is unity… The man and the woman together form man in the full sense of humanity, and so the woman is needed to make the man what he is.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

What It Looks Like in Practice

You can see this where believers meet.

First, we see men and women seated together. This speaks of their equal and shared interest in Christ, where there is neither male nor female. As we read here, "in the Lord woman is not independent of man nor man of woman." As persons, they have the same standing in the church of God.

Modernised from J. G. BellettOriginal wording

Summary

- Nevertheless. The word comes after the argument for order, not before it. The same apostle who taught the difference of place denies that either sex stands alone.

- Place. The difference of place stands. What Paul denies is independence. Equal standing and different function belong together.

- Origin. The woman came from the man. Ever since, the man has come through the woman. The debt runs both ways, so neither can claim to be superior.

- Sphere. "In the Lord" is where this dependence is taken up. The world throws off allegiance to God, and then wants independence from one another. Christianity brings back both.

- Result. God gives each a dignity in the place He gave. It shows best when both fill that place, and both hold the same standing in the church of God.

1 Corinthians 11:12 · Darby

For as the woman [is] of the man, so also [is] the man by the woman, but all things of God.

Paul has just said that neither man nor woman stands alone in the Lord; now he gives the reason. The woman came from the man at the start, and ever since then every man has come through a woman — and both facts run back to one source, God Himself.

Dependence, not independence

The verse does not cancel the order set out earlier in the chapter. Authority and subjection still leave the two needing each other, and that need belongs in the Lord.

This question of authority and subjection in the creation order does not in any way weaken the truth that the man and the woman depend on each other. But that mutual dependence is to be taken up in the Lord. In the world men and women are throwing off their allegiance to God. So they seek more and more to be independent of one another. In Christianity we come back to depend on the Lord, and so on one another. We come to recognise that all things are of God. How can we be independent of the One from whom we have our origin?

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Why the need runs both ways

Verse 8 said the woman came from the man. Verse 12 adds the other half, and it draws that half from ordinary birth.

Verse 12 both explains and develops this. God is the originator of all. Here it is not only the woman from the man as in verse 8, but also that every man (child) comes through the woman.

Modernised from Mark BestOriginal wording

This two-way need rules out one false picture of authority. It also explains the closing words about all things being from God.

Verses 11 and 12 show, however, that the man and the woman are the complement of one another. The man is not a dictator and the woman is not a slave. Each is necessary in his or her place for the human race to continue. "And all things are from God." His wisdom and work is supreme in every aspect of creation.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Different place, shared standing

Order and equal standing are not rivals here. Paul holds both, and the line that runs from the woman reaches all the way to Christ.

He keeps the difference of place, and he also states that both share one standing in the Lord. If the woman came from the man and for the man at the start, the true Man must also be the woman's seed. Also, mankind continues on the earth by the natural conception of the woman. Each is necessary to the other, and all of God, who frames the creature at His will, and for His praise.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

That shared standing is visible whenever believers gather.

First, we see men and women seated together. This tells of their equal and common interest in Christ, where there is neither male nor female, as we read here, "For neither is the man without the woman, neither the woman without the man in the Lord"; for, personally considered, they have the same standing in the church of God.

Modernised from J. G. BellettOriginal wording

Grace hidden in "born of woman"

The phrase "born of woman" carries more than biology. The woman was deceived first, yet the Saviour came into the world through her.

The heir, or governor, is also spoken of as born of the woman — that is, once man had fallen; so great is the grace in God's purpose. Made out of the man where evil was worked out, He was born out of the woman: marvellous grace. "Nevertheless, in the Lord woman is not independent of man nor man of woman." Yet the man was created first, not the woman, and "the woman was deceived and became a transgressor." But as the woman is for the man, so the man is by the woman. Note this well: as we have said, it is marvellous grace.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Dignity in the place given

The verse ends in beauty, not competition. Each has a dignity the other does not have, and it goes with the place God gave.

God's creation has a unity, and it is most beautiful when both man and woman keep the place and function each is fitted for. For though the woman came from man to begin with, since that time man has come through the woman. Each has a dignity of its own, and both should act with the dignity that fits the place God has given.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

Summary

- Origin. The woman came from the man at creation. Since then every man has come through a woman, so the need runs both ways.

- Dependence. Authority never means independence. In the Lord we come back to depend on Him, and so on one another.

- Standing. The two keep different places, yet they share one standing in the Lord.

- Grace. Man is now born of woman, and so the true Man came as the woman's seed. Grace worked through the one who was deceived first.

- God. All things are from God. He frames the creature at His will and for His praise, and the dignity of each lies in the place He gave.

1 Corinthians 11:13 · Darby

Judge in yourselves is it comely that a woman should pray to God uncovered?

A Question, Not a Command

Paul has been building a case for several verses. Here he stops and hands the decision back to the Corinthians. The question looks small: what a woman wears on her head when she prays. But the way Paul settles it shows how God expects His people to think.

One writer notices a shift in tone here. Earlier in the letter Paul used his full authority against open sin. At the close of this passage he refuses to argue with anyone who insists on being contentious.

[The closing words about anyone being contentious] are simply added, by the grace of God in the writer, to check the argumentative spirit of the Corinthians. They also guard the Corinthians against putting unfair legal pressure on the consciences of their sisters in Christ. After all, this could never be made a matter of church discipline. So the apostle does not speak here with the authoritative language of an apostle of Jesus Christ, as he did in that case of flagrant evil in 1 Corinthians 5. Instead he appeals to their own judgment, asking whether it is proper for a woman to pray to God uncovered.

Modernised from Julius A. Von PoseckOriginal wording

The Ground He Appeals To

He has already argued from Scripture. Now he turns to a lower kind of proof — one anybody can check.

He is not content with giving proofs from Scripture on this point. He will make God's people their own judges, on the lower though important ground of natural sense. Man and woman are naturally different. From that alone they might have concluded that for a woman to lift an unveiled face to her Creator is unbecoming. If long hair was given her as a veil, to screen her from the gaze of men, how much more should she take a covering when her prayers draw the eye of God straight and especially upon herself.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

Creation Sets the Standard

The word translated "proper" points to what fits — what looks right. William Kelly ties that sense of fitness to the way God made man and woman.

Further, he appeals to the sense of what is fitting, grounded on the make-up of both man and woman. He tells them to judge in themselves whether it is becoming for a woman to pray to God uncovered, and asks whether nature itself does not teach them. It is as natural for a man to have short hair as for a woman to have long hair. To reverse this in practice is a revolt against the nature of each. God's creation must govern where the word of His grace does not call to higher things, and here no one can claim such a call.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Great Truths Behind a Small Matter

A head covering looks like a trivial thing to argue about. Notice what Paul brings in to settle it.

Here we have another instance of how the greatest truths are brought into connection with everyday subjects. Here is a question of whether a woman is to have a covering on or not. The whole ordering of God is brought in to settle whether a woman is to wear a cap on her head (v. 3-16). It was the custom there for women inspired by demons to have their hair flowing out wild, and this was not the order for a woman. They were to recognise the authority of man if they prayed or prophesied. The woman had her place for praying and prophesying, but not in the assembly.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

When the Sense of Fitness Grows Dull

Paul's appeal assumes his readers still have working instincts. One writer admits habit can blunt them, and points to faith to sharpen them again.

Verses 13 and 14 make an appeal to the believer's sense of what is fitting. Your own proper discernment should lead you to conclude that a woman ought not to pray to God uncovered. Many ignore this clear voice of nature, but a Christian has no excuse for doing so. In many places custom has dulled this sense of what is fitting, but faith should certainly restore its keen edge.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Judge — Paul does not command here. He hands the question to the Corinthians' own discernment, and church discipline never rests on it.

- Judge by nature — his test is one anyone can apply: the difference God built into man and woman. God's creation governs where His grace does not call to something higher.

- Judge where you pray — the verse takes for granted that a woman prays; one writer places that praying outside the assembly.

- Judge the small by the great — the whole ordering of God stands behind a detail as ordinary as a covering on the head.

- Judge against custom — habit blunts the sense of what is fitting; faith sharpens it again, and a Christian has no excuse to ignore it.

1 Corinthians 11:14 · Darby

Does not even nature itself teach you, that man, if he have long hair, it is a dishonour to him?

Paul has spent this chapter setting out God's order in creation. Here he gives no command. He points to the created world and asks whether it already teaches them the answer.

Where this argument sits

The verse is one step in a longer argument. Here is the shape of the whole.

The Apostle has spoken of what is true in creation (verses 3–10), of what is right "in the Lord" (verses 11, 12), of what is fitting according to nature (verses 13–15), and of what is allowed by custom (verse 16). He does all this to show the true position of men and women in relation to one another.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

What "nature" means here

Nature here is not the same thing as custom.

Nature is also a term describing the vast system of created things around us. To each part of it the Creator has given not only its existence, but its use, its order, its increase, its decay. These are often called "the laws of nature." They govern each thing and set what is proper to it. So nature teaches that a man should not have long hair, 1 Cor. 11:14; and a multitude of other things that belong to God's order in creation.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

One writer turns this into a rule for Christian living.

All through the word of God we find great prominence given to what is according to nature — to what is fitting. "Does not nature itself teach you?" says the inspired apostle to the assembly at Corinth. The Creator planted certain feelings and instincts in nature, and they must never be violated. We may set this down as a fixed principle, a rule of Christian ethics: no action can be of God if it does violence to the feelings that belong to nature. The Spirit of God may, and often does, lead us beyond and above nature, but never against it.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Why long hair dishonours a man

So why is long hair a disgrace for a man? The answer lies in what short hair signals.

The apostle points out here that this is a fact that holds generally: "Does not nature itself teach you…?" It is not a rule for Christians only. Short hair stands for the authority that God has given the man as head. That is his place in the order of creation (1 Cor. 11:3).

Modernised from Michael HardtOriginal wording

Reversing what God distinguished

Paul does not argue only about women; he includes the man, so that neither may swap the sign belonging to the other.

He also appeals to the sense of what is fitting, which rests on the makeup of both man and woman. "Judge for yourselves: is it proper for a woman to pray to God uncovered? Does not nature itself teach you…?" Suppose it is as natural for a man to have short hair as for a woman to have long hair. Is it not a revolt against the nature of each to reverse this in practice? Where the word of His grace does not call us to something higher, God's creation must rule — and no one could claim such a call here.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The one who accepted the shame

The same fact explains an Old Testament practice. A Nazirite was a man set apart to God for a time. He let his hair grow long and took on the disgrace this verse names.

In 1 Corinthians 11:14 we learn that it shows a lack of dignity for a man to have long hair. "Does not nature itself teach you that if a man wears long hair it is a disgrace for him?" So if we truly want to live a life set apart to God, we must be ready to give up our dignity in nature. Our Lord Jesus Christ did this perfectly. He made Himself of no reputation. He surrendered His rights in everything. He could say, "I am a worm and not a man." He emptied Himself completely and took the very lowest place. He neglected Himself while He cared for others. Now this is the very thing we so dislike doing. We naturally stand up for our dignity and try to hold on to our rights. But the perfect Man never did, and if we aim at being Nazirites we will not either.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Why the small detail matters

One writer sees a wider purpose behind the blurring of such differences.

We must not overlook the particular case the passage deals with. We ought to watch it closely, especially Christian women. Behind all the movements of the world and of fashion lies the god of this age. His aim is to break down all the differences and barriers which God has set up. In this way Satan's schemes are carried out more easily.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- Nature speaks. Creation is not silent. God gave it laws and instincts that already teach what is fitting.

- Nature marks. Short hair on a man is a visible sign of the headship given him at creation; long hair reverses that sign.

- Nature binds. No action can be of God if it does violence to these instincts. The Spirit leads above nature, never against it.

- Nature surrendered. The Nazirite took that disgrace on himself to be wholly God's. Christ gave up every right and did it perfectly.

- Nature attacked. Wiping out the differences God set up is not just fashion. One writer sees a settled purpose behind it.

1 Corinthians 11:15 · Darby

But woman, if she have long hair, [it is] glory to her; for the long hair is given [to her] in lieu of a veil.

Paul ends his appeal to the Corinthians with something anyone can see: hair grows differently on men and women, and that difference carries meaning. Two questions follow — what does "glory" mean here, and does hair given "for a covering" replace the covering Paul asked for earlier?

Nature's Lesson

Paul points his readers to what is proper, based on the way men and women are made.

He appeals to the sense of what is proper, based on how both man and woman are made. If short hair is as natural for a man as long hair is for a woman, is it not a revolt against the nature of each to reverse this? God's creation must govern where the word of His grace does not call to higher things. No one could claim that here.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "Glory" Means

Paul calls long hair a glory. One writer explains how a mark of dependence can be an honour.

The uncut hair was a clear sign of dependence — of weakness clinging to strength. Long hair is the woman's glory; it is the mark of her dependence as the weaker vessel upon man. This is the place in which God has put her, and true glory is to fill perfectly the place God has given.

Modernised from J T MawsonOriginal wording

Nature also teaches what is beautiful, and what people look down on.

The woman has a natural covering in her long hair. So nature shows her place of subjection. It tells us that a hidden woman is a beautiful woman, while everyone looks down on a woman who cuts off her hair and imitates the man.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The Word "Covering"

One writer points out that the Greek word in this phrase is not the word Paul used earlier for a covered head.

Our Authorized Version says in 1 Corinthians 11:15, "for her hair is given her for a covering." From this some teach that a woman's long hair is her head-covering, and that she needs no other covering. But this is a wrong translation. It does not give the meaning of the original Scripture at all. The Greek word here is completely different from the word rightly translated "covered" in verse 6. There the word means "to cover up, covering one's head." Here in verse 15 the word means "that which is thrown around."

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Does Hair Replace the Covering?

Some read the verse as settling the question: hair is the covering, so nothing more is needed. Commentators answer that the verse points the other way.

Some would argue that since a woman's hair is given her for a covering, she needs no other covering. But this assumption ignores the force of the whole passage. The apostle is showing something else. God on His part has given her the covering of long hair to show her place of subjection. On her part she is to agree with this, by using a covering on her head.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Campbell adds a second reason, drawn from glory itself.

Nature gives a woman long hair as a veil cast around her. It is not the head covering that the apostle insists on in the earlier verses. If man's glory must be covered in God's presence, as we have explained, then surely woman's long hair, her personal glory, must be covered in His presence too.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Long Hair Beyond This Chapter

One writer reads long hair as a sign that reaches beyond this chapter — to the Nazarite, an Israelite under a special vow to God, and to Christ Himself.

Long hair is the proper covering for the woman, telling of her place of subjection in the present order of things. If the man has long hair, it is a shame to him. But it is a glory to the woman, for "her hair is given to her for a covering." So the long hair speaks of the place of dependence. In the Nazarite we see one who has willingly given up what man would call "his rights" and his independence, to be wholly in subjection to God. The Lord Jesus is the great example in this, as in all else. He could say, "I have come down from heaven, not to do my own will but the will of him who sent me."

Modernised from Henry Allan IronsideOriginal wording

Summary

- Nature first. Paul argues from how God made people, not from custom. To reverse the natural difference in hair is a revolt against creation.

- Glory, not penalty. Long hair is named an honour, because true glory is filling perfectly the place God has assigned.

- Thrown around. The Greek word in verse 15 means something cast around her, and differs from the word for a covered head in verse 6.

- Not a substitute. God gives the long hair on His side; she answers on hers. The hair is the reason for the covering, not its replacement.

- The pattern is Christ. Voluntary dependence is the glory of the Nazarite and of the Lord Himself, who came to do the will of the One who sent Him.

1 Corinthians 11:16 · Darby

But if any one think to be contentious, *we* have no such custom, nor the assemblies of God.

Paul has finished his case about head coverings. Now he turns to the person who would still rather argue. His last line raises two questions. What is the "practice" he denies? And what weight does the settled habit of all the churches carry?

What "no such practice" refuses

Writers have read this line in two ways. Older translations say "custom" where the ESV says "practice." One reading takes the denied custom to be the Corinthian novelty itself, not the arguing:

The churches had a settled practice, shaped by apostolic wisdom. It is no light thing to disturb it, and the apostle says so with great moral force. It is a contemptible kind of independence that sets itself up against the spiritual feeling of the whole public witness in God's assemblies. It even sets itself above the men God has given heavenly wisdom to direct it all. This is not conscience and not spirituality. It is a love of differing from others that springs from the flesh, and at bottom sheer vanity. The custom he denies is the Corinthian novelty, which confused God's order in nature. It is not a love of arguing, though many writers, old and new, strangely conclude that.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Other writers take it the opposite way. What the apostles had no habit of was quarrelling. Commentators differ on this point.

The Spirit of God knew beforehand that some would be contentious about this. That closes the subject for good: the apostles had no such custom of being contentious. God has spoken. They had declared the truth of God, and they will not come down to the level of arguing over it.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Truth stated, debate declined

Either way, the verse ends a discussion rather than extending it. That refusal is not indifference to the subject but a judgment about how truth should be handled.

Yet this is the Word of God, and deeply important for the true blessing of all the church of God on earth. Paul has stated the truth, but will not allow it to be a contentious issue. The truth of God is too precious and vital to be dragged down to the level of human argument.

Modernised from L. M. GrantOriginal wording

The weight of what all the assemblies did

Through the passage Paul persuades; he does not order. His last word tells the objector who he is really up against.

On the whole question of dress the apostle urges his brothers, but gives no command. He points out what is fitting, and leaves his counsel to work on their spiritual discernment and right feeling. But he knew that some men are easier to command than to advise. Wherever a doubt can be raised, they would rather debate than follow the way of peace. His closing words are aimed at them. He wants them to know this: in objecting to his counsel they were condemning the general practice too — not only where he or his fellow apostles might be present, but in every company he knew and owned as a church or assembly of God.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Not a rule for Corinth only

The appeal reaches past Corinth. One commentator lists this verse among those that answer the claim that the letter's instructions ended with its first readers.

The Apostle links the church at Corinth with all who call on the name of our Lord Jesus Christ in every place. That shows the instructions apply to the whole Christian profession for all time. Again and again in this letter we find passages that overturn any effort to limit the instruction to one local assembly and to the apostles' own day. (See 1 Cor. 4:17; 1 Cor. 7:17; 1 Cor. 11:16; 1 Cor. 14:36-37; 1 Cor. 16:1.)

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

A brake on pressure, not a licence to ignore

The closing words also guard the conscience. They give no one permission to shrug off what came before.

Neglect or carelessness is no excuse for disobeying God's instructions. Nor can the Apostle's closing words encourage anyone to disregard the instructions he has just given under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit. He adds those words, by the grace of God in him, for two reasons. They put a check on the contentious spirit of the Corinthians. They also guard them against harsh, legal pressure on the consciences of their sisters in Christ. This, after all, could never become a matter of church discipline.

Modernised from Julius A. Von PoseckOriginal wording

Small things that show the heart

A dispute about a head covering can look small. That is why it reveals so much.

Little things like covering or uncovering the head often show the state of the heart. They test whether a person's will is subject to God and His Word, or whether it wants instead to go against the Word and follow the fashions and order of the day. Customs may change, but the principle of God's Word in this and other matters remains.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Summary

- Argue — the verse speaks to the man who would rather debate than obey. Commentators differ on what is denied: the Corinthian novelty, or the quarrelling itself.

- Close — Paul states the truth and then refuses to argue it. Truth is too valuable to drag down to the level of human dispute.

- Compare — the objector is not disagreeing with one teacher. He stands against the settled practice of every assembly Paul knew.

- Carry — that reach is why the instruction cannot be shrunk to one city or one century. The principle holds wherever the churches of God are found.

- Check — the closing words restrain pressure on consciences, but they excuse nothing. A small matter like this shows what the will is really set on.

1 Corinthians 11:17 · Darby

But [in] prescribing [to you on] this [which I now enter on], I do not praise, [namely,] that ye come together, not for the better, but for the worse.

Paul had been giving directions he could praise. Now his tone changes. He turns from how individuals behave to what happened when the Corinthian believers met together. Their meetings were doing them harm, not good. What turns a gathering into a loss instead of a gain?

Where the letter turns

This verse opens a long block of teaching about the church assembled, running to the end of chapter 14. One writer traces the thread that holds the whole section together:

1 Corinthians 11:17 to 14:40 deals with coming together as an assembly. The section opens by saying that Paul is giving instructions about what happens "when you come together." The first aim is to remember the Lord Jesus (chapter 11). Then the truth of the one body comes in to govern the local gathering (chapter 12). Chapter 13 shows the "still more excellent way" — divine love. Chapter 14 gives the order for ministry that builds people up.

Modernised from H. J. VineOriginal wording

Praise withheld

Earlier in the chapter Paul opened with praise. Here he withholds it, and the change of tone is deliberate:

Paul had opened his corrective words with general praise, while he was dealing only with the smaller fault already mentioned. Now his tone turns to solemn and severe rebuke. He turns to the worse disorder still to be dealt with, and its sheer size puts every lesser failure in the shade. Their coming together should have been for their mutual comfort and encouragement, and for their common strength and blessing. Instead, through their lack of reverence and godly fear, it had become an occasion of spiritual disaster and dishonour.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

What made it "for the worse"

The trouble was what they brought into the meeting. They carried the world's social divisions into the very meal meant to show fellowship:

The love-feast was a meal the early Christians ate together. Its aim was to build friendship among people who are strangers and pilgrims here, called to suffer on earth and to spend eternity together in glory with the Lord. The Corinthians, however, had lost the sense that Christians are strangers here. They had let in from the world the rivalry between followers of favourite teachers, and in the same way they degraded even the love-feast by keeping class distinctions. The rich feasted on the food they had brought, while those who had nothing to give were made to feel their poverty sharply. So they destroyed the principle of Christian society at the very meal that ought to have shown it in practice.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What drawing near exposes

Gathering did not create the divisions; it brought them to the surface. That is part of what happens whenever people come close to God:

The first thing was that when they came together, they came not for the better but for the worse. It made their true condition plain — as coming near to God in fact does. The first thing that showed itself was their divisions. In their very way of coming together they showed themselves apart.

Modernised from Frederick W. GrantOriginal wording

The consequences that followed

The remembrance meal was meant to bless them. Misusing it brought God's dealings upon them instead:

Sadly, the disorder in the assembly at Corinth was so grave that the feast of remembrance brought God's governmental dealings upon them. That feast should have been for their blessing. Their coming together was not for the better, but for the worse.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The same danger now

The warning is not confined to Corinth's excesses. The spirit each person carries into the meeting still decides which way it goes:

Our place is not to criticise, nor to be displeased at this or that, nor to take sides or do anything that would grieve the Spirit. Either way we would be coming together for the worse and not for the better. When we are sure that God is there, and that each of us forms part of what glorifies Him, what a difference it makes! ... It is not only what we say or what we pray. The tone of it all has a great deal to do with it, and the spirit in which we are there.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Turn — Here the teaching on the gathered church begins. It runs through chapter 14: the Lord remembered, the one body, love, then ministry in order.

- Withheld — Paul praised them a few verses earlier. Here he will not. What was meant for their comfort and strength had become dishonour.

- Imported — They carried the world's rivalries and class divisions into the meal. That meal was meant to show Christian fellowship.

- Exposed — Coming near to God reveals what people really are. Their way of meeting showed how far apart they already were.

- Weighed — A meeting is never neutral. It leaves people better or worse, and the tone and spirit each person brings decides which.

1 Corinthians 11:18 · Darby

For first, when ye come together in assembly, I hear there exist divisions among you, and I partly give credit [to it].

Paul now turns to what happened when the Corinthians actually came together. The first fault he names is division. He adds that he only partly believes the report that reached him.

Coming Together "As a Church"

The phrase does not cover every occasion when believers happen to be in the same room.

In verse 17 the apostle carries his corrective work further. He turns to the mistakes and abuses among them when they actually came together — their assemblies... The saints at Corinth sometimes met in connection with the ministry of servants of the Lord — to listen to Apollos and get help through him, for instance. Such meetings were not "assemblies" in the sense in which we now use the word, that is, the church actually convening as such, in subjection to their risen Head, who acts by His Spirit among them.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The Gathering Exposed Them

The divisions came to light exactly when they gathered.

The apostle begins here with another reference to their divisions. The first thing was that in coming together they came not for the better, but for the worse. Their meeting made their true condition plain — as coming near to God in fact does. In their very way of coming together they showed themselves apart.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

What "Divisions" Means

The word behind "divisions" is schismata. The next verse uses another word, hairesis — "factions" in the ESV, "heresies" in older translations. The two are stages of one disease.

First, their coming together in assembly did not express their unity as members of the one body, pictured in the one loaf. It only showed the spirit of division among them... The division, or schism (Greek schisma), is a difference of opinion, thought and feeling inside the assembly. A heresy (Greek hairesis) is a sect, or party, formed among the saints to hold a particular opinion, or to follow a chosen teacher. At Corinth both seem to have existed inside the assembly. But a division or schism inside, if it is not judged, will soon lead to a heresy or sect outside, or even break the assembly up completely into different sects.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

So which splits a church faster — a wrong opinion, or a party spirit?

The apostle uses "heresy" for a party of self-will, a faction that cuts itself off from the assembly... But wrong doctrine (heresy in the later church sense) does not necessarily lead the man who holds it to form a party outside. A schismatic spirit does tend straight to that. A split inside before long becomes a split outside.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why He Only "Partly" Believed It

Paul does not swallow the report whole, yet he is not surprised. Their own state explains why.

Scripture nowhere presents division as evidence of spirituality. It is always evidence of the flesh. "You are still of the flesh," was the apostle's charge... Where the flesh rules, divisions are sure to raise their ugly head. So when the report of the divisions at Corinth reached Paul, it did not take him by surprise. "I partly believe it," he writes, "for there must be also heresies [schools of opinion] among you." Put the stress on that "you." There was no such "must" for the faithful saints at Ephesus, Colosse or Philippi.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Two hands are at work in the same situation, and they are not working toward the same end.

Paul writes, clearly with grief of heart, that he had heard of divisions (schools of opinion and the like) among them when they came together in the assembly. He partly believed it for the reason given here: "there must be factions among you in order that those who are genuine among you may be recognized." It was Satan's work to make these divisions, and so to destroy the practical unity of the saints. But God used them to test and sift His people, so that those He approved might be made manifest.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

No Room for "Agreeing to Differ"

That leaves no room for a popular modern compromise.

The word is translated "divisions" in 1 Cor. 1:10 and elsewhere, and refers to divisions caused by parties in the church. In view of the unity of the Spirit, we can only call schism sin. The unity meant for the church was not merely being gathered together in assembly... The modern ideas of "agreeing to differ," or of "unity only in essentials," are not found in Scripture — the opposite is.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Summary

- Assembly. "When you come together as a church" means the church actually meeting as such, under its risen Head — not just believers in one building.

- Exposure. Drawing near to God shows what a company really is. At Corinth, the very way they came together made their divisions visible.

- Schism. Schisma is division of mind and feeling inside the assembly. Hairesis is a party formed around an opinion or a chosen teacher. A split inside tends to become a split outside.

- Diagnosis. Paul partly believed the report because division is fruit of the flesh, not of spirituality. That "must" belonged to Corinth's state, not to every assembly.

- Verdict. Satan makes divisions to destroy the practical unity of the saints. God overrules them to sift out the approved. But schism stays sin — never just a difference to live with.

1 Corinthians 11:19 · Darby

For there must also be sects among you, that the approved may become manifest among you.

Paul has just told the Corinthians that their meetings were doing more harm than good. Now he says their splits must come, and that they show who is genuine — but does "must" excuse them?

The word behind "factions"

The Greek word Paul uses is built on choosing for yourself. It does not have to mean false teaching.

The word hairesis comes from "to choose." The same Greek word also gives us "sect." It names the sects among the Jews, such as the Sadducees and the Pharisees. Heresies and sects developed early in the church; they were the result of the working of man's will in some form. The root of the Greek word, "to choose," shows that a heresy is something a person picks out for himself. The doctrine held and pressed may be true in itself, but it may be exaggerated or taken out of its place. The usual result is a party or sect. God has given in His word everything the church needs, so there is no room for man's choice or man's will. He must be a humble receiver.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

From split inside to party outside

Verse 18 speaks of divisions. Verse 19 goes further. Commentators treat the two words as two stages of one problem.

Schism is a division inside the assembly. Everyone still belongs to the same fellowship as before, even if selfish favouritism or dislike has split their thoughts and feelings. Heresy, as Scripture normally uses the word here (not the later church sense), means a party among the saints. They separate from the rest because they follow their own will even more strongly. A split inside, if left unjudged, tends towards a sect or party outside. Then the approved become clear to see: they refuse these narrow and selfish ways. And the party-man condemns himself, because he prefers his own particular views to the fellowship of all saints in the truth.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"There must be": forecast, not permission

Some people use the word "must" to excuse division. One writer answers them with the Lord's own words about what makes people stumble.

Here the Holy Spirit blames these divisions. While they last, He says, their coming together does harm, not good. True, He says they must be — but why? So that the faithful may be separated from the unfaithful. Does this, then, approve the divisions? Our Lord says, "Temptations to sin are sure to come, but woe to the one through whom they come!" Jesus says plainly that such temptations must come. Does He therefore approve or excuse them?

Modernised from T. B. BainesOriginal wording

Who the approved are

Where the verse says "genuine," the writers quoted here say "approved." If the parties are the problem, the approved cannot be the ones who make them.

The "approved" in 1 Corinthians 11:19 are clearly those who will not support "divisions"; the disapproved are those who engineer them. It is false that "truth has only been preserved by division."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Refusing to join any party can look, from the outside, like starting one more.

The "Paul" and "Apollos" and "Cephas" parties were forming at Corinth. Some of the more spiritual and faithful believers refused to join their movements. To a careless or worldly-minded onlooker, they most likely looked like just one more party. Even if they found it hard or impossible to prove otherwise and clear themselves, God approved them, and so did the inspired apostle. With that they had to be content.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Approving yourself before eating

The word "approved" comes back a few verses later, in what Paul says about eating.

He does not say, "so that those who are Christians may be recognized." I believe the "approved" ones stood in contrast to the "heretics," or self-willed ones. The meaning of the word "heresy" is self-will, which is the root of schism. So he says, "Let a man approve himself, and so let him eat." It is not "examine" but "approve" — the same word as in verse 19.

Modernised from Charles Henry MackintoshOriginal wording

Commentators differ over the order. Where Mackintosh calls self-will the root of schism, another writer reverses it:

Now "heresy" is not self-will, and is not the root but rather the fruit of "schism." The splits already inside, the schisms, showed the apostle that heresies — parties outside — were sure to follow. The Lord would turn even this to His glory, by making clear who the approved are: those who hold fast to Him and set their faces against this party work.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Choice. The word behind "factions" means choosing for yourself. Even a true doctrine can become a party banner when someone over-presses it and pulls it out of place.

- Drift. Bad feeling inside the assembly, left unjudged, hardens into a separate party outside. The division of verse 18 grows into the faction of verse 19.

- Necessity. "Must" foretells what self-willed hearts will do. It excuses division no more than "temptations to sin are sure to come" excuses the one who brings them.

- Made clear. The Lord turns even this to His glory by showing who the approved are. They are not the party-makers, but those who refuse the narrow, selfish ways and hold to the fellowship of all saints in the truth.

- Self-approval. The same word comes back a few verses later, just before eating. Judge your own will first, then eat.

1 Corinthians 11:20 · Darby

When ye come therefore together into one place, it is not to eat [the] Lord's supper.

The Corinthians met week by week to break bread, yet Paul tells them their gathering was not the Lord's supper at all. So what makes a meal His supper and not just a meal Christians share?

Why they came together

One commentator finds in this verse the reason the first Christians met at all:

The first day of the week the disciples met together to break bread. This was evidently their custom... Other things were done; they spoke, taught, as Paul did, sang; but they met together to break bread. This is confirmed by 1 Corinthians 11:20, where the apostle says that the Corinthians did not really assemble for the Lord's supper, since each ate his own supper, not thinking of the others, but eating and drinking for his own pleasure. Now this shows clearly that the object of the assembly was the Lord's supper.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The name on the supper

The phrase "the Lord's supper" marks ownership:

We gather together to His name, and the Lord has affixed His name to His supper. It is the Lord's table, and it is the Lord's supper in a special way. The original expression is such that it shows the supper belongs peculiarly to Him. His name is upon it as being His own supper, just as the first of the week is distinguished as the Lord's day.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

People once thought Christians invented the word behind "the Lord's." Later discoveries showed otherwise:

People once supposed that the word kuriakon (compare kuriake, used of the Lord's Day in Revelation 1:10) was coined for this purpose. But we now know that the word belonged to the everyday Greek of that period. It was used to mean "imperial," or "royal."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What had gone wrong at Corinth

At Corinth the meeting had sunk to the level of an ordinary meal:

The text shows that the Corinthians clearly confused the Lord's Supper with an ordinary meal, or put it on the same level as one. Some came who were hungry and ate their fill. Others were thirsty and drank too much. The more prosperous among them showed their status all too clearly and ate more than the others. Moreover, it appears that each one came when it suited him... They failed to tell the difference between the Lord's Supper and a normal meal. Paul describes this as eating and drinking unworthily.

Modernised from Ernst-August BremickerOriginal wording

Their own supper instead of His

Paul's contrast is between the Lord's supper and "his own supper." The problem sat deeper than the food on the table:

The Corinthians came together, and the result was that they ate their own supper. They brought their own food and their wretched selves with them. "Self" was prominent in their minds the whole time they were together. And though they made the usual motions with their mouths, the hearts of many were far from the Lord.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

At the Lord's table, yet missing the supper

The failure was not in where they sat, but in what they had forgotten:

Never forget this: you can be at the Lord's Table and still fail completely to take part in the Lord's Supper... Selfishness, and forgetting what the supper means, had thrown them into such disorder that they turned this solemn occasion into a feast. So what they ate was their own supper, not the Lord's Supper. They had cut the bread and wine off from almost all connection with the body and blood of Christ.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Not the act only, but the affections

So what does it mean to eat the supper?

Though professing to do so, the Corinthians did not eat the Lord's supper. So we conclude that taking the Lord's supper does not mean simply eating the bread and drinking the wine. It means entering into the truth of all its deep meaning. It is not a question of doctrine, but of the affections. The simplicity of the description is most striking. The newest believer can easily understand it. Yet the oldest believer cannot reach the bottom of it.

Modernised from Robert F. KingscoteOriginal wording

The one thing that fills the supper

The affections need an object, and He named it Himself:

When we come to the Supper, we do not come to a mere ceremony. We do not sit down to perform an empty ritual. We come to remember a Person. "Do this," He said, "in remembrance of ME." If at the cross the "YOU" filled His thoughts, at the Supper the "ME" must fill ours... the personal element eclipses all else.

Modernised from J. T. MawsonOriginal wording

Summary

- His purpose. The first disciples met to break bread. Speaking, teaching and singing happened around that centre.

- His name. The supper carries His name because it belongs to Him, just like the Lord's day, the first day of the week.

- His supper displaced. At Corinth each one ate his own supper; the meal turned ordinary, and self, not Christ, filled their minds.

- His verdict. A church can sit at the Lord's table and still hear that what it eats is not the Lord's supper.

- His person. Eating it is a matter of the affections, not of going through the act. Remembering Him gives the supper its character.

1 Corinthians 11:21 · Darby

For each one in eating takes his *own* supper before [others], and one is hungry and another drinks to excess.

The Corinthians met to eat the Lord's Supper. Paul says that is not what they were eating at all. Each one took his own food first, and the gap between rich and poor showed at the table. How did a memorial of Christ's death sink this low? And what does it warn us about our own meetings?

Their Own Supper, Not the Lord's

Paul's rebuke turns on one small word: "own."

How very marked the distinction between "the Lord's supper" and "his own supper"! Does it not strike you, dear friend? The first holds the grand idea of the whole body. The second is a miserable, selfish individualism. We cannot eat "the Lord's supper" with spiritual understanding unless we hold in our hearts the blessed truth of the whole body and every precious member of it. In short, when we eat "the Lord's supper," we think of Christ and His beloved members. When we eat "our own supper," we are occupied with self and its interests.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

How the Disorder Started

The trouble started at a shared meal run on Greek social custom:

At these love-feasts they each brought their fare as at the festive shared meal (the eranos) of the Greeks. This was, in fact, a contribution-meal. What a descent from Christianity to pagan practice, when each would bring his own! So the rich came with plenty, and the poor had little or nothing to bring. When they came together for these feasts, selfishness marked them, not love. Those who had plenty soon proved how easy it is to have too much, and those who were poor felt it on these occasions.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The love-feast lay behind the disorder. One writer explains what it was, and where it led:

The love-feast was a meal the early Christians ate in common. Its aim was to build friendship among people who are strangers and pilgrims here, called to suffer on earth and to spend eternity together in glory with the Lord... The Corinthians, however, had lost that sense of being strangers here. So the principle of Christian fellowship was destroyed at the very meal that should have displayed it. And as they selfishly forgot why they came together, God gave them up to the deeper sin of degrading the Lord's supper, which they ate at the same time, through the effects of their licence in eating and drinking.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Word "Drunk"

Commentators differ on how far the excess went. Some hold that the word means just what it says:

We consider the older Authorized Version's rendering of 1 Corinthians 11:21 quite correct. The word it translates "drunken" comes from the same root as the word rendered "do not get drunk" in Ephesians 5:18. That proves very clearly that the wine they used was intoxicating.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Others read it as excess falling just short of that:

Paul told them to "wait for one another." Each had been eating his own supper before his neighbour's came, making a picnic of it, as they pleased. I do not know that they became actually drunk, but some were what one calls carousing. It is all easily understood if you remember that they were taking a meal before the Supper.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The Root Beneath the Behaviour

The greed was only a symptom. Underneath lay a failure to discern the body of Christ. The same root can bear quieter fruit in us:

They failed to discern the body of Christ, and so each one thought only of himself... Here self was allowed to bear fruit so glaring and so monstrous that it shocks our natural feelings. But suppose I come to the meetings and sit there thinking only of the chapter I am to read, the hymn I am to give out, the part I am to take. Then self is the hinge on which my thoughts turn in spiritual things, just as much as if I had brought my own supper and eaten it, like the Corinthians in natural things, while my poor brother who could not afford one went away without.

Modernised from W. TrotterOriginal wording

The Correction Paul Gives

Paul's remedy is practical: hunger belongs at home, and the assembly belongs to God.

But if they wanted to eat and drink independently of others in the assembly, could they not do this in their homes? They were despising the Church of God, and shaming others less privileged than themselves.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Paul does not stop at rebuke. He gives an order later in the chapter:

They made that sacred memorial so much a private thing that it became a scene of unfitting disorder, everyone eating for himself. So the apostle instructs in verse 33: "So then, my brothers... wait for one another."

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Self — The whole verse turns on one word: "own." Self took Christ's place at the centre, and the rest followed.

- Sink — Worldly class lines took over a common meal, and the holiest feast on earth went down with it.

- Split — Forget the body, and believers eat side by side yet apart: one hungry, one full, none in fellowship.

- Scandal — Shaming the poor at that table was not just bad manners; it was despising the church of God itself.

- Solution — "Wait for one another." Eat at home if you are hungry; come to the Supper for Christ and for each other.

1 Corinthians 11:22 · Darby

Have ye not then houses for eating and drinking? or do ye despise the assembly of God, and put to shame them who have not? What shall I say to you? shall I praise you? In this [point] I do not praise.

Paul has just described the Corinthians' gatherings: private meals, some going hungry while others drank too much. Now he asks four blunt questions, and each one names a different wrong — misuse of the meeting, contempt for God's assembly, shame heaped on the poor, and praise he cannot give.

How the disorder started

The trouble grew out of a shared meal held alongside the breaking of bread. One writer traces the collapse to class distinctions taking over that meal.

The love-feast was a meal the early Christians shared in common. Its aim was to build social fellowship among people who are strangers and pilgrims here, called to suffer on earth and to spend eternity together in glory with the Lord. But the Corinthians had lost the sense that Christians are strangers here. They had let in from the world the rivalry of the schools over favourite teachers. In the same way they degraded even the love-feast by holding to class distinctions. The rich feasted on their own contributions to the meal, and made those who had nothing to give feel their poverty keenly.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Eat at home

The first question is not a ban on eating. It sends ordinary hunger home, because something else was happening where they met.

The supper was a memorial of Him in His death, but it was a memorial of Him, the living One. It sent their hearts back to Calvary, but He was present; this was the point. They had houses to eat and drink in. If the question was satisfying hunger and thirst, let them eat their food at home. But at the Supper the Lord was there, while His death and the manner of His death filled their hearts.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

Whose assembly is it?

Paul does not say they despised each other. He says they despised the church of God — and that possessive is the hinge of the whole charge.

These thoughtless rioters had done a double wrong. They had despised not only God, but His Church... They had gathered, but where was the Lord? It is a solemn thing to come together in that Name. An assembly of Christian worshippers is not simply a voluntary association. To the eye it is made up of people, but it takes its name and true character from God, who is always in the middle of His gathered people... To behave badly in His congregation is to insult Him in His house... His house would have fed them well. But while that spirit ruled, the gathering was their own, not His.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Humiliating those who have nothing

The second half of the question ties back to the first. Shaming the poor is not a separate failure from despising the assembly, because of who belongs to it.

Apart from these excesses, the assembly was no place for social feasting. "Do you not have houses to eat and drink in?" asks the Apostle. Or were they putting the poor to shame and despising the assembly of God, which holds rich and poor together?... They brought the social element into the assembly, and it led to social distinctions and self-indulgence. So their coming together denied in practice both the Lord's Supper and the assembly of God.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Praise withheld

Paul asks what he should say, then answers himself. Refusing praise goes against his own wish for them.

They were a spectacle of greed. What made it more blatant: those who had money were the worse offenders, despising the church of God and putting the poor to shame. With all his desire to praise the Corinthians, in this the apostle could not.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same root, in quieter forms

The Corinthian scene is crude enough to feel remote. One writer finds the same root in a far more respectable form.

The moral root of the disorder was this: they failed to discern the body of Christ, and so each was occupied with himself... Here they let self produce fruit so glaring and so monstrous that it shocks our natural feelings. But suppose I come to the meetings and sit there, thinking only of the chapter I am to read, the hymn I am to give out, the part I am to take. Then self is just as much the hinge on which my thoughts and worries turn in spiritual things. It would be no different in natural things if, like the Corinthians, I brought my own supper and ate it, while my poor brother who could not afford this went away without.

Modernised from W. TrotterOriginal wording

Summary

- Self is the root. Each took his own supper first. Failing to discern the body of Christ leaves everyone busy with himself.

- Self despises. Bad manners here are contempt for God. The assembly takes its name and character from Him, and He is present in the middle of it.

- Self shames. The assembly holds rich and poor together. Class distinctions at the table humiliate the people it embraces.

- Self empties the Supper. Their gathering denied in practice both the Lord's Supper and the assembly of God. The form stayed; the reality was gone.

- Self forfeits praise. Paul wanted to commend them and could not. Ordinary hunger belongs at home. Where the Lord is present, His death fills the heart.

1 Corinthians 11:23 · Darby

For *I* received from the Lord, that which I also delivered to you, that the Lord Jesus, in the night in which he was delivered up, took bread,

Paul answers the Corinthians' disorderly meals by going back to where the supper came from, and he names his source. Two questions follow: why did the Lord give this to a man who was not in the room, and why tie His memorial to the night of betrayal?

Received Directly from the Lord in Glory

Paul was not in the room the night the Lord gave the supper. He could have asked those who were there. Instead the account came to him from heaven.

Thinking about this special revelation adds to the seriousness of the subject. Paul, the chief of the apostles, was not in the supper room with the eleven before the crucifixion. But the Lord spoke to him directly from heaven, so that he heard from His own lips in glory that those who loved Him were to keep this supper.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

The way it reached him shows how much the Lord values it, and who He meant it for.

Does this not show what the Lord thinks of the supper, and how He values our remembrance of Himself and our answer to His love? His own heart of love, which brought Him down into death, gives this revelation to Paul, the apostle of the Gentiles. Jews might otherwise have said that the supper was only for Jews, since it was tied to the Passover. But the Lord gives it to him as a distinct and direct message to the Gentiles.

Modernised from Robert F KingscoteOriginal wording

Why the Supper and Not Baptism

Paul received a special revelation about the supper, but not about baptism. Commentators see a reason for that.

It is interesting to notice that Paul received a revelation of the supper, not of baptism. He was baptized like anyone else, and not even by an apostle, in case anyone twisted that into making him dependent on the twelve apostles. He was baptized by a simple disciple, Ananias… But the supper is the memorial of Christ, and especially of His death, and it is now bound up with the body of Christ… Paul was the chosen vessel who would make known the mystery of Christ and the church. So it seemed good to the Lord that he should receive a special revelation of His supper, the standing sign of its unity and public witness of its communion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Cure for Disorder

The Corinthians' table had gone wrong. Notice how Paul corrects it: he does not argue with them.

The only remedy for disorder at the Lord's supper — even in the days of the apostles, note — was to go back to the original institution: its spirit, its meaning, its orderly simplicity. Paul did not argue on the subject. In verses 23 to 27, he simply goes back to what the Lord Himself had instituted… Any "order", however grand or beautiful to human eyes, is disorder in God's eyes if it is not God's order.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The Name and the Night

Two things in the verse repay a closer look: the name Paul gives Him, and the night he names.

The revelation came to him about "the Lord Jesus" — not Jesus only, but the One Who is the exalted Lord in the highest place in glory. When was it? On "the same night in which he was delivered up" (as it should read). That is a much wider thought than the rendering "betrayed", which limits it to Judas' treachery. What does it involve? That was the hour when everything in man's heart came out, when all the wickedness of man rose to its height. There was the treachery of Judas, the weakness of Peter and of His disciples, the hatred of the scribes and priests, the cruel mockery of the soldiers, and the unrighteousness of Pilate, who three times protested His innocence and finally gave Him up to be slain. Behind it all was the power and energy of Satan.

Modernised from Robert F KingscoteOriginal wording

Love Set Against That Night

The Lord chose that night on purpose, and the choice carries His message.

No tongue can tell how the Lord felt the betrayal of one of His own! He felt it keenly; but, feeling it, He took the bread and there and then instituted the Supper. What did that mean? To me it meant this. You may not be able to trust anyone else, but you may trust Me. If treachery springs up in this inner circle, who can you look to? My love will not fail you… In days of darkness and nights of treachery and betrayal you will find Me always the same.

Modernised from J T MawsonOriginal wording

With the cross hours away, His attention was not fixed on His own ordeal.

We might have thought that the work the Lord Jesus was about to do would have filled all His thoughts and taken all His attention. But no; He thinks of the love of His disciples, and longs to draw that love, so ready to wander, back to Himself, again and again.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- Received — Paul got the supper straight from the Lord in glory, not from the eleven who were there. The source shows how much the Lord values it.

- Revealed — the Lord revealed the supper to Paul, not baptism. Paul carried the truth of Christ and the church, and the supper is the standing sign of that unity.

- Reaching — it came through the apostle to the Gentiles, so no one could call it a Jewish rite tied to the Passover.

- Remedy — the cure for disorder at the table is a return to the original, not argument. Order that is not God's order is disorder in His eyes.

- Remembrance — He fixed His memorial to the night of betrayal. In every later night of treachery, His own can rest in a love that does not change.

1 Corinthians 11:24 · Darby

and having given thanks broke [it], and said, This is my body, which [is] for you this do in remembrance of me.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 11:25 · Darby

In like manner also the cup, after having supped, saying, This cup is the new covenant in my blood this do, as often as ye shall drink [it], in remembrance of me.

The Lord speaks these words over the cup at the end of a meal. They tie a covenant promised to Israel centuries earlier to His own blood. Why name a covenant here, and why repeat the call to remember Him?

The Cup Comes After the Meal

The Lord did not drink the cup He handed over, and what He says over it is a command, not a suggestion.

What the Lord lays down is not only a permission; it is also a command... So too with the cup. Supper was ended, and with it the Master's share in the former things. He hands us the new covenant of life and peace, for each of us to accept, in this new and special cup of blessing. The Master would not drink it... But He cannot drink the cup of the new covenant. His blood is not shed for Himself, but for His saints.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

"This Cup" — the Wine, and What It Points To

Calling the cup a covenant is a figure of speech. The covenant it names is one a prophet had announced long before.

A "cup" is a common picture in Scripture, where the cup stands for what is in it. "This cup," that is, the wine, "is the new covenant in My blood." The Lord is pointing here in particular to the new covenant promised long ago through Jeremiah. God will make it with His repentant earthly people. Then their sins will be put away, and Jehovah will write His laws in their hearts (Jer. 31:31-34). The foundation blessings of that future covenant with Israel are ours now through the blood of Christ.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

Two Facts Jeremiah Never Told

Jeremiah announced the covenant but left much unsaid. In the upper room the Lord filled in what was missing for the Twelve, His closest disciples.

At last, in the upper room in Jerusalem, the Lord spoke of it to just the Twelve. He spoke of it in a way that showed heaven had not forgotten it... But He added two important things to what Jeremiah had revealed. First, the covenant would rest on the blood of a sacrifice. Second, that blood was to be His own.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

What the Cup Pledges Now

The covenant still awaits Israel. The Lord has already shed the blood it rests on.

The Lord's supper then is to remind us of Christ, of His death; not of our sins but of our sins forgiven and ourselves loved. It is in no way the old covenant of condemnation. It is the new covenant: God known in grace, wrongdoing forgiven, and sins remembered no more. It has not yet been made with the houses of Israel, settled for ever in the land under the reign of Messiah. But the blood that is its foundation has been shed, and we who believe, Jew or Gentile, have it in spirit, not in letter... Of this the cup especially is the pledge.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Bread and Cup Kept Apart

The Lord did not hand out one emblem but two, and their separation is itself the message.

No mystery surrounds this feast such as men delight to import into it. All is simplicity. It is the simple, but touching, memorial of the death of Christ. The bread speaks of His body — Himself. The cup speaks of His blood — His work. The symbols of the body and the blood are separate, speaking of a dead Christ.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The wine is not blood still flowing in a living body.

And so with the cup "after the supper," who could hesitate about what that cup set forth? He Himself says, "In My blood." It is not the blood in the body but apart, separated from it — that is, in death.

Modernised from William J. LoweOriginal wording

"In Remembrance of Me" — Said Twice

The Lord gives the same instruction over the cup as over the bread, and He points to Himself.

Notice how the instruction, "This do in remembrance of Me", is repeated for the cup as well as for the loaf. The Lord Himself is speaking, so He seeks the remembrance of Himself — "of Me." It is very important to remember that the Lord Jesus Christ is the central figure of this Supper. He is there!

Modernised from William John HockingOriginal wording

A church can keep the ceremony and still forget the Person.

They had observed the appointed ceremony, but had forgotten Him. They shared the bread and the wine, but the Lord Himself was not before them. They thought only of themselves and of their "own supper".

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

"As Often as You Drink It"

The verse sets no gap between one Supper and the next.

At the institution of the Supper, the Lord Himself made no restrictions... He laid down nothing about how often to take part. Later He gave a special revelation to the apostle to the Gentiles, and even there He did not fix the gap between one feast of remembrance and the next. His silence on this point tells us with the greatest certainty that He has left it to the love and faithfulness of our hearts.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Blood — the covenant Jeremiah promised needed a sacrifice, and the Lord said the sacrifice would be His own.

- Cup — the wine stands for that blood, poured out and separate from the body; it sets a death before us, not a living Christ.

- Covenant — its terms are grace, forgiveness, and sins remembered no more, and the cup pledges that its foundation is already laid.

- Reach — the covenant itself still awaits Israel, yet its first blessings are ours now through the blood of Christ.

- Remembrance — the Lord repeats it over the cup and points to Himself: never keep the form and forget Him, and keep it as often as love decides.

1 Corinthians 11:26 · Darby

For as often as ye shall eat this bread, and drink the cup, ye announce the death of the Lord, until he come.

One simple act holds the church's whole life between the cross and the return of Christ: eating bread and drinking a cup. Paul's comment on it raises three questions. What does the act announce? Who hears it? How long does it last?

The weight of "the Lord's death"

Two ordinary words stand together here. One writer will not hurry past them:

You could not find two words that mean so much when put together: the death of the Lord. How much is held in this — that He who is called the Lord had died! What love! what purposes! what efficacy! what results!

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Those results reach both ways — back to blessings made sure, and forward to a Lord who kept every right through death:

"The Lord's death." Such words invite meditation; they take us back to the past. "Till He come." This carries us on in thought to the future... The Lord had died, but the Lord will return; and He has lost none of His rights by death... by it all our blessings for eternity have been purchased, and are put beyond the reach of uncertainty.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

A dead Christ, not a dying one

The supper sets before us a death already finished. One writer presses this against any idea that the sacrifice is repeated:

Note well that it is not even a dying Christ, but a dead Christ. Many wrongly teach that His sacrifice is repeated again and again. That is not so. He is a dead Christ: "for by a single offering he has perfected for all time those who are being sanctified" (Heb. 10:14).

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Yet the One remembered is not the One we now deal with:

We remember what is not present, never what is. And what we remember is in the past... Clearly the Lord's death is not a present thing, but past: "death no longer has dominion over him." We remember a dead Lord. But the Lord we deal with now is living.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Proclaimed together — even by the silent

The announcement belongs to the gathered company, not to one person speaking. So no one at the table is a spectator:

Whenever the children of God take the Supper as the Lord set it up, they announce together the central truth of Christianity — "the Lord's death until He comes."... The death of the Lord is remembered there. The believers announce His death every time they take the Supper. It is true of those whose voice is not heard in the assembly, yes, even if some were unable to speak.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A testimony the world is meant to see

A proclamation has hearers. One of them is the world outside, and the message is not comfortable for it:

Showing the Lord's death until He comes is not only a memorial; it is a testimony to the world that they crucified the Lord. The church at the Lord's supper publicly witnesses to the world's sin and its condemnation... For it is no less a witness of the patience of God as of the world's sin. So long as the church remains here, the forgiveness of sins through His blood is preached.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Preaching is not the only testimony to that death:

The Gospel proclaims His death and its wonderful results, whereas His Supper furnishes the lasting and standing witness to its reality.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

"Until He comes" — a fixed end date

The phrase sets the supper between two events and settles the question of whether it has expired:

The central event in God's history of the world is the death of Christ upon the cross... The next great event is the Lord's second coming. The Lord's supper connects the two, standing between the past event and the future one... The Lord has not yet come, so those who neglect the supper are without legitimate excuse.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

The end point is not our death but His arrival. That makes the hope a shared one:

As regards the Lord's supper, it is said, "you proclaim the Lord's death [not, till death, but] until he comes," 1 Cor. 11:26. There is the basis of our common hope — the death of Christ. We go on showing this until He comes again to receive us to Himself. If I think of death, of my going to be with Christ, I am thinking about myself. I shall be happy, but that is not the whole church glorified.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

"As often as" — no interval prescribed

The Lord fixed the end point but not the rhythm. Writers take that silence as trust:

His silence on this point tells us with full certainty that He has left this to the love and faithfulness of our hearts. We answer His own expressed desire by eating bread and drinking wine as often as circumstances allow... In Jerusalem at the first the saints were able to break bread at home daily. In Troas the custom was to gather for that purpose on the first day of the week.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Announce — the supper is not silent remembering. The whole company declares a death, and every believer at the table shares in it, even without speaking.

- A dead Lord — we remember a finished death, not a repeated sacrifice. The One who died is the One who now lives.

- To the world — the supper witnesses to the world's guilt in crucifying Him. It also witnesses to God's patience, while forgiveness is still preached.

- Until He comes — the end point is His return, not our death. So the hope belongs to the whole church, not to me alone.

- As often as — He set no interval. He left the frequency to our love, and the supper ends only when He comes.

1 Corinthians 11:27 · Darby

So that whosoever shall eat the bread, or drink the cup of the Lord, unworthily, shall be guilty in respect of the body and of the blood of the Lord.

Paul gives this warning right after retelling how the Lord set up the supper. It lands on a church whose gatherings had turned disorderly. Older translations say "unworthily," and that word has frightened many readers away from the table. Does it describe the person coming, or the way they come?

Manner, not merit

The warning falls on conduct, not on the character of the one eating. Many readers have taken it the other way.

Paul condemns the way in which the supper was observed. Some people have misunderstood this text and have needlessly stayed away from the Lord's supper for years. They say, "I am not worthy to go; it says in the Bible I ought not to go." But they have not read the passage carefully. The verse does not speak about unworthy persons eating. It speaks about the unworthy way in which some people ate.

Modernised from William John HockingOriginal wording

If personal fitness were the test, the table would stand empty.

If eating the Supper depended on personal worthiness, no one on earth could take part. No one is worthy in himself to share in the Lord's Supper. We are only worthy in this sense: Christ has taken us in our lost condition and cleansed us by His blood. That fitted us for His presence and gave us the right to take part in the Supper. This right is the result of what He has done for us, and not of any personal worthiness.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Guilt "concerning the body and blood"

Why does careless handling of the bread and the cup count as guilt against Christ Himself?

Suppose someone threw dirt at my mother's picture, or treated it with contempt. He would be guilty in my eyes, not of disrespect to a mere painting, but to my mother, and I would greatly resent it. Now some in the church at Corinth were doing something like that. They were treating the Lord's Supper as a common meal, or worse. They did not recognise its sacred character. It was sacred for two reasons: because of what it represented, and because the Lord Himself set it up as a remembrance of Himself in death.

Modernised from J. T. MawsonOriginal wording

What made their eating unworthy

The problem at Corinth was not who came to the table, but how they came.

It is not a question of allowing unworthy persons to take part. Low as the Corinthians had sunk, they had not fallen that far. But they were in danger of reducing its observance to a form for themselves. They were in danger of taking part in the supper without exercise of soul — either about their own ways, or about the unspeakable love of the One who was reminding them of His death for them... To eat or drink it as an ordinary meal, or a common thing, without reflection or self-judgment, is to eat and drink "unworthily." And it is worse when a Christian does it. Of all men he should feel most what he owes the Lord.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A believer can fail the same way today, taking the Supper while going on in sin he will not judge.

It would show that he did not discern the Lord's body. He did not see in the death of the Lord the judgment of the evil he was committing, or the love that led the Lord to bear that judgment — though by eating the Supper he claimed to see both.

Modernised from J. T. MawsonOriginal wording

Chastening, not condemnation

One writer weighs the Greek word for judgment, which older translations turned into "damnation."

The supper, then, was no common meal. To take part in it unworthily was no light matter. Whoever did so was guilty of the body and blood of the Lord — that is, liable to judgment because of the slight put on Him. Such a person ate and drank judgment to himself — judgment (krima), not damnation (katakrima). He did not discern the Lord's body, that is, what the bread stood for... Yet there was grace in the Lord's dealing with them. He dealt with them this way because they were true Christians, so that they would not be condemned with the world.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Self-judgment sends you to the table

Paul's remedy is self-examination. Where is it meant to lead?

The Lord would have His own to come, but not with carelessness of spirit or levity... Still He invites all, even while He urges the testing of our ways. Self-judgment is with a view to coming, not to staying away.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer wrote this to a reader who felt unfit to come.

The word says, "Let a man examine himself, and so let him eat." It does not say, "Let him absent himself." It is unjudged evil that affects the assembly. A person who habitually judges himself will never prove a hindrance to the assembly.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Summary

- Manner — The warning is not about unworthy people. It is about an unworthy way of eating: treating the memorial as a common meal, with no self-judgment.

- Memorial — The bread and cup stand for His body and blood. Contempt shown to them is contempt shown to Him, as dirt thrown at a portrait insults the person.

- Merit — No one qualifies by personal worthiness. The right to come rests on Christ, who cleansed us by His blood.

- Measure — The outcome is judgment, not damnation. The Lord chastens His own so they will not be condemned with the world.

- Move — Self-examination should bring you to the table, not keep you away. Paul tells the believer to examine himself and then eat.

1 Corinthians 11:28 · Darby

But let a man prove himself, and thus eat of the bread, and drink of the cup.

Paul has just warned against taking the bread and the cup carelessly. Now he gives the remedy. It raises two questions Christians still ask. What am I looking for when I examine myself? And what should I do with what I find?

What the Examining Is For

Paul is not asking you to hunt for proof that you belong to Christ. He is asking about the spirit in which you come to the table.

"Let a person examine himself," not to see whether he is a Christian, as some say. We should be sure of our salvation. But even then the Lord means us to search our hearts seriously and to question our souls every time, so that we see in what spirit and state we come to the Lord's Supper.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Worthy Manner, Not Personal Worthiness

Notice what Paul does not offer as the outcome of the test: a straight choice between eating and staying away.

1 Corinthians 11 is not about the basic question of whether we take part. It is about the way we take part. After examining himself, a person is not left choosing between eating and staying away. The verse says, "and so eat of the bread and drink of the cup" (v. 28). The person in view is a believer who should, and indeed must, examine himself closely. Can he eat in a worthy manner? Or are there things in his walk that he must put right?

Modernised from Ernst-August BremickerOriginal wording

The Aim of Self-Judgment

The little word "so" ties the two halves together. The believer tests himself and then comes. His right to come never rested on his own record.

Each one is to put himself to the test, and so eat and drink. The Lord wants His own to come, but not carelessly or lightly... He still invites everyone, even as He presses us to examine our ways. Self-judgment aims at coming, not at staying away. For these are people whom grace counts worthy. Whatever their past, whatever their own unworthiness, they have been washed, sanctified and justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

When Self-Examination Frightens You

Some avoid the exercise because they expect it to disqualify them. The verse answers that fear directly.

But some may say: I dare not examine myself. If I did, I would find such shocking things that I could not go to the Lord's table, because I would find myself so unfit. That is not what we find here... When self-examination puts us in the searching light of God's most holy presence, we will uncover much that we grieve over before the Lord. But should we stay away from His supper because of that? Certainly not. We judge ourselves, we condemn in His sight everything we have found that is against His mind, and then we eat. And so these precious words follow: "But if we judged ourselves truly, we would not be judged" (v. 31).

Modernised from H H SnellOriginal wording

Others stay away because of someone else's failure. That reasoning collapses on inspection:

Another person's fault should not keep me away. If it is a good reason for one person to stay away, it ought to stop everyone. Is the Lord to be forgotten because somebody deserves blame? Deal with the person at fault as Scripture directs, by rebuke or otherwise. But my place is to "do this in remembrance of Christ."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where and When to Do It

The examining is preparation. It is not something to do while the bread goes round.

This does not mean that while I sit at the Lord's table I should look into my own heart. That would be a poor, miserable occupation. I can do that at home. A person ought to examine or test himself. That means judging himself over what he has done and what he is capable of doing. We may be so pleased with ourselves that we forget how easily we go wrong without God's grace.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Judge the Self, Not Only the Ways

Paul says examine himself — the person, not just a list of failures.

Remember this. The Table is spread on the ground of finished redemption, but we are to gather round it in the power of personal holiness. Personal holiness does not save us, but we are saved to it — as Christians, grace gives us the right to take part, yet we must examine and judge not merely our ways, but ourselves. Christ was judged for our sins on the cross, and we are urged to judge ourselves, and then proclaim His death. We believe this holy work of self-judgment is deep, earnest and habitual. It is not a formal, wordy confession of the lips on Sunday morning, covering the sins and follies of the past week, soon followed by the sins and follies of the next.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Summary

- Examine — the question. Not "am I a Christian?" but "in what spirit and state am I coming?"

- Examine — the depth. Judge yourself, not just your ways. Make it a habit, not a Sunday-morning formality.

- Examine — the place. Do it at home beforehand; the table is for remembering Him, not for staring inward.

- And so eat — the direction. The verse never offers "examine and stay away." Self-judgment aims at coming.

- And so eat — the ground. You are fit because you have been washed, sanctified and justified in the name of the Lord Jesus. Neither your own faults nor another's cancel the invitation.

1 Corinthians 11:29 · Darby

For [the] eater and drinker eats and drinks judgment to himself, not distinguishing the body.

In the verse before, Paul warns that eating or drinking in an unworthy way makes a person guilty concerning the body and blood of the Lord. Here he names that unworthiness — a failure to discern the body — and that raises two questions: what judgment does he mean, and what is the "body"?

Judgment, Not Damnation

Older English versions translated the word here as "damnation." That one choice has frightened believers away from the table for generations. Commentators say plainly that the word means something else.

The translators have brought in a word and an idea of their own, and it is plainly wrong. They dared to say that "the one who eats and drinks unworthily eats and drinks damnation to himself." It is not true. God says, "he eats and drinks judgment to himself."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Discerning the Body

The "body" here is not the church. It is what the bread stands for: the Lord's own body given in death. To discern it is to tell this meal apart from any other.

"Discerning the body" has no reference to grasping the church's unity or nature. It means only distinguishing between an ordinary meal and that supper which brings before us the body of Christ given for us. It is the memorial of His death that the apostle presses here, not our union with Him. Not to discern the (Lord's) body is to treat this supper as a common thing.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Discerning is not a mental exercise about symbols. It is faith feeding on a Person.

I discern then the body of the Lord — but the body of the Lord given, His blood shed, His death! It is not an ordinary meal, or a simple act of remembrance, if you like. It is an institution Christ has given to His own. They are not meant to find in the elements anything other than the bread and the fruit of the vine. But their faith may feed on Jesus in the sweetest way, by the power of the Holy Spirit — on what He has been for them when He died on the cross.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The Manner, Not the Person

Many read this verse as a test of personal fitness and conclude they are disqualified.

People usually apply the word "unworthily" here to the persons doing the act, when it refers to the way the act is done. The apostle never doubted that the Corinthians were Christians. He looked on them as saints, and as saints he urged them to keep the Lord's Supper in a worthy manner. He never raises the question of anyone but true Christians being there.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Self-Examination Before Coming

The remedy Paul gives is to examine yourself and then eat.

This does not mean that when I am sitting at the Lord's table I am to look into my own heart, which would be a poor, wretched occupation. I can do that at home. A person ought to examine or prove himself. It means judging himself about what he has done and what he is capable of doing… So, "let a person examine himself" — and not stay away, but come and eat of this bread and drink of this cup.

Modernised from William John HockingOriginal wording

What Feeds the Failure to Discern

Careless remembering on Sunday grows out of what filled the heart during the week.

What we are during the week we will be while at the Lord's table. What our heart has been occupied with throughout the past six days it will also be occupied with on the first day of the week while at His table. If we have been careless and indifferent toward the Lord during the week, we are bound to be careless and indifferent toward Him at His table. We will fail to discern His body and His blood in the true sense in the emblems of the Supper. So we will eat and drink judgment to ourselves.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Judgment as Discipline

At Corinth this judgment had already begun.

There were many weak and sick among them, and a good many had died. So the judgment of the Lord had to be on them — not because they were not His own, but because they were. As the apostle says, when we are judged in this way we are disciplined by the Lord, so that we may not be condemned along with the world. He draws the sharpest line between this present judgment and the judgment to come. Yet this present judgment is a most serious and awful thing. Love inflicts it — a love which, because it is holy and because it is love, must inflict what is painful to inflict.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Judgment. The word is judgment, not damnation. It is the Lord dealing with His own now, not the sentence that falls on the world.

- Discern. To discern the body is to tell this bread apart from common food, seeing in it the Lord's body given in death.

- Manner. The unworthiness lies in how a believer eats, not in whether he is good enough to eat.

- Examine. Judge yourself first, and the Lord need not judge you. This test sends you to the table, not away from it.

- Chastening. Where self-judgment is missing, love steps in to correct, so that His people are not condemned with the world.

1 Corinthians 11:30 · Darby

On this account many among you [are] weak and infirm, and a good many are fallen asleep.

Paul has just described a Lord's Supper at Corinth taken in an unworthy manner. Now he points to the result sitting in front of the church: weakness, illness and death. The verse raises a hard question. Can God lay His hand on His own children over the way they come to His table?

The Cause Named

Paul's link is not vague. He traces the sickness back to one failure at the table: treating the memorial as an ordinary meal.

Suppose the true and holy aim of the Lord's supper is treated lightly. Suppose the one taking part does not discern the body — that is, he does not tell the difference between the memorial of Christ and an ordinary meal. Here the Spirit teaches us that such a person eats and drinks judgment as a present thing. He brings on himself the chastening hand of the Lord, in defence of His honour and His love. If people saw the evil at work inside them, they would avoid not only its outbreak in their conduct, but His chastening too.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

God's Government of His Own House

One principle stands behind the verse. God rules His own household now, and He deals with what goes on in it.

Many had become sick and weak, and many had fallen asleep, that is, had died. The issue is not whether a person is worthy to take part, but that he takes part in an unworthy way. Every Christian was worthy to take part simply because he was a Christian, unless some sin had shut him out. But a Christian might come to it without judging himself... It is the government of God in the hands of the Lord who judges His own house: an important and too much forgotten truth.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Chastening Fell on the Guilty Ones

Some have argued that the weak and sick people here were not the ones under discipline. One writer answers that claim.

These persons had failed to judge themselves, failed to discern the Lord's body in the broken bread. They had eaten in an unworthy manner, though they were true Christians. So God, ruling His own house, had to chasten them with sickness, even to death. That way they would not be condemned with the world... surely no father would think of chastening a good child for the sin of a bad one.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Why "Sleep" and Not "Die"

Paul's choice of word matters. He does not say these people perished; he says they fell asleep — and that word carries its own verdict about where they went.

The word "sleep" is used of death only when a believer is meant. The whole passage tells us that those who were put to sleep in Jesus were believers. The point was this: they were taken to heaven because they were accepted. They were taken from earth because they were NOT acceptable.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

No Fixed Formula

A question naturally follows. Is there one particular sin behind these deaths?

Sometimes perplexed souls ask, "What is the particular sin that leads to death?" No particular sin at all. Two believers may go wrong in the same way. Yet the Lord weighs all the circumstances. He may lay one on a sick bed and take the other out of the world. There is no question of the salvation of the soul in these dealings; it is divine chastening.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Not Every Illness Is a Rebuke

This verse must not become a rule for reading every sickbed. Scripture shows God using affliction for more than one purpose.

In the light of the New Testament, chastening may be sent for retribution, as we see in 1 Corinthians 11:30. But it may not be. Look at Paul's case — 2 Corinthians 12:7. There the thorn in the flesh was preventive, to keep him from becoming proud and falling. Yet again, it may be neither retributive nor preventive but educational, as Hebrews 12 shows.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause. One thing lay behind the weakness, illness and deaths at Corinth. Believers took the memorial of Christ as an ordinary meal, without judging themselves.

- Hand. What follows is not vengeance. It is God's government of His own house, the Lord judging His household now — a truth writers call important and too easily forgotten.

- Home. "Sleep" is the word used only of believers. They were accepted in Christ, so they went to heaven. The Lord took them from earth because their lives were not acceptable.

- Escape. The chastening aims at rescue, not ruin. It falls on real Christians so they will not be condemned with the world. Judging yourself is the way to avoid it.

- Caution. Not every sickness is a rebuke. Suffering may correct, prevent, or teach — and the Lord may answer the same failure in two believers in two ways.

1 Corinthians 11:31 · Darby

But if we judged ourselves, so were we not judged.

Many in Corinth were weak, ill, and dying, and Paul traced it to coming to the Lord's Supper without discerning the Lord's body. Verse 31 gives the way out: a judgment we can carry out on ourselves that makes the Lord's judgment unnecessary.

What the word "judge" means here

The verb Paul uses is not the ordinary word for passing sentence. It is the same word he used two verses earlier, for discerning the Lord's body.

To "judge" oneself is not the same word as to be "judged" by the Lord. It is the same word used in 1 Corinthians 11:29, "discerning the Lord's body." So our task is not only to judge an evil we have committed. It is to discern our condition, as the light shows it up — and God Himself is in the light — while we walk in that light. This prevents our falling into evil in act or in thought.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Judging sins, or judging self

A person can admit a wrong act and still leave untouched the state of heart that produced it. That is why the same failure returns.

To judge the open sin is easy. It gives me no assurance at all that I will avoid it in future, and no sign in itself of recovered spirituality. "But if we judged ourselves truly, we would not be judged." To judge our sins and to judge ourselves are two different things. To judge ourselves, we must have distinguished and judged the state that the sins only come out of. That state is the root. Leave it in place, and fresh fruit will surely grow.

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

Another writer describes what Christian judging actually looks for.

We never get right by only judging this or that outbreak; we should always search out the cause... Judging ourselves does not mean pronouncing judgment on one particular fault. It means judging the real cause, and not just the occasions. That is the Christian way of judging. It does not deal with the surface, but with what lies underneath: the roots we can hardly see behind the acts that anyone can see.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Chastening, not condemnation

The "judged" of this verse is not hell. It is the Lord's present hand on His own, and He has a purpose in it.

If they discerned the evil at work inside them, they would avoid not only its outward appearance, but His chastening too. If they fail to judge themselves, He does not fail in watchful care, and He deals with them. Even that judgment flows from His love. It takes the shape of chastening, so that they may not perish in the condemnation still to fall on the guilty world. The Lord's express aim in sending these bodily sufferings now is that His failing saints may escape damnation.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Cleanness at the Lord's table

Self-examination here is not a check on whether you belong to God.

The people of Israel were not examining themselves to see whether they were Israelites, since that was their birth condition. Nor do we examine ourselves to discover whether we are children of God. That was settled forever when we were born of God by faith in Christ Jesus. But an Israelite who had touched something defiling carried uncleanness on him. He had to be cleansed from it and made clean before he ate of the peace offering. In the same way, we have to be clean when we come to the Lord's table.

Modernised from H H SnellOriginal wording

The measure to use

Self-judgment goes wrong the moment it becomes a comparison with other people.

First of all, we should judge ourselves. Self-judgment is not comparing ourselves with even the most godly believer we know. It is comparing ourselves with Christ. And if we really do that, we will have no wish to judge where we should not.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

How it shows in the way we treat others

The practice leaves a visible mark, and so does its absence.

In our experience, Christians who are hard on their fellow Christians are the ones who do not judge themselves in their own lives. Those who are tender and gracious, and yet faithful, are the ones who truly judge themselves in God's presence.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- Discern — the word behind "judge ourselves" is the word for discerning the Lord's body. It means seeing our own condition in the light, not just admitting a fault.

- Deeper — judging sins and judging self are two different things. Leave the root state in place, and the same fruit grows again.

- Escape — seeing the evil inside spares us the outward failure. It also spares us the Lord's chastening hand, which fell on Corinth in weakness, sickness and death.

- Love — refuse this, and what comes is still not condemnation but the Lord's chastening. Its aim is that we do not share the world's condemnation.

- Measure — the standard is Christ, not the godliest person we know. Those who use it on themselves turn out to be the gentlest with everyone else.

1 Corinthians 11:32 · Darby

But being judged, we are disciplined of [the] Lord, that we may not be condemned with the world.

Sickness and even death had come among the Corinthians because they treated the Lord's supper carelessly. This verse explains what that severe dealing meant — and what it did not mean.

What had happened at Corinth

At Corinth a holy remembrance had become an ordinary, self-indulgent meal. Where these writers say "chastened," the ESV says "disciplined."

They took the Lord's supper as if it were a common meal, and the poor had not enough to eat, while the rich indulged in gluttony and wine. As a result many were sick and even "slept," that is, died. But all this was present chastening in this world. Paul says, "But when we are judged by the Lord, we are disciplined so that we may not be condemned along with the world." God chastened the Corinthians for their faults, but did not condemn them with the world as unbelievers.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Two different words

Paul uses two different words here, and the difference is everything. Older English versions rendered the first one, in verse 29, as "damnation."

In 1 Corinthians 11:27-32 we learn the security of grace on one side, and on the other the Lord's dealing with the inconsistent ways of those who are His. Even godly men, despite their ability and learning, have missed this truth. Their ignorance shows in the mistranslation of a word that is all-important for the true sense. It is not "damnation" but "judgment" in verse 29, expressly contrasted with "condemnation" in verse 32. The Lord was then judging the faulty state and walk of the Corinthian believers by sickness and even death. His purpose was that they should not be condemned along with the world, because they were His and were to be kept from "damnation." He judged them in this present, earthly way for the blessing of their souls.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Correction, not punishment

So what should we call God's hand when it falls on His own child?

We do not like the term "punishment" as applied to the dealings of our loving Father. There is nothing penal, in the strict sense of the word, even in His wise and faithful correction. Christ our blessed Substitute exhausted on our behalf all that was penal. God chastens His children to make them partakers of His holiness, as we learn in Hebrews 12. The Father also judges His house, as we read in 1 Peter 4:17. So sickness and death came on many at Corinth for their disorderly conduct at the Lord's table — but so they might "not be condemned along with the world."

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Why God goes so far

If a believer's place in heaven is settled, why would God take him out of the world?

1 Corinthians 11:32 is a beautiful verse. It means that God is determined to preserve His grace to us. His government will not shrink from taking a believer off this earth, through judgment, if need be. Through the work of Christ, the believer is always fit for heaven. But through his own bad conduct as a Christian, he may not be fit for earth. If we judge ourselves, God will not judge us. But if we refuse to judge ourselves, God will chasten us, so that we may answer to practical sanctification.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

Another writer pictures this care as a shepherd going after straying sheep.

If God has a people, He will not only save them, but will also make them partakers of His holiness. Sheep carelessly tended stray, and must be sought... He deals with us according to our state, but on the basis of His own effectual work of redemption. We are not of the world, because His death and resurrection delivered us from it. If we conform to it, or seek its things too eagerly, He will treat us now according to our ways... Meanwhile the world is already under condemnation. God leaves it to run on in its evil course until the measure of its wrongdoing is full.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

Reading your own troubles

Self-judgment is the way out. But how should a Christian read his own sickness and trouble?

I do not doubt that much of the sickness and trouble Christians face is chastening sent by God. It comes because of things that are evil in His sight — things the conscience ought to have noticed but neglected. So God has to produce in us the effect that self-judgment ought to have produced before Him. It would, however, be untrue to suppose that all afflictions are chastenings. Though they are so sometimes, they are not always sent because of sin.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause. Careless conduct at the Lord's table brought sickness and death on believers at Corinth. It was God's dealing with them here and now, not a verdict on their souls.

- Contrast. "Judged" and "condemned" are two different words. The old rendering "damnation" in verse 29 destroys the sense Paul is drawing.

- Character. No penalty is left for the believer, because Christ exhausted it. What is left is a Father's correction, aimed at holiness.

- Care. The Shepherd deals with us according to our state, but on the basis of His finished redemption. He will even take a believer off the earth, so that he is not condemned along with the world.

- Cure. Self-judgment heads off the rod. But not every trouble is chastening, so do not read sin behind every trial.

1 Corinthians 11:33 · Darby

So that, my brethren, when ye come together to eat, wait for one another.

The meetings at Corinth had become so disorderly that what they called the Lord's Supper was no longer that at all. This verse is Paul's practical conclusion, and it comes down to one command: wait for each other.

The disorder behind the command

What Paul corrects is a meal that had drifted into a private free-for-all, with the poor left out of it.

When they came together, they claimed it was to eat the Lord's Supper. In practice it was to enjoy a feast of their own. The Apostle says, "Each one in eating takes his own supper." ... At this earlier feast they let the poor go hungry, while some drank to excess. But apart from these excesses, the assembly was no place for social feasting. "Have you not houses to eat and to drink in?" the Apostle asks. Or were they putting the poor to shame, and despising the assembly of God, which includes rich and poor?

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Why it begins with "So then"

This is not a stray rule of good manners. It gathers up everything Paul has said since verse 20 and turns it into one action.

To work out the force of this exhortation you must pay attention to the connection. It refers back to verse 21. There the apostle describes the abuses that had crept into the Corinthian assembly in connection with the Lord's Supper. Some had gone so far as to eat their "own supper" by themselves. This, he plainly tells them, was not to eat the Lord's Supper (v. 20)... They lost all sense of unity and fellowship in their own selfish practices and pleasures... The next verse (33rd) gives the conclusion: wait for one another, and do not go on eating one before another as you have been doing. Let there be unity, so that all may eat together in remembrance of the Lord.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Waiting makes the unity visible

Why wait at all? The answer is in what the waiting shows: that those who eat are one.

The sin at Corinth was their not waiting one for another. This is clear from the words the apostle uses to sum up the whole question (1 Cor. 11): "So then, my brothers, when you come together to eat, wait for one another." Why were they to wait for one another? Surely, so that they might express their unity more clearly.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

More than waiting until everyone arrives

The command reaches further than the clock. It shapes how believers treat each other when they meet.

And we have to consider each other too in this connection. We read, "So then, my brothers, when you come together to eat, wait for one another." That does not only mean waiting until everyone can be present. There is much more in it than that. It means we are to be marked by consideration, forbearance, love and grace. In fact, the way the Lord has treated us is the way we are to treat each other... Wait for one another when you come together. By mutual forbearance and sympathy and love and grace, be to each other what the Lord has been to you.

Modernised from J. T. MawsonOriginal wording

The same principle applied to the whole meeting

One writer carries the words past the meal itself. The same self-centred haste can show in how each person takes part when the church gathers.

In the body of Christ each one is only a member. If the Corinthians had recognised and taken this in, the one who had a supper would have waited for those who had none, and shared it with them. In the same way, my soul may take in this precious unity of the body, and my own humble place in it as one member. Then I will not be in such haste to act in the assembly that I stop others from acting... "Wait for one another" will surely apply to this as well as to the breaking of bread.

Modernised from W. TrotterOriginal wording

Hunger belongs at home

The next verse draws a line: a plain appetite has its place, and that place is not the gathering. And one person's self-indulgence does not stop with him.

The apostle closes his serious rebuke and instruction by urging them to wait for each other when they come together to eat. In this way self would be judged, and love would be at work. "If anyone is hungry, let him eat at home, so that you may not come together for judgment." When one person indulges the flesh, it stirs up the flesh in another. The Lord must then judge more than the one who first dishonoured Him.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause. Each Corinthian took his own supper first, so the poor went hungry — the meal was theirs, not the Lord's.

- Correction. "So then" ties the command to everything before it. Self-judgment must show in how you treat the believer beside you.

- Content. Waiting is more than delaying the start. It is consideration, forbearance, love and grace — treating others as the Lord has treated you.

- Consequence. Waiting shows the unity of the one body. Rushing ahead denies it.

- Reach. The same deference covers the whole gathering, not only the bread and cup. If you are hungry, eat at home.

1 Corinthians 11:34 · Darby

If any one be hungry, let him eat at home, that ye may not come together for judgment. But the other things, whenever I come, I will set in order.

Paul closes his correction of the Lord's Supper at Corinth with two instructions and one promise. Behind the simple wording lie real questions. What was a shared meal doing in their meeting? What does "judgment" mean here? And why would an inspired letter leave some matters unwritten on purpose?

The Meal Behind the Problem

The trouble started with a custom that was good in itself. Their common meal had become tangled up with the Lord's Supper.

The love-feast (or Agape) was a meal which the early Christians shared together. Its aim was to build social fellowship among people who are strangers and pilgrims here. They are called to suffer on earth and to spend eternity together in glory with the Lord. The Corinthians, however, had lost the sense that Christians are strangers in this world. In their zeal for favourite teachers they had let the world's rivalry between schools into the church. In the same way they degraded even the love-feast by keeping class distinctions. The rich feasted on the food they had brought, and made those who had nothing to give feel their poverty sharply.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

This was no temporary patch. It settled the matter for good.

The Lord led the apostle to do two things. First, to explain that His hand had been dealing with some in sickness, and others in death or falling asleep. Second, to separate the Lord's Supper from any such feast in future.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Hunger Belongs at Home

Sending the hungry home is not a snub to the body's needs. It marks off what the gathering is for.

The supper was a memorial of Him in His death, but it was a memorial of Him, the living One. It sent their hearts back to Calvary, but He was present; this was the point. They had houses to eat and drink in, if it was a question of satisfying hunger and thirst; let them eat their necessary food at home. But at the Supper the Lord was there, while His death and the manner of His death filled their hearts.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

The command follows the call to wait for one another, and the two work together.

We are to depend on the Lord in a way that makes the saints depend on each other too. That is true consideration for one another. We must be careful not to push ourselves forward, and equally careful not to leave all responsibility to others. If it was the physical appetite that needed satisfying, they were to satisfy it at home. Then merely selfish desires would not enter the sacred feast of the Lord.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

"Not for Judgment"

The older English rendering "condemnation" has misled readers here. Commentators point out that the word is not the same as the eternal verdict spoken of two verses earlier.

"Condemned" is right in verse 32. But a man eats and drinks judgment, or fault, or crime, for it is the thing he is accused of to himself. "Condemnation" is not right in verse 34, where the older translation read, "that ye come not together unto condemnation." The sense is judgment, or fault. Our word "crime" comes from the Greek word. It means the judgment passed on someone, but people also use it for the fault itself.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

One person's self-indulgence does not stay contained.

Self would in this way be judged, and love kept in active exercise... The indulgence of the flesh in one person provokes the flesh in another, and the Lord must then judge more than the one who first dishonoured Him.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Self-Judgment as the Way Out

The whole closing section offers a simple escape from the Lord's discipline.

The closing verses of the chapter give us an example of God's chastening in response to wrong done. God chastens His children so that they may not be judged with the world. If only we judged ourselves, we would escape the evil and would not need the hand of God on us. Let us note that! How excellent is the holy art of self-judgment, and how little we practise it.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

What Paul Left Unwritten

The last line of the verse leaves some things for a later visit. That was on purpose.

The apostle did not say everything he might have said. "The rest I will arrange when I come." It would not have served the best interests of the assembly to lay everything down formally. The written word is the unerring standard. The Spirit in living power, not tradition, is its true supplement. We need the Holy Spirit as well as Scripture, and we have Him. But Scripture is the rule, not the Spirit — though we cannot use it rightly without Him. This keeps up practical dependence on God. He would not have us act, alone or together, without the clear light of His word. If we do not have that light, we ought to wait for it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The size of the correction says something about the church that received it.

Among the Corinthians there was much disorder in their assembly life and gatherings, so that a long passage (1 Cor. 11:17–14:40) is taken up with corrective instruction, and even then the apostle has to say, "The rest will I set in order when I come."

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Cause — class distinction spoiled a shared meal that should have pictured fellowship, and dragged the Lord's Supper down with it.

- Correction — natural hunger belongs at home. Paul cut the common meal away from the Supper for good.

- Consideration — waiting for one another turns a gathering from self-service into interdependence.

- Clarification — "judgment" here is not the world's condemnation. It is the Lord dealing with His own, and self-judgment is the way to avoid it.

- Continuation — Paul left some matters unwritten on purpose. That keeps us depending on God, guided by Scripture and not by tradition.

1 Corinthians 12:1 · Darby

But concerning spiritual [manifestations], brethren, I do not wish you to be ignorant.

Paul's letter turns a corner here. He takes up a fresh question the Corinthians had sent him, and he refuses to leave them uninformed. Two things are at stake: what the word translated "spiritual" really covers, and why being ignorant of it is dangerous.

An answer to their letter

The words "now concerning" mark a turn. Paul stops dealing with the problems he has been correcting and starts answering the questions they wrote to him.

From the first verse of chapter 7 we gather that Paul sat down to write this letter as a reply. The Corinthians had sent him a letter of enquiry earlier. When he wrote, there were graver and more urgent matters to deal with first, and these fill up chapters 1 to 6. He now turns to their enquiries. We find the words "Now concerning" repeated at the start of 1 Cor. 8, 1 Cor. 12 and 1 Cor. 16. They had clearly written with questions about marriage, things offered to idols, spiritual gifts and collections.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The missing word

Many English Bibles add the word "gifts" after "spiritual." Commentators say translators supplied it, and that it narrows Paul's meaning.

Notice that the translators added the word "gifts." Nor is it correct. The subject includes gifts, but it goes further. It takes in what is of far deeper importance, as the source of it all: the presence of the Spirit, working in the sovereign power of a divine person in the church and through its members. Perhaps "spirituals" would give the idea if our language could bear it without any addition. If we must supply a word for clarity, it should be "manifestations" rather than "gifts."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

That wider word changes what the chapter is about. Paul's subject is not only what the Spirit produces, but the Spirit Himself.

It is not only the effects produced, whether in the way of power or of grace. Above all there is the first, parent truth, the centre of it all: the Holy Spirit Himself, come down to be here for the glory of the Lord Jesus in the assembly. The apostle is not discussing the personal state of those who form part of that assembly. He is discussing the Spirit's action in each and all.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The Person behind the gifts

This sets an order of importance. The gifts matter, but the Giver matters more, and He is a Person present among His people.

The presence of the Spirit is more important than even the gifts He distributes and directs. It is what forms the one body. The assembly is bound to own it and act on it — and that is exactly what the Christian world has in effect denied since the apostles.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Paul wants them to know

Paul says plainly what he wants them to know. He traces it all back to its source and its purpose, and he starts by reminding them what they used to be.

So the apostle wants them to know the source, character, and purpose of all that flows from the Spirit in the assembly. He wants them to know how the Spirit shows Himself in each member of Christ. And first, he reminds them of the pitiful state they were in as pagans.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Their past matters because the same enemy is still at work. The answer is not better feelings but faith in who is present.

There was a danger for them, and there may be one for us, because we are members of that one body… The reality of Satan's power is a solemn lesson to all of us. The change was not merely from bad affections to kind and good ones. The spirit of the enemy is at work to lower His name. The Holy Spirit, on the other hand, is here for the express purpose of maintaining the glory of the Lord. We cannot enjoy this without faith… God looks for faith in the action of the Holy Spirit in the assembly.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

A pattern in Paul's writing

This is not the only place Paul says it. He wrote the same to church after church.

There is no excuse for a Christian's ignorance in relation to the interests of Christ. Paul urged believers in Christ again and again to be intelligent and not ignorant (Rom. 1:13; Rom. 11:25; 1 Cor. 10:1; 1 Cor. 12:1; 2 Cor. 1:8; 1 Thess. 4:13). Paul prayed that the believers at Colossae might have "spiritual understanding" (Col. 1:9). Clearly a Christian should want this kind of understanding more than any other.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

Summary

- Question. "Now concerning" signals a reply to a letter the Corinthians had sent; the same phrase opens chapters 7, 8, 12 and 16.

- Word. Translators supplied "gifts." Paul's own word is wider — "spirituals," or at least "manifestations."

- Person. Widen the word and the Giver comes into view. The Holy Spirit Himself is here for the glory of the Lord Jesus, and He counts for more than any gift He gives.

- Danger. Ignorance here is not harmless. The enemy who once led them still works to lower Christ's name.

- Duty. Paul refused to leave believers uninformed. Every Christian is meant to learn how the Spirit works. It is not optional.

1 Corinthians 12:2 · Darby

Ye know that when ye were [of the] nations [ye were] led away to dumb idols, in whatever way ye might be led.

Paul is about to explain how the Spirit of God works in the church. First he takes the Corinthians back to what they used to be. The verse remembers pagan Corinth: idols that could not speak, and worshippers driven by a power they never chose.

Why Paul starts with their past

One writer notes that Paul leads them back to what they were, and that the reminder is good for any reader.

Before His positive teaching on the Spirit and His workings, he leads them back in memory to what they once were by nature. It is good for us to be reminded of this often. A lazy familiarity with truth can tempt us to forget what kind of people we both were and are.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

"Mute idols"

Mute means the idols could not speak. Older wording in the quotes below calls them "dumb." That silence sets up the contrast. One commentator draws out both sides of it: what they were dragged into, and who God turned out to be.

He says "when you were pagans," not "that you were pagans." It told them nothing new to say they were pagans. In those days it was not merely a leading. It was a carrying away to what they would now look back on with pain, seeing its extreme folly and its boldness. It was Satan's direct opposition to the truth of God. They would learn that the true God is nothing like a dumb idol. He has spoken to us by His Son. And by His Spirit He opens mouths that were once silent, so that they speak for Jesus Christ the Lord.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"However you were led"

The phrase describes people moved along without knowing what moved them. Their ignorance of the true God left nothing to steady them.

They had no solid hope to rest their souls on, because they did not know the God who made them. So they gave way to their own delusions. His power and divine nature appealed to their consciences from almost every object they saw, yet they stayed in guilty ignorance of Him. So they were carried away to these dumb idols, however they were led. Their own natural instincts drew them, and behind that was the strong hand of the ruler of the darkness of this world.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Being led is not the problem. Blind following is. The same difference applies to how a Christian follows those who guide him.

Not a blind following of them, as when they were heathen (1 Cor. 12:2) following dumb idols. Are you to be led blindfold? No; you are to be led intelligently. "No one can say 'Jesus is Lord' except in the Holy Spirit."

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Why the reminder mattered at Corinth

Their old background made them easy targets for a counterfeit of the Spirit's power.

Most of the Christians at Corinth had been poor Gentiles. They had no discernment, and the enemy's delusions led them about like fools. So they were in greater danger of being deceived again the same way. The Spirit of God gives force to the truth in a man's heart and clears his moral sight. When a man is not filled with that Spirit, the enemy's seductive power dazzles his imagination. He loves marvels, however unbelieving he may be about the truth.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The mistake mirrors a sin recorded in the Gospels.

The Spirit of God worked in our Lord Jesus, and the Jews said the power came from Beelzebub, the prince of the demons (Matt. 12:22-32). That was the unpardonable sin. Today the danger is the opposite sin: calling the power of Satan the Holy Spirit of God. This glaring error was a danger in the early church too. In a pagan city like Corinth, believers were especially open to demons speaking among them as oracles.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

The people God chose

Paul is not shaming them. He is naming the raw material grace worked with.

And who are they? Men who had been worshippers of dumb idols (1 Cor. 12:2). Gentiles, distant outsiders. "Such were some of you," he adds, after describing many kinds of evildoers (1 Cor. 6:9-11). What a company! Surely the worst of Corinth! Totally unable to reform themselves, but described as "washed, sanctified, justified in the name of the Lord Jesus."

Modernised from W. H. WestcottOriginal wording

Summary

- Mute — the idols could not speak. The verse turns on that silence, and on a God who speaks.

- Dragged — they were not merely led but carried away, and would later look back on it with pain.

- Blind — they did not know the true God, so a power they never chose moved them along.

- Vulnerable — that same background left them open to counterfeits. The modern error is to credit Satan's power to the Spirit of God.

- Delivered — idol worshippers became "washed, sanctified, justified." God opened their mouths to call Jesus Lord.

1 Corinthians 12:3 · Darby

I give you therefore to know, that no one, speaking in [the power of the] Spirit of God, says, Curse [on] Jesus; and no one can say, Lord Jesus, unless in [the power of the] Holy Spirit.

Paul turns from food, worship and order in the church to what he calls "spiritual things." He opens with a test the Corinthians can use on the spot. In a city full of shrines and oracles the danger was real. How do you tell a voice moved by the Spirit of God from a voice moved by something else?

From Dumb Idols to a Speaking God

Verse 2 has just reminded these believers what they used to be — swept along to idols that could not speak a word back. One writer sets the true God against those idols:

They would learn that the true God is nothing like a dumb idol. He has spoken to us by His Son. And by His Spirit He opens mouths that were once dumb, so that they speak for Jesus Christ the Lord.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Paul Gives a Test

In the early meetings, men spoke as inspired. Not every one of them drew on the same source:

The enemy used the same tactics in the early days of the church. He brought men into the public meetings of believers who really did speak by inspiration — but their inspiration came from demons, not from the Holy Spirit. So Paul lays down the test in 1 Corinthians 12:3. The confession of Jesus as LORD is the test. Many accounts could be given to prove that this test always works. It never fails. In today's spiritist seances, demons often say things that sound noble and beautiful, but they will never own Jesus as Lord.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

"Jesus Is Accursed"

The first half of the test raises a question. Jesus did bear a curse — so who put Him under it?

No such man calls Jesus "accursed." No one puts Him under the curse, except at the cross. God did it there, as we know, when Jesus died for our sins. But no man speaking by the Spirit of God calls Jesus Himself accursed. And no one can say that Jesus is Lord except through the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Weight of the Word "Lord"

"Lord" may sound like the smallest thing you could say about Christ. That is exactly the point:

He takes up the lowest way of honouring Christ. Of course, to say "Lord" is far from the highest way of naming Christ. It is what everyone is called to own when they part company with the world, repent and believe the gospel... So it was the very first confession all through Acts. No one was owned as a Christian until he owned Jesus as Lord... But "the Lord" means that He is the one God has exalted. God did not only raise Him from the dead; He set Him over everything.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

No Neutral Ground Between the Two

The verse names only two places for the name of Jesus. What about everyone who seems to stand in between?

If the name of Jesus is not given the highest honour, freely and sincerely, then its only other place is utter contempt... Between "accursed" and "Lord" there is no other place it can rightly hold. There seems to be a wide space between a living, worshipping faith and a deliberate, outright denial of that name. When the Spirit weighs a person's character, He treats that space as nothing and as a deception. For Him men are believers or unbelievers, confessors or deniers of the Lord.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Saying It and Meaning It

Anyone can say the words. One writer presses that on people who use the title every day:

But you say, "we say it all the time — that Jesus is the Lord. We are always talking about 'the Lord Jesus Christ.'" ... The flesh rebels against His Lordship over us. Our hearts are not willing to submit to His authority. We would rather choose our own path than walk in the one He has marked out for us.

Modernised from J. A. TrenchOriginal wording

Where Commentators Differ

Commentators differ on how far this verse reaches. Some use it as a personal test of who is really a Christian. This writer says Paul's subject here is narrower:

An unclean spirit would not say "Lord Jesus," and the Spirit of God could not call Jesus accursed. But the question here is about spirits. It is not about conversion, and not about the need for grace to work in the heart before anyone can truly confess the name of Jesus. That need is very real, as we know, but it is not the subject here.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Lord over dumb idols — idols never spoke back. The true God has spoken by His Son, and He opens once-silent mouths to speak for Jesus Christ the Lord.

- Lord is the test — the enemy's voices never confess Jesus as Lord, however fine their words sound.

- Lord, not accursed — at the cross God laid the curse on Him for our sins. No one moved by the Spirit ever curses Him.

- Lord is least and first — it is the lowest way of naming Christ. Yet it was the first confession in Acts, and it marks Him as the One God has exalted over everything.

- Lord means no middle ground — the Spirit sees only confessors or deniers. Saying it truly means a heart that stops choosing its own path.

1 Corinthians 12:4 · Darby

But there are distinctions of gifts, but the same Spirit;

Corinth prized the gifts that drew a crowd. Paul answers not by listing gifts but by naming their source: one Spirit stands behind them all.

A gift, not an achievement

The word Paul uses for "gifts" carries its own answer to Corinthian pride.

The Corinthians forgot these truths. They wanted to use the gift of tongues to lift themselves up and win glory for themselves. Yet what was it but a gift given to them, and by the Spirit just as He would? In truth, every gift was, as its name implies — charisma — a favour given to its owner by the Holy Spirit, just as He chose. The person had not deserved it, and could not claim it. He only received it. And each gift of the Spirit was for the profit of all.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

One Spirit, not many spirits

Paul sets "the same Spirit" against a world full of many gods and many lords.

Along with this testimony there were "varieties of gifts," yet not many spirits, "but the same Spirit." And there were "varieties of service, but the same Lord" — not "many lords"; Jesus was Lord. There were "varieties of activities, but the same God who empowers them all in everyone," for the activities were truly divine. There were not "many gods": all were the working of the one true God.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Different gifts, one aim

People who speak by the Spirit do not all sound alike. So what holds their work together?

Though all who speak by the Holy Spirit exalt Christ, it does not follow that all have the same gift. This leads the apostle in verses 4 to 6 to speak of the diversity of spiritual gifts. The apostle tells us there are varieties of gifts. At the same time he reminds us that variety of gifts does not sacrifice unity of aim. For the same Spirit controls the varieties of gifts, and so all lead to the exaltation and expression of Christ.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Spirit, Lord, and God

Verse 4 opens a set of three sentences with the same shape.

In verses 4-6 we hear of the Spirit, the Lord, and God; the same Spirit — the same Lord, and the same God. Yet there is not a division into three classes of gifts, but the same thing is seen in three relations. The varieties of gifts are by the same Spirit; He gives them all. These gifts are also in relation to the Lord. They are for ministries — that is, service for the Lord, under whose authority and for whose glory we use them. And the whole working is of God, who works all in all.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

What no training can supply

If the Spirit is the one source, what qualifies a person to serve?

These verses (4-6) rebuke, and at the same time correct, much of the serious disorder in Christendom. Christendom demands human ability, human wisdom, and theological training first, before anyone may use a gift. No, says the apostle. You need what no schools of men can give and no human attainments can supply — you need the power and energy of the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Respect for the smallest gift

How should we treat the gifts that impress us least?

There are varieties of gifts, "but the same Spirit." These gifts differ greatly in character, yet they all come from the same source. God has to do with one as truly as with another. There is an immense difference between the lesser and the greater gifts, but still "the same Spirit." If I would respect the Spirit of God, I should respect the least gift that comes from Him.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What happens when a church leaves no room for the smaller gifts?

Like them, we are inclined to talk a great deal about the greater gifts. We leave very little room for the exercise of the lesser. Sometimes the lesser gifts get shut out, either by arrangement beforehand or by strong preferences. Wherever that happens, the Spirit is quenched, and the assembly loses the benefit of the variety of gifts.

Modernised from Andrew MillerOriginal wording

Summary

- Source. One Spirit gives every gift. Not many spirits, not many lords, not many gods.

- Grace. The word for gift means a favour. No one earned it, and no one can demand it.

- Variety. The Spirit gives gifts that differ in measure and character, and each one is for the profit of all.

- Aim. Difference in gift does not mean difference in direction; all of it leads to the exaltation of Christ.

- Response. Respect the Spirit by respecting the smallest gift He gives. Crowd out the lesser gifts, and you quench the Spirit.

1 Corinthians 12:5 · Darby

and there are distinctions of services, and the same Lord;

Paul is writing to a church that had forgotten whose gifts it was using, and his answer follows one pattern: many differences, one source. Verse 5 puts every service under one Lord, which raises the question of who directs Christian work and who the worker answers to.

Three Relations, Not Three Classes

Verses 4 to 6 name the Spirit, the Lord, and God in turn. One writer warns against reading this as a filing system that sorts gifts into three bins.

This is not the Trinity as such. Still, "the Spirit" and "the Lord" could not be brought in this way unless they were God just as the Father is. But it is plain that our Lord appears here not so much in His divine glory as the Son, but in the official position given to Him... it is not a division into three classes of gifts. It is the same thing seen in three relations. Gifts, in relation to the Spirit, through whom they come. Services, in relation to the Lord, under whom and for whose glory we carry them out as responsible servants. Operations, or workings, or effects, in relation to God, for it is God, and not man, who works the whole in all.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Each "same" in these verses also denies something.

There were, along with this testimony, "diversities of gifts," yet not many spirits, but the same Spirit. There were differences of administrations (that is, ministries), but the same Lord — not "lords many"; Jesus was Lord. There were diversities of operations, but the same God who works all in all, for the operations were truly divine. There were not "gods many": all were the operation of the one true God.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Power From the Spirit, Direction From the Lord

Older translations say "administrations" here; the ESV says "varieties of service." Put verse 5 next to verse 4, and the two lines turn out to say different things.

Ministry is always under the Lord: "there are differences of administrations (ministries), yet but one Lord." The apostle says this just after he had said, "there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit." (1 Cor. 12:4-5.) The two things are very different: the power is of the Spirit; rule and oversight belong to the Lord.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

Holding a Gift Makes You a Servant

If every service stands under one Lord, no one can treat a gift as personal property. That was the Corinthian failure.

Verse 5 adds another thing: "And there are differences of administrations, but the same Lord." You cannot have a gift without being a servant. You are not your own master in the use of the gift; you are a servant of the Lord Jesus. This the Corinthians had forgotten. They were acting independently. Even the Holy Spirit Himself has been willing to take the place of a servant. Having come down to that place, He lifts no one above it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One Object, From the Greatest Work to the Smallest

Because the Lord is one, the range of what counts as service is enormous, yet it all runs to a single point.

The Spirit witnesses to Jesus and glorifies Him by showing His perfections to the eye of faith. In the same way, all spiritual service flows directly to one common object, from the labour of an apostle to the simplest act of kindness for the Master's sake. For to us there is one Lord. We serve Him if we love Him, and are His disciples if we keep His sayings.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Free From Men, Free From Self-Will

So who has the right to direct a servant? One writer answers: the Lord alone.

If there is the possession of a spiritual gift, the only one to whom the possessor of that gift is responsible is the Lord. He is responsible to go out in the exercise of that gift to the Lord, and where the Lord may lead him. He is no man's, and no church's servant, though delighted to serve all, if in doing so he can please his Master.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

That freedom is not a licence to please yourself. Another writer names its purpose.

We must always remember this. If, by the power of God, we are free from all men, and responsible to God alone for the use of the gift He has entrusted to us, it is so that we may be the servants of all... He has made us free from self, free from independence, free from our own wills. He freed us to act as God acts, as He has acted in Christ — not to please ourselves, but to serve one another in love.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- One Lord. Not many spirits, not many lords, not many gods. Verse 5 sets one name over every Christian service.

- One pattern. Verses 4 to 6 are not three classes of gift. They show one thing in three ways: given by the Spirit, served under the Lord, worked by God.

- One rule. The Spirit supplies the power. Rule and oversight belong to the Lord.

- One servant. Receiving a gift makes a person a servant, not an owner; independent use of it was the Corinthians' mistake.

- One object. From an apostle's labour to the smallest kindness, all service moves toward the same Lord. And freedom from men is given so that we may serve one another.

1 Corinthians 12:6 · Darby

and there are distinctions of operations, but the same God who operates all things in all.

This verse comes third in a row of three lines: the Spirit, then the Lord, then God. It answers one question — who is really at work when anything happens in a church?

Three Relations, One Reality

Each of the three lines uses a different word — gifts, services, effects — and names a different Person.

It is not a division into three classes of gifts. It is the same thing in substance, seen in three relations. They are gifts in relation to the Spirit, through whom they come. They are services in relation to the Lord, under whom and for whose glory we are responsible to use them. They are operations or workings or effects, in relation to God, for it is God, and not man, who works the whole in all. So if the Spirit gives a gift, using it is a ministry or service of the Lord, carried on by His authority. And it is God who makes it all effective.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "Operations" Means

The ESV says "activities," where older versions say "operations." The word points to the effect produced, not to the ability.

The word "operations" means inner workings in the spirit of those in whom the Holy Spirit dwells. In every case God Himself alone sets these workings in motion and controls them by His active will.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

The results differ from person to person. The supply behind them does not.

And there are "diversities of operations" or results produced, but it is "God that works them all" — the same spring of power. There may be many separate streams through which He is pleased to reveal Himself. But one source of supply feeds them all.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Nothing Too Small To Be His Work

Older versions end the verse "works all in all"; the ESV has "empowers them all in everyone." Either wording leaves nothing out — down to the smallest thing done in a church meeting.

The words are framed so that nothing escapes His working. No member is so small or unnoticed that his part falls outside it. No small deed, no act such as giving out a hymn, no simple thing done by any member of the body of Christ happens apart from Him. God Himself is the One Who works all things in all. What a holy character this truth gives to assembly activity!

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Not Many Gods, But One

Each of the three lines says "but the same." That repetition answers a world that counted many spirits, many lords and many gods.

There were varieties of gifts, yet not many spirits, but the same Spirit. There were differences of ministries, but the same Lord — not many lords; Jesus was Lord. There were varieties of operations, but the same God who works all in all, for the operations were truly divine. There were not many gods. All were the work of the one true God.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Power Belongs to God

God's power is not limited to what happens in a church.

Power belongs to God. What He wills He works, resisted or unresisted, in the armies of heaven, or with men upon the earth. But these words point above all to God's power at work now, and to its results. He shows those results in creating and preserving the Church, both to the faith of His chosen and to the rulers and powers in the heavenly places.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

The Trinity Question

Commentators differ here. Pridham sees these three verses as a picture of the Trinity, and finds meaning in the order the three Persons come:

The Spirit is named first, because His working is what makes life and godliness exist and continue. The Lord comes next, because the Spirit bears direct witness to Him, and all spiritual teaching leads to obedient acknowledgment of Him.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Kelly reads the same words differently:

This is not the Trinity as such, though certainly "the Spirit" and "the Lord" could not be introduced this way if they were not God equally with the Father. Our Lord appears here not so much in His divine glory as the Son, but in the official position given to Him. And God is spoken of as God, not in His personal distinctiveness as Father.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Source. Every gift, every service and every effect goes back past the person using it to God, the one "spring of power" behind them all.

- Three relations. One thing seen three ways: given by the Spirit, carried out under the Lord, made effective by God — not three classes of gift.

- Effects. "Operations" means the workings God produces inside people. Many streams, one source of supply.

- Reach. "All in all" leaves no loophole and no forgotten member. The smallest act in a meeting is God at work, and that makes ordinary service holy.

- Contrast. Others counted many spirits, many lords and many gods. This verse answers with one Spirit, one Lord and one God at work in all.

1 Corinthians 12:7 · Darby

But to each the manifestation of the Spirit is given for profit.

The Corinthians treated their gifts as their own property, so Paul points them to why the gifts were given at all. Two questions follow: what does "manifestation" mean, and who is meant to benefit?

What "manifestation" Means

One writer explains what the word means, and why the Spirit needs it:

What are we to understand by "the manifestation of the Spirit"? To manifest is to make the presence of the Spirit plain and clear to others. What is hidden is not manifest. The Holy Spirit Himself is here in this world in an invisible form. The Lord Jesus Christ, God the Son, was manifest in flesh. He was seen by angels, as well as men... but the Holy Spirit did not take a body of flesh, so His presence and His action stay hidden for the most part. The manifestation of the Spirit is through the members of the body of Christ.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

So a gift stays private until someone uses it. The same writer shows how that happens:

Take the first example given. A certain man has the word of wisdom; there it is in his soul... The Spirit has given it to him, and he enjoys it himself. But the rest of the assembly knows nothing of it, until the Holy Spirit leads that person to use the word of wisdom for the comfort and well-being of his fellow members. Then the action of the Holy Spirit is made manifest.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

"To Each" Leaves No One Out

One writer, quoting an older translation's "every man" where the ESV has "to each," sees here a challenge to the way many churches organise ministry:

The Spirit gives the manifestations of the gifts to "every man." He refuses to gather all His manifestations into one man, or into one particular class of men. This rebukes the greatest of all disorders in Christendom: setting apart a special class of men for the ministry. That splits the professing people of God into clergy and laity. Scripture allows no such distinction... No, says the apostle, it is to every man in the Assembly.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Nobody is exempt, and nobody holds everything:

Every true Christian has been given something for service in the body, perhaps only a little wisdom. Everybody has something for service to the body, like a hand or a foot or an eye. But not everybody has a prominent gift, like a pastor or an evangelist.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Given for Profit, Not for Display

One writer names what the Corinthians were doing with their gifts:

The Corinthians were acting much like children. They treated the spiritual gift they had been given as a new toy, to use and enjoy for their own pleasure and standing. It was not that. It was a gift given to one member for the benefit of the whole body.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The profit meant is a particular kind:

It is given in view of the common good. It is not given for the exaltation or prominence of the individual, for obtaining personal influence or gain, or as a means of living. It is given for profit — spiritual profit.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Not a Verse About One's Own Salvation

Some have read the verse as the Spirit's work inside a person to save him. One commentator rejects that:

It pains me to have to reject an idea some hold, an idea so opposed to the grace of God: that this verse is about the work of the Spirit in a man for his own salvation. The question here is the Spirit's manifestations in the church, and their purpose was the common good.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same writer marks out who "each" covers, and what counts as a manifestation:

Here the apostle is speaking strictly of the church. To each one inside it the manifestation of the Spirit is given, and it is given with a view to the common good, not for personal influence or display... It is not a question of miracles only, as the very first examples (the word of wisdom and the word of knowledge) prove. Nor is it a sign to unbelievers. It is for the profit of believers.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Having a Gift Means Using It

Because the gift was aimed at others from the start, holding it creates an obligation:

It is in a practical interest, and in the interest of all, that the Spirit manifests Himself. So the responsibility of everyone who has any gift at all is that by this he is made a debtor to others, for whose profit the gift is given. He is not his own in this sense. He belongs to those among whom God has given him his place.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

That obligation also carries its own authorisation:

The very fact that he had it made him responsible to use it — responsible to Him who did not give it for nothing. The gift itself carried both the ability to serve and the right to serve, for I am bound to help and serve with what I have. And if souls are helped, they hardly need to ask whether I had official permission to do it.

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Hidden. The Spirit is here, but unseen. He took no body of flesh, so He makes His presence plain through the members of the body of Christ.

- Given. A gift stays silent until someone uses it. The word of wisdom sits unknown in a man's soul until the Spirit leads him to speak it for others.

- Given to each. The Spirit refuses to pour all His manifestations into one man or one class. Every Christian has something, though not everyone has a prominent gift.

- Given for profit. A gift is not a toy for personal pleasure, influence or display. It goes to one member for the good of the whole body.

- Given, therefore owed. Whoever holds a gift is bound to serve others with it. The gift itself supplies both the ability and the right to use it.

1 Corinthians 12:8 · Darby

For to one, by the Spirit, is given [the] word of wisdom; and to another [the] word of knowledge, according to the same Spirit;

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 12:9 · Darby

and to a different one faith, in [the power of] the same Spirit; and to another gifts of healing in [the power of] the same Spirit;

Paul is listing the gifts the Spirit gives to different members of one body. Here he names two: faith, and healings. That raises a question. Every Christian believes, so what faith does the Spirit give to one believer and not to another?

Faith Here Is Not Saving Faith

Commentators rule out one meaning first. This faith is not the faith that saves, because every believer has that.

The faith here is not simple faith in the gospel. That is not a special gift which one believer may have and another may not. This is clear. It is the faith, the energy, that God gives. It overcomes difficulties. It rises above dangers. It faces them and is not alarmed by them.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Another writer describes what that energy does. It is a grip on God that holds when everything is against you.

Faith is the power to take hold of God, to take hold of His word, and to count on Him in the face of every difficulty and every enemy. God the Spirit gives this faith to some. We are all believers, but not every believer has the faith Paul speaks of here. It is the faith that removes mountains. It is the faith that stands against Satan and puts out his flaming arrows. It is the faith that always wins. It is the faith that walks even on the waves of the sea.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Faith For A Specific Thing

Scripture also speaks of faith for one particular thing. That is where this gift meets prayer, and where people misuse it.

Scripture recognises specific faith about a specific thing. One of the people who received a miracle had faith to be healed (Acts 14:9). And 1 Corinthians 12:9 plainly teaches that there is a distinct spiritual gift of faith, which some have and some do not. Perhaps this is the special faith the Lord means when He says, "whatever you ask in prayer, believe that you have received it, and it will be yours" (Mark 11:24). Real, God-given faith is meant here, not mystical or imagined faith. Many have probably tried this promise as an experiment, only to be disappointed. But God does not give His promises and the power of His Spirit to be tested out of curiosity, or used to serve private ends.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Why "The Same Spirit" Keeps Repeating

Paul names the Spirit again with each gift. One writer asks why. (He quotes an older translation; the ESV reads "by the one Spirit" the second time.)

Then he says, "to another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit." Why does this varied list repeat the words "by the same Spirit"? Because we so easily approve only of the one gift that pleases us, and forget how varied the Holy Spirit's work is.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Healing Was Never On Demand

The gifts of healing were real. Still, no one who had them could use them at will.

No one could use the gift of healing, or gifts like it, whenever he chose. These gifts appeared only at the right time, and they worked only by the direct will of God. Power is His, and always in His hands. When Trophimus was sick, Paul's wish could not restore him. Yet the believer can come to the Lord in prayer and claim His power. In time of need we must seek refuge not in God's gifts, but in the faithfulness of the Giver.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

The same limit shows in the apostles' own lives. It also shows what the miracles were for.

It is worth noticing that the disciples never did miracles to save themselves from suffering, or to heal their friends when they were ill. Paul left Trophimus sick at Miletus. It was only God's mercy that healed Epaphroditus. The miracles the apostles did confirmed the testimony, and Christ glorified with the Father was the subject and source of that testimony.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

"To Another" Is Not "To All"

The wording of the verse settles a claim often made today.

Some teach that every believer who receives the baptism of the Spirit shows it by speaking in tongues. But that is not what Scripture teaches. 1 Corinthians 12:9-10 says, "to another [not to ALL] gifts of healing by the one Spirit … to another [not to ALL] various kinds of tongues."

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- One Spirit — Paul repeats "by the same Spirit" because we prize only the gift that appeals to us and forget how varied His work is.

- One faith, two meanings — this is not the faith that saves, which all believers share. It is an energy that rises above danger and difficulty.

- One recipient at a time — "to another" is not "to all"; no gift on this list is the mark of every Spirit-filled Christian.

- One hand on the switch — healing was never the healer's to command. Paul left Trophimus sick, and his wish could not heal him.

- One refuge — when need comes, the resort is not to God's gifts but to the faithfulness of the Giver.

1 Corinthians 12:10 · Darby

and to another operations of miracles; and to another prophecy; and to another discerning of spirits; and to a different one kinds of tongues; and to another interpretation of tongues.

Five more gifts of the Spirit appear in this verse: miracles, prophecy, distinguishing between spirits, tongues and their interpretation. Each raises the same questions: what did the gift do, why is it placed here, and who received it?

Working of Miracles

The words translated "the working of miracles" mean, more exactly, powers in action. They cover more ground than the healings just named.

Another might have "operations of powers." The Rheims and King James Versions wrongly render this as "the working of miracles." These were not "healings." They were power over material things, or over spiritual beings, as promised in Mark 16:17-18 and shown in the Acts of the Apostles.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Prophecy

Prophecy is easy to mistake for prediction. Its main work reaches the conscience, and one writer holds that in this sense the gift continues.

Thinking of the Old Testament prophets, we may limit prophecy to foretelling future events. But that was only a small part of the prophet's work, even in Old Testament days. His great mission was to apply the word of God to the conscience and heart, to build people up. This is still the prophet's service in Christian times, and in this sense the gift continues.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Other ministry builds people up without being prophecy. The difference lies in what prophecy does to the conscience.

A man surely builds others up when he strengthens souls by holding up Christ and making His love better known. So does the man who exhorts or teaches well. But none of these things is prophesying. Prophesying is that character of truth which puts a man's conscience in the presence of God. It gives the soul the certainty that His mind is in what is spoken. It strips and lays bare thoughts, motives, feelings, everything.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Discerning of Spirits

This gift did not show whether a person was truly converted. It tested the source behind what was being said.

This gift is not about discerning whether or not people were Christians. It is about discerning whether the spirit by which they spoke was of God or of Satan.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The gift met a real danger in the early church.

This was one of the gifts in the early church, needed for "testing the spirits," because even then many false prophets had gone out into the world. 1 Cor. 12:10; 1 John 4:1-3. This gift was especially necessary at the time when the word of God was not fully written.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Tongues and Interpretation

Tongues and interpretation are two gifts, not one, and they go to two different people.

The deliberate distribution of these gifts stands out in the last two. "Kinds of tongues" means a variety of languages the speaker never learned. It is set apart from "interpretation of tongues," which is given to another, though 1 Corinthians 14:13 suggests how desirable it is for the two to go together.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Tongues Come Last

Tongues stand at the end of the list. That placement is deliberate.

Tongues, and the interpretation of tongues that completes them, come at the close of this list. That shows their relative importance from God's point of view. The primary gifts are always those that develop the church in love and faith and the knowledge of Christ. Scripture, on the other hand, always places the sign-gifts lowest on the scale, though people tend to value them differently and far too highly.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Tongues were a sign aimed at unbelievers. That shaped the rule for using them when the church gathered.

1 Corinthians 14 makes it clear that the gift of tongues was not only miraculous. It was also a sign to unbelievers, unlike prophesying, which was expressly for building people up. So it was forbidden to speak "in a tongue" in the Christian assembly, unless someone there could interpret the unknown language for the profit of the saints. The sign-gifts are the ones the Holy Spirit has seen good to withdraw. He still grants all the others that are needed for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, and for building up the body of Christ.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Taken together, these writers hold that the sign-gifts were withdrawn. Prophecy remains, because it applies God's word to the conscience.

To Another — Not to All

The repeated phrase in the verse is small but decisive. It is "to another," never "to all."

It is taught that every believer who receives the baptism of the Spirit shows it by speaking with tongues. But that is not the teaching of Scripture. 1 Corinthians 12:9-10 says, "to another [not to ALL] gifts of healing by the one Spirit… to another [not to ALL] various kinds of tongues."

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- One Spirit. Miracles, prophecy, discernment, tongues and interpretation are not five sources. They are five gifts from the one Spirit.

- Power. "Working of miracles" is more exactly "operations of powers." It means power over material things and over spiritual beings, and it reaches wider than healing.

- Conscience. Prophecy is not mainly about foretelling. It applies God's word, so the soul knows it stands in His presence.

- Protection. Discerning of spirits judged the source behind what was said, not whether the speaker was a Christian. It mattered most before the word of God was fully written.

- Last for a reason. Tongues sit at the end of the list. Without an interpreter they were barred from the assembly, because a sign is for unbelievers and building up the saints matters more.

1 Corinthians 12:11 · Darby

But all these things operates the one and the same Spirit, dividing to each in particular according as he pleases.

Paul has been listing the gifts God gives to Christians. Here he names the one source behind them all, and settles who decides who gets what.

"As He wills" — a claim only God can make

The closing phrase claims for the Spirit what only God can claim.

Here it is what God does, not man. The Spirit gives to one the word of wisdom, to another the word of knowledge, to another faith. To another He gives miraculous gifts, to another prophecy, to another the gift of tongues. "AS HE WILLS" covers all this. It is the assertion of sovereignty, an essential attribute that belongs to God alone.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

A Person, not an influence

A force cannot choose. Here the Spirit chooses, and that tells us who He is.

Many passages prove His personality — a matter of great importance, often lost sight of by those who constantly speak of Him as an influence. Ananias lied to the Holy Spirit (Acts 5:3). He "apportions to each one individually as He wills" (1 Cor. 12:11).

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

One Spirit behind every different gift

The verse does two things at once. It spreads the gifts among many people, and traces them all back to one worker.

Here we see the unity of the Spirit. He not only distributes each gift to each person; He works all the gifts, so keeping up dependence on His power. We see no less His sovereign activity as a divine Person… Evil and error may have as many springs as there are men and demons with their varied and often conflicting wills, lusts, and passions. But the very same Spirit works all that glorifies Christ in these different gifts. He gives them out at His pleasure to each servant of the Lord.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

God's order for His people

Many gifts under one will is not disorder. It is God's own arrangement, and human systems tend to replace it.

God's order for His assembly is a variety of gifts, given to different people, exercised by one will — the power and will of the Holy Spirit. All true order in the assemblies of God's people is the outcome of God Himself working among His people. The Christian world at large ignores this order in practice, if not in doctrine. It does so by its human arrangements, its appointed ministers and its fixed ritual.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The words "to each one" leave no group outside. Yet church practice has often marked off one class of Christians from the rest.

Setting aside a special class as priests limits the action of the Spirit of God to one class. It plainly contradicts the Scripture, "who apportions to EACH ONE individually as HE wills" (1 Cor. 12:11).

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

A favour received, never earned

If the Spirit decides, no one at Corinth had grounds for self-display.

The Corinthians, unmindful of these truths, wanted to exercise the gift of tongues for their own exaltation and self-glorification. Yet what was it but a gift given to them, and by the Spirit just as He would? In truth, every gift was what its name meant — charisma, a favour. The Holy Spirit granted it to the one who had it, just as He chose. The person had not deserved it, and could not claim it. He only received it. Each gift of the Spirit was for the profit of all.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Sovereign choice and moral fitness

The Spirit chooses freely. That does not mean He is careless about whom He uses.

God is sovereign in His choice of instruments, true; but He morally fits the instrument for the purpose He has in view… So it is always true that in giving His gifts the Holy Spirit "apportions to each one individually as He wills" (1 Cor. 12:11). It is equally true that for the exercise of these gifts He selects those whom prayer and the diligent study of His word have fitted for His service.

Modernised from C KnappOriginal wording

What it cures in us

This truth also ends copying and fault-finding among Christians.

The Holy Spirit is Sovereign, but He does not work in one member independently of all the others. I think no two gifts are alike. There are varieties of gifts, but one Spirit, and He alone has distributed them. We would do well to pay attention to this, and to the fact that services differ while there is one Lord. Man cannot make gifts; God gives them… If we understood the differences of services, and that each of us is responsible to the Lord, it would keep us from imitating others, or criticizing them.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Summary

- One Giver. The same Spirit works every gift on the list, loud or quiet. The variety is wide; the source is one.

- One Will. "As He wills" claims sovereignty, which belongs to God alone. It shows the Spirit is a Person who chooses, not an influence.

- One Reach. He gives to each one. No believer is without a gift, and no special class can own what the Spirit hands out.

- One Response. A gift is a favour no one deserved or could claim; it was never given for self-glorification, but for the profit of all.

- One Result. The Spirit alone hands out the gifts. Knowing that cures discontent with our own place and criticism of everyone else's.

1 Corinthians 12:12 · Darby

For even as the body is one and has many members, but all the members of the body, being many, are one body, so also [is] the Christ.

Paul has just listed the many gifts the Spirit gives. Now he explains why that variety never splits the church: a body has many limbs and is still one body. What startles the reader is the last clause — he does not say "so also is the church," but names the whole thing Christ. (Older translations read "so also is the Christ"; the ESV renders it "so it is with Christ.")

One name for Head and members

Paul pushes the comparison further than we might expect. He does not just compare the church to a body, or link it to Christ. He gives it Christ's own name.

Scripture does not only say the body is united with Christ. It says the body is Christ Himself — "so also is Christ." The limbs, so to speak, are simply attached to the Head. The Head gives motion, life, and character to the whole, so the whole thing goes by the name of the Head. It is not easy to grasp the full force of this remarkable language. It seems to lose the Church in Christ, so that He alone is seen, and the Church looks like only a part of Him.

Modernised from T. B. BainesOriginal wording

That one name covers both the Head above and the members below:

Paul is clearly speaking of the Head in glory and the body here on earth. Together they make up one spiritual "man": Christ is the Head, and all the members are the body. When he says, "So also is Christ," he gives that one mystical man a single name — Christ.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

How the one body came to exist

The verse states the fact. The next verse tells us how it happened.

Verse thirteen explains the statement made in verse twelve. It gives the nature and origin of the wonderful truth of verse twelve, which is this: though we are many members, we are one body, and that body carries the name Christ.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

One writer rules out two common ideas of how unity comes about:

We, the members, do not build this unity ourselves. It does not come from each one losing his individuality and merging into the others. That is not how the body is formed. What forms it is the connection of the members with the Lord Jesus Christ.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

A body on earth

Some treat this body as something only heavenly, or still future. The answer runs through the whole chapter.

Look at 1 Corinthians 12:12 to the end. No one in his right mind can fail to see a body on earth here. Paul compares it to our natural body... But it is by one Spirit that we are baptized into one body, and this took place on earth... Which of these gifts are to be exercised in heaven? The whole passage is as clear as language can make it: there is a body formed on earth.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Wider than one town

This body is bigger than any one local church. Even so, the local church has a job to do about it.

Our human spirit controls how our bodies work. In the same way, the Spirit of God is the animating power of every member of the body of Christ. The body is one. It has many members, yet together they are one body. "So also is the Christ." This is not just local. It takes in the whole body of Christ worldwide, though the local assembly is meant to give expression to it.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Many members, each with a task

One sentence holds two truths, and each keeps the other in balance.

"For just as the body is one and has many members" — this is diversity in unity. "And all the members of the body, though many, are one body" — this is unity in diversity. "So also is the Christ." We are united in one body, the Christ, and yet every child of God has his own appointed work, which no one else can do for him. Each one receives a different service. I cannot do yours, and you cannot do mine.

Modernised from H. L. RossierOriginal wording

What it rules out

The teaching cuts two ways at once. It stands against a few doing everything, and against anyone acting alone.

This side of the truth guards us from clericalism, and also from independence. Every member of the one body is needed. Where the gathering does not quench the Spirit, He works through the members for the profit of all.

Modernised from H. J. VineOriginal wording

Summary

- One Spirit — no agreement of ours builds the body, and no merging of members makes it. One Spirit joins each one to Christ.

- One name — Scripture puts the Head in glory and the members on earth under one name: Christ.

- One earth — these gifts are used here and now, so the body is real on earth today, not only in heaven.

- One scope — the reach is worldwide, and the local gathering exists to give visible expression to it.

- One task each — inside that unity every believer has a service no one else can do. So neither a clergy class nor a go-it-alone spirit fits the body.

1 Corinthians 12:13 · Darby

For also in [the power of] one Spirit *we* have all been baptised into one body, whether Jews or Greeks, whether bondmen or free, and have all been given to drink of one Spirit.

Here Paul says why the many members are one: one Spirit made them so. That raises three questions — is this water baptism, when did it happen, and what does it mean to be "made to drink" of one Spirit?

The Baptism Meant Here

The word "baptized" makes many readers think of water. One writer rules that out and points to the Spirit's own act:

Of much importance is verse 13... This refers to the formation of the body. The baptism mentioned in this verse is not water baptism. Water baptism does not save, nor can this ordinance put anyone as a member into the true church, the one body. The baptism is the baptism of the Spirit. It took place on the day of Pentecost. On that day the Spirit was poured out, and while He filled every believer, He also united them into one body. Then the body of Christ was formed once for all by this baptism... Many Christians speak of repeated baptisms by the Spirit and point to certain experiences as new baptisms. In the light of this verse all this is incorrect. Scripture knows only one baptism.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Not Faith, But the Spirit Given

One writer draws a careful line between faith and the Spirit's coming:

Note this carefully: faith did not form this unity, precious and mighty as faith is. The Holy Spirit formed it, sent down in person from heaven. Faith is individual; it does not unite, though it fits for union morally. One believes the gospel for one's own soul... But the baptism of the Spirit is something more than life. So it is not given to the dead unbeliever, but to those already made alive. The result is the one body.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One Event, Ever-Widening

How do later believers get in? One writer answers with a picture:

Picture a lake with water as smooth as glass. Someone picks up a pebble and flings it into the centre. What is the result? A circle forms, and it widens and widens until every reed in the lake stands inside it. From the day of Pentecost until now, every soul born of God is brought into that unity, sooner or later, when he receives the forgiveness of his sins and the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Submerged — And the Distinctions Gone

The picture inside the word "baptized" explains why Paul names Jew and Greek, slave and free:

In baptism a man is submerged and figuratively buried. Here is the basis on which the one body was formed and we are brought into it. We are natural men, children of Adam, with all our personal quirks and rough edges. And we have been submerged in the one Spirit. So all our natural distinctions have disappeared in the one body. There was no greater national distinction than Jew and Gentile. There was no clearer social divide than slave and free. But these distinctions and divides, and all others like them, are gone in the one body.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

"Made to Drink of One Spirit"

The second half of the verse is not a repeat of the first:

We have all been baptized in one Spirit into one body. But there is more: each of us, separately and for ourselves, has been made to "drink into (or, of) one Spirit." This seems to be a reference to John 7:37-39. Each member of the body has personally received or drunk of the one Spirit, so that He characterises and governs each. So unity is produced in this twofold way. Each has been submerged in the Spirit, and the Spirit is in each by a personal drinking in.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

An older wording of the phrase reads "made to drink into one Spirit." One writer takes it as a mark of shared character:

"We have all been made to drink into one Spirit." This is characteristic... They are all of one mind, all set on the same thing; heart and soul they are seeking the same object... What is that Spirit? It is the Spirit of Christ, the Spirit which produces likeness to Christ.

Modernised from VariousOriginal wording

What Man Can and Cannot Touch

But what about the divisions and failures we see?

God formed it by an act in the energy of the one Spirit, and that guarantees its integrity. Man cannot violate or destroy it, and neither can satanic power. But the visible display of it during its stay on earth may be marred, and has been. The thing itself, divinely formed, remains, and will be perfectly displayed in glory.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Corinth showed that marring, and it repeats:

Had the Corinthians paid attention to this, how much sorrow and shame would have been spared!... It is a state that is always ready to repeat itself. It shows up most where knowledge takes the place of love, and believers stoop to form cliques with a favourite leader.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- One Spirit acts — water baptism did not form the body. The Spirit poured out at Pentecost did, once for all.

- One life given — faith is personal, and it does not unite. This baptism comes on top of life, to those already made alive.

- One circle widening — the act happened once. Every soul since who receives forgiveness and the Spirit comes inside that circle.

- One level ground — baptism means being submerged; the old self goes under, and with it Jew and Greek, slave and free.

- One drink shared — each member takes in the same Spirit, so unity is shared and inward at once. Cliques and favourite leaders only spoil the display of what man cannot destroy.

1 Corinthians 12:14 · Darby

For also the body is not one member but many.

Paul has just said that one Spirit baptised all believers into one body, whatever their background. Now he points to the obvious fact about any body: it has many parts. He uses that fact to correct a church that was tearing itself apart over gifts.

What Makes a Body a Body

The statement sounds too plain to need saying. One writer explains why this mark is essential, and why it applies to the church on earth now:

The great and most obvious mark of the body is that it consists of not one member but many. This is so essential to its nature that it could not be called "the body" if it consisted of only one member and not of many. It would be a monstrous shape. It would lack the beautiful unity with diversity seen in the human body, and in every other living structure. It is exactly so with the assembly of God. It is not only His house. It is also Christ's body, because one Spirit has baptised all the believers into one, whatever their background and their otherwise irreconcilable differences. This unity exists now, not only later. It is on earth, not only in heaven.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Difference Is the Design

Many members means many different members. Remove that difference and the body stops working. That is the danger when one member envies another's place:

First, we are reminded that in the human body there is diversity in unity. "The body does not consist of one member but of many." Suppose each member neglected its own function out of envy of members that perhaps have a higher function. Then this diversity would be completely ignored, and the most serious disorder would follow. If the foot began to complain that it was not a hand, or the ear that it was not an eye, the work of the body would stop. Complaining members stop working well for the good of the body.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Written to a Divided Church

The Corinthians had real gifts, and were using them to compete:

Sadly, some were misusing what God had given, so that they could exalt themselves. Others, giving their support to one leader or another, helped along a party spirit. This had led to envying, strife and division — marks of man in the flesh rather than of those "sanctified in Christ Jesus". Here in chapter 12 he shows that their behaviour clashed with the truth that the members of the body of Christ depend on each other.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

The flesh spoils the body from two opposite directions:

If a humble member of the body were to complain that he was not put in a more exalted place, is he not part of the body? There are two ways the flesh acts: the first is discontent with oneself, and the second is contempt for other people. Each is to be content with his place. The ear would like the position of the eye; there is discontent... but the full blessing of the body normally depends on these differences.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

No One Member Can Do It All

The body has many parts. So building church life around one person contradicts the picture Paul draws:

Suppose I now looked to my head or my hand to perform all the functions of the body — it would be nothing less than folly. But the folly is still greater when you look to a "minister" to carry out all the functions of the body of Christ. I do not deny his gift, or gifts: he may be very gifted. But he cannot do the work of all the members of the body gathered there. All of them have gifts that differ according to the grace given.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Unity Without Uniformity

The verse also frees you from wishing you were someone else, somewhere else:

If everyone realised that the body is not one member, there would not be this desire for uniformity in the things of God. There is unity, but not uniformity... The apostle wants each believer to realise that he has a part to play for all God's people. That part is not only in relation to the church everywhere, but right where he lives... It is so easy to want to be something other than what we are, and to be somewhere else. We imagine that we would then be of greater service. Whatever gift has been given to us, whether it looks important or not, it is for use. It may be of much greater value than we imagine.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- One body. A single member could never be called a body at all. "Many" belongs to its very nature. This unity exists now, on earth — not only in the future.

- Many members. The differences are not flaws to iron out. The full blessing of the body depends on them.

- Two failures. The flesh denies this truth in two ways: discontent with your own place, and contempt for someone else's.

- No solo body. No one person can carry every function. That is as foolish as asking your hand to do the work of the whole body.

- Your place, here. Unity is not uniformity: the gift you think too small is for use, in the very spot where God has set you.

1 Corinthians 12:15 · Darby

If the foot say, Because I am not a hand I am not of the body, is it on account of this not indeed of the body?

Paul draws a strange picture: a foot arguing itself out of the body because it is not a hand. The question the verse forces is whether a member can opt out of a place God gave it — and whether saying so makes it so.

Discontent, Not Disdain

The complaint here comes from a lesser member looking up at a greater one.

Suppose a humble member of the body complains that he was not given a higher place. Is he not still part of the body? There are two ways the flesh acts. The first is discontent with oneself. The second is disdain for other people. Each one should be content with his place.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The opposite fault runs the other way.

Here it is not the lower part wanting to be something greater. It is the higher part looking down on the lesser one... Let us be thankful for the grace that has given us any place at all. Let us throw ourselves into the work God has given us in the body of Christ. And let us value and make the most of every other member — not least those whose place is completely different from our own. Let disdain be as far from us as discontent.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

No Resigning from the Body

The foot's speech changes nothing about the foot. What it damages is the practical link between that member and the rest.

No one person, no one member, can cut himself off from the body and stay independent... What makes this spirit of independence so serious is the attempt to break off practical connection with the body of Christ. A foot that claims to have no connection with the hand injures the hand. But the harm does not stop there: it reaches the whole body.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Commentators word Paul's reply differently. Some read it as a question: is it therefore not part of the body? Others read it as a flat statement. Either way the answer is the same.

The Idle Member

Belonging is not the end of the matter. A member that exists but does not act still costs the body something.

If the foot or the hand were cut off from the body, the relations would be different. But each one forms an essential part of the body. What is the body without the foot? It is incomplete. A body that has lost a part is imperfect, and its well-being suffers... If the foot does not act, what use is it? It still exists as part of the body, but it is a useless member. It gives no help, and it affects all the members.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

The Cost of Coveting

Envy does not gain the higher place; it forfeits the lower one God gave.

Whenever someone uses the gift given to them, blessing always follows. But take the one with a humble gift, the kind pictured by "the foot." If he covets what he does not have, he loses his own proper work by ignoring his own place in the body. The whole idea dishonours God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

God's Placing

The foot's excuse assumes that one kind of service counts and another does not. But the arrangement was never the members' to make.

Can the foot excuse itself from use because it is not the hand? Does walking have no place because it is not work? Whether someone is prominent or not makes no difference. God has set every member in its own place in the body — not by our preference, but as it has pleased Him. If I wanted a different function, let me remember this: if I could change, I would very soon want something else. God knows better what is good for me than I do.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Said Without Words

Few ever say the foot's words out loud. One writer argues the attitude is far more common than the speech.

It is so easy to want to be something other than what we are, and to be somewhere else. We imagine we would then be of greater service in the things of God. Many may be saying "I am not of the body" by the attitude they take; their actions say it more plainly than words... They are content to let others do the service God fitted them for. They give little or no thought to their own place in the body.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Complaint. The foot's words are discontent with self. Its twin is disdain for others. Both are the flesh at work among God's people.

- Denial. Resigning from the body is impossible. The speech does not unmake the membership — it only breaks the practical connection.

- Damage. A member that exists without acting is a useless member, and every other member suffers for it.

- Decision. The placing was never ours to choose. God set each one where it pleased Him, and He knows better than we do what is good for us.

- Duty. Use the gift given, in the place given. Coveting a higher one forfeits the work entrusted to you.

1 Corinthians 12:16 · Darby

And if the ear say, Because I am not an eye I am not of the body, is it on account of this not indeed of the body?

Paul compares the church to a body. Here one part looks at another, feels second-rate, and decides it does not belong — but can a member really cancel its own membership?

Discontent Dressed as Humility

The ear is not being modest. It is measuring itself against the eye and refusing its own place. Commentators trace it to the flesh, which acts in two ways.

There are two ways the flesh acts. The first is discontent with oneself, and the second is disdain of other people. Each should be content with his place. "If the ear should say, 'Because I am not an eye, I do not belong to the body'"... The ear would like the position of the eye. There is discontent.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

William Kelly adds that this attitude is not limited to the small and overlooked.

Here we plainly have discontent with what the Lord had given... if the one with a humble gift, like the foot, covets what he does not have, he loses his own proper work by ignoring his place in the body. The whole thought is therefore dishonouring to God. So again in verse 16... It may run through the members, the highest as well as the lowest.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Words That Change Nothing

Older translations put the second half as a question: is the ear therefore not part of the body? Either way, membership was never the member's choice, so it is not the member's to withdraw.

The foot or the ear cannot help themselves; they are part of the body. They may deny it. They may reject all connection with it. But they cannot get free from it except by amputation, which would be a loss to the body and death to them. The members have no choice about it. They are in the body. Just so it is with Christians and the body of Christ. They may not know it. They may refuse to learn about it. They may reject all connection with it. But they cannot get out of the body.

Modernised from C E StuartOriginal wording

What Hearing Is For

The ear judges its worth by how visible it is. But seeing and hearing take in different things.

Because the ear is not as prominent as the eye, is it therefore unnecessary? Is receiving a report unimportant because it is not personal observation by sight? These verses show that no child of God ever has any excuse for not functioning in unity with the rest of the body of Christ... Suppose I preferred a different function. Let me consider this: if I could change, I would very soon prefer something else. God knows better what is good for me than I do.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The Cost to the Whole Body

Because the members belong to one another, a part that opts out does not only shortchange itself.

The blessedness of the body is in each member doing its own function. It is not merely my ear that hears, but I that hear; nor is it only my eye that sees, but rather I who see. It is the man. This is what gives such a sense of unity. It is a real means of blessing to every member, the least just as much as the greatest. They all contribute; and indeed there would be a very noticeable loss if the least member failed to do its part.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Same Words Today

Few people say out loud that they do not belong. One writer says people say it by their behaviour instead.

Many may be saying "I do not belong to the body" by the attitude they adopt. Their actions speak more loudly than words. The clerical system exists largely because of those who are in effect saying "I do not belong to the body." They are content to let others do the service God has fitted them for. They have little or no concern about their own place in the body.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

The Twin Error

Verse 16 is only half of the problem. Kelly sets the opposite error beside it.

It is not the inferior part that wants to be something greater, but the superior part that disdains the lesser one... Let us be thankful for the grace that has given us any place. Let us earnestly carry out the functions God has given us in the body of Christ. But let us prize and make the most of every other member, not least those who have a place wholly different from our own. Disdain should be as far from us as discontent.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Compare — The ear's complaint starts with a comparison. Measuring itself by the eye, it concludes it does not belong.

- Cannot — The complaint changes nothing. A member may deny the connection, but it cannot get out of the body. Only amputation could separate it, and that would kill it.

- Contribute — Hearing is not lesser than seeing, only different. Taking in a report is as needed as seeing for yourself.

- Cost — When the least member fails to do its part, the whole body feels it. The body's blessing depends on each part working.

- Counterpart — Discontent below has a twin above: the greater part that looks down on the lesser. Commentators treat both as the flesh at work.

1 Corinthians 12:17 · Darby

If the whole body [were] an eye, where the hearing? if all hearing, where the smelling?

Paul has just pictured a foot and an ear complaining that they are not a hand or an eye. Now he turns the complaint around. What would a body look like if that member got its wish? The answer shows that the differences between members are not a flaw in the body. They are what make it a body.

A body that is all eye is no body

Paul answers the wish by letting it run to its end.

Next the passage shows how absurd such wishes are. If one member had the right to want some special place, so would all the rest. The result would be the ruin of the body. "If the whole body were an eye, where would be the sense of hearing? If the whole body were an ear, where would be the sense of smell?" The wonderful coordination of the various members in the one body, each in its proper place, would be at an end.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Paul insists on is not sameness.

If everyone realised that the body is not one member, no one would want uniformity in the things of God. There is unity, but not uniformity. There is diversity in the unity, and unity in the diversity.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Each sense reaches what no other can

Eye, ear and nose are not three grades of the same ability. They are three different doors, and closing two of them would leave the body poorer, not simpler.

These verses show that no child of God ever has any excuse for not functioning in unity with the rest of the body of Christ. And verse 17 adds that if the eye is essential (observation), so is the hearing (communication), and the smelling (perception). Whether one is prominent or not makes no difference. God has set every member in its own place in the body. He did it, not by our preference, but "as it has pleased Him." Suppose I wanted a different function. If I could change, I would very soon want something else. God knows better what is good for me than I do.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The senses in the verse each have a match among God's people.

There is the hearing, the seeing, the smelling, and the many other necessary functions of the body, which have their matching parts in the body of Christ. Some are specially fitted with a discerning eye. Some can hear and judge so clearly. Others have such developed spiritual senses that they can tell sooner when things are right or wrong.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

The whole man gains from one small part

Hearing is never a private benefit belonging to the ear alone. That is why the smallest member's failure registers everywhere.

The blessing of the body is in each member doing its own work. It is not just my ear that hears — I hear. It is not just my eye that sees — I see. It is the whole person. And this is what gives such a sense of unity. It is a real means of blessing to every member, the least just as much as the greatest. They all contribute, and there would indeed be a very real loss if the least member failed to do its part.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Two ways the flesh spoils it

The wish behind the question has a twin. One member wants to be higher; another looks down on those below it.

There are two ways the flesh acts: the first is discontent with oneself, and the second is disdain of other people. Each is to be content with his place… The ear would like the position of the eye; there it is discontent. "If the whole body were an eye, where would be the sense of hearing?" The same holds if the whole body were an ear. But as a rule the full blessing of the body depends on these differences.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

When one person must be the whole body

The same mistake shows up in how a church meets.

Suppose I looked to my head or my hand to perform all the functions of the body — it would be nothing less than folly. But the folly is greater still when you look to a "minister" to discharge all the functions of the body of Christ. I do not deny his gift, or gifts. He may have many gifts. But he cannot do the work of all the members of the body who gather there, since all have gifts differing according to the grace given.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Summary

- Design — A body made of one repeated member is no body at all. Its parts would have nothing left to coordinate.

- Difference — Eye, ear and nose are separate doors. Take two away, and the body loses what nothing else can bring in.

- Dependence — The ear hears for the whole person. So the least member's work blesses everyone, and its failure costs everyone.

- Danger — The flesh spoils this in two ways: discontent with your own place, and contempt for someone else's.

- Duty — Expecting one gifted person to be the whole body repeats the same error. Every member has a function to use.

1 Corinthians 12:18 · Darby

But now God has set the members, each one of them in the body, according as it has pleased [him].

Paul has just pictured a foot sulking because it is not a hand, and an ear because it is not an eye. Verse 18 answers that complaint by naming God as the one who arranged the body. The members did not arrange it.

The placing is God's act

What settles my place is God's will, not my preference and not other people's choice.

This is not a question of a true theory or of a wise practice, but of the divine will. God has so ordained it, and those who wish otherwise are fighting against His word... The assembly follows God's design and constitution, so God sets each member in the place He arranged in the body of Christ, and gives a gift to suit it. Neither self, nor man, nor the church, but God, can and should set the members... He determines for the least as well as for the greatest.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The word behind "set"

Older translations read "God has set the members" where the ESV reads "arranged." The Greek word behind "set" appears elsewhere when God puts someone into a place of service.

In 1 Timothy 1:12, "Putting me in the ministry," the word is tithemi — to place. The same word appears in Acts 20:28, "over which the Holy Spirit has made you overseers," and in 1 Corinthians 12:18, "God has set the members, every one of them, in the body as it pleased Him." Every one of these passages records God's act: putting the apostle into the ministry, placing elders over the church at Ephesus, setting all the various members in the body according to His pleasure.

Modernised from Samuel RidoutOriginal wording

Why difference does not mean disorder

The variety is deliberate, and it keeps any one member from towering over the rest.

How then is disorder prevented among the many members? By the recognition that it is God who has "set the members every one of them in the body as it has pleased Him." So in the body of Christ God has given each member his appointed place and function. The result is that no member is pre-eminent. If one member were pre-eminent, there would be no body at all. "If they were all one member, where would the body be?"

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Two failures the verse cures

Refusing your place shows itself in two different ways.

There are two ways the flesh acts: the first is discontent about oneself, and the second is disdain of other people. Each is to be contented with his place... The ear would like the position of the eye; there is the discontent... but the full blessing of the body ordinarily depends on these differences.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Contentment begins the moment you see who placed the other person.

The moment I see that God has set that brother in his place, and this one in his, I am content, and say, Thank God for that servant and his ministry! It is his place, not mine, so, if I am right, I neither imitate nor copy it, being just satisfied with my own place and niche in the body.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Rest, and responsibility

Because the choosing was His, the verse is a comfort. Because the fitting was His, it is also a claim.

What rest for the heart to know that man did not choose our place in the body — neither we ourselves nor anyone else! God marked out that place for us in infinite wisdom, and with perfect love. God has placed us where our part could best serve His will for the good of His church. In divine grace He has fitted us perfectly for that part. There is therefore no room for envy, no room for self-seeking... God has fitted no one else for the part He has given us. So if we do not serve God where He placed us, the saints of God will lose something.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Who is in the body

If God does the placing, then membership is not a matter of joining, and the body contains no one He did not put there.

Only real believers are members of the body of Christ — those who are born again, with the Spirit of God living in them... God has set the members, each one of them, in the body as it has pleased Him. It is inconceivable that God would put in the body any who are not genuine believers in Christ. The body is OF CHRIST and derives FROM Him... It is a living organism.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

Summary

- He placed. The body's arrangement is God's act. You did not pick your place, and no one else picked it for you. He decides for the least as well as the greatest.

- He fitted. He places each one where his part best serves His will for the church, and He equips him in grace for that very part.

- He varied. God designed the differences, and they stop any single member towering over the rest.

- So no envy. The flesh works two ways: discontent with yourself, and disdain of others. Both die the moment you see that God set that brother in his place, and you in yours.

- So no vacancy. God has fitted nobody else for your part. If you do not fill it, the saints lose what only you can give.

1 Corinthians 12:19 · Darby

But if all were one member, where the body?

Paul is writing to a church that had lost sight of what a body is. His question here is not a request for information. It shows that sameness would wreck the very thing the Corinthians claimed to belong to.

Envy and the end of the body

One commentator traces the trouble back to envy. A member wants another member's place and stops doing its own work.

The body's diversity would be entirely ignored, and the gravest disorder would arise, if each member neglected its own function. That happens when a member envies members that may have a higher function. Suppose the foot began to complain that it was not a hand, or the ear that it was not an eye. Then the work of the body would stop, because complaining members stop working well for the good of the body. Only one thing prevents such disorder. We must recognise that it is God, and not man, who has "set the members every one of them in the body, as it has pleased Him". He gives each member its appointed place and function. The pre-eminence of one member would do away with the body. "If they were all one member", there would be no body.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

What verse 17 and verse 19 each prove

Verse 17 made the same point another way. Kelly compares what each of the two questions proves.

Another writer remarks that the earlier proof of absurdity (v. 17) appealed to the concrete, while this one appeals to the abstract. I would add this. The first shows that forgetting the truth would destroy what makes each member distinct. This one shows that it would destroy the completeness of the body. "But now they are many members, and yet one body." (v. 20.) The unity of the body fits perfectly with diversity in the members. The diversity of the members fits that one body. And in fact this is according to God's mind.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Oneness does not mean sameness

A common objection follows. Does one body mean that everyone must be the same?

Some object that in all God's works there is variety. They say that people's minds differ, and that you cannot shape everyone to the same monotonous pattern. Does the oneness that Scripture insists on so strongly mean a lifeless uniformity? The very picture constantly used to describe it proves the exact opposite. In the human body no two parts are alike. The endless differences in its bones, veins, muscles and ligaments all contribute to the healthy action of the whole. Difference of action does not involve schism and division.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Your place was chosen for you

Your place in the body is God's choice, not your own. That brings rest, and it brings responsibility.

What rest for the heart to know that man did not choose our place in the body — not we ourselves, and not anyone else. God marked that place out for us in infinite wisdom, and with perfect love. He has placed us where our part could best serve His will for the good of His church. In His grace He has fitted us perfectly for that part. There is therefore no room for envy; no room for self-seeking... God has fitted no one else for the part He has given us. So if we do not serve God where He has placed us, the saints of God will lose something.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

When one member does everything

This verse has a sharp edge for church practice. Where one person does all the visible service, the body's blessing is lost.

The blessedness of the body is in each member doing its own function. It is not merely my ear that hears, but I that hear. It is not only my eye that sees, but I who see. It is the man... They all contribute; and there would indeed be a very real loss if the least member failed to do its part. This is what the Corinthians had seriously lost sight of. We are in just the same danger as they were. Indeed our danger is special, because we have come out of systems where there was only room for the priest or the minister, and we naturally tend towards it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Kelly saw the same failure repeated in practice: all the gifts crowded into one person, "the eye and head merging in the one sole minister."

Summary

- Many, or nothing. Strip away the differences between members and you do not get a purer body — you get no body at all.

- God places. He set each member in the body as it pleased Him, so no one picks their own place and no one else picks it for them.

- Rest and duty. God chose your place in wisdom and love. That leaves no room for envy, and no excuse for sitting idle.

- Unity, not uniformity. No two parts of a body are alike, and difference of action is not division.

- Every member counts. No single member has the pre-eminence, and when the least member fails to do its part, the loss is real.

1 Corinthians 12:20 · Darby

But now the members [are] many, and the body one.

Paul has been comparing the church to a human body. Verse 20 is where his argument lands: the many parts are real, and so is the one body, and neither cancels the other. The writers below say "members" where the ESV says "parts" — both mean the limbs and organs that make up one body.

Diversity and oneness hold together

The two halves of the verse guard each other. One writer shows what is lost when either half goes:

The unity of the body agrees perfectly with diversity in the members. And the diversity of the members agrees with that one body. This is in fact according to God's mind. The departure from this is what mainly makes up the disorganised state of the church we now see in Christendom. For the most part all the gifts that can find expression must be in one member in a congregation. And there is not one body, as far as the facts show, but many bodies, differing and opposed.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Not uniformity

Does "one body" mean everyone is the same? One writer sets God's oneness against the kind people manufacture:

If verse 13 teaches that all true believers have been baptised into one body, the next verse again stresses the matching truth. The body is made up of many members. Do not confuse the unity God has established in the one body with uniformity. Uniformity marks much of man's work, especially in our day, but not God's work. Man invents machines. They turn out articles by the thousand or the million, exactly the same in every respect. In God's handiwork we see the utmost diversity in unity — unity in the most marvellous diversity.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Made by God, not assembled by men

The oneness is a fact, not something people arrange. One writer traces it back to its maker:

In 1 Corinthians 12 the key point about the body is its oneness. This oneness rests on the truth that one Spirit forms the body. The body is therefore organic, with nothing artificial about it. The one body is therefore the fruit of an act of God. It is His workmanship. We did not make ourselves children of God. We were born "not of blood nor of the will of the flesh nor of the will of man, but of God" (John 1:12-13). In the same way, we did not make ourselves members of the body of Christ. That too was not of the will of man but of God. So it comes under the statement that applies to all God's spiritual works: "whatever God does endures forever" (Ecclesiastes 3:14). No human opposition or failure can touch it. It stands today.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

What it corrects

Paul wrote this to a church split by rivalry. It corrects a specific behaviour:

Here in chapter 12 he shows how far their behaviour was from the way the members of the body of Christ depend on each other. He illustrates his point from the human body (1 Corinthians 12:14-26). There is both a diversity of members — "the body does not consist of one member but of many" — and an essential unity. Paul clearly had the divided state of the Corinthians in view when he wrote that "the members may have the same care for one another". Understanding and valuing "There is one body" would stir up this mutual care in place of self-exaltation and favouritism (Ephesians 4:4).

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

Daily consequences

What does this mean day to day? One writer applies it to our ordinary dealings with other Christians:

It is well to remember the precious truth of one body, formed and energised by one Spirit. This truth is not merely something we express on certain occasions. It is what should shape and fashion all our ways in relation to Christ and His members. We need every member of the body, and each member needs us. We are bound together in mutual care and activity for each other's good. We are members one of another. Each member depends on the Head, and is never right unless right with Him. Yet the Head acts through the various members to build up the whole body.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Wider than one place

A gift used in one place still serves the whole body:

All gifts, whether apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors or teachers, were for building up the body of Christ. Some of these gifts might never be used outside one assembly, yet they are for the whole Church.

Modernised from Samuel RidoutOriginal wording

Summary

- One body — made. People did not organise this oneness; one Spirit formed it. It is God's workmanship, and it stands today.

- One body — not uniform. God's unity holds the widest diversity. Uniformity is the mark of machines, not of His handiwork.

- One body — many parts. Unity agrees with diversity, and diversity with unity. Lose either, and you get the divided church world we see today.

- One body — mutual care. In a church full of rivalry, this truth replaces self-exaltation and favouritism with the same care for one another.

- One body — everywhere. God gives every gift for the whole church, even a gift never used outside one assembly.

1 Corinthians 12:21 · Darby

The eye cannot say to the hand, I have not need of thee; or again, the head to the feet, I have not need of you.

Paul has been picturing the church as a human body. Now he turns from the member who feels too small to the member who feels too grand. Notice how the verse forbids contempt. It does not say the eye must not speak this way. It says the eye cannot.

Disdain, Not Discontent

Earlier the fault belonged to the lesser member. Here it runs the other way.

Here the apostle puts down disdain — the higher members looking down on the lower. He puts it down even more strongly than he put down discontent in the lesser member toward the greater. The highest cannot do without the least. God has made nothing, gives nothing, in vain.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One writer notes that both attitudes come from the same root, wherever they show up:

Here it is disdain, not discontent. Earlier it was the lower member discontented because it was not the higher. It is only flesh, no matter where it shows up. This is what is rebuked and set aside.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Two Dangers, Two Ruins

Envy and contempt do not spoil the same thing.

We have seen that envy of one another would break up the diversity; now we learn that disdain would break up the unity. If the eye treats the hand with contempt, and the head sneers at the feet, all unity of the body would be gone. What meets this danger? Again, recognizing God's own work. God has fitted the body together in such a way that no member can do without the other... in a word, every member is indispensable.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

What the Eye and the Hand Stand For

Each pair sets something valuable next to something it cannot work without.

The eye lets in the light. But is light — even spiritual light — enough by itself, without the matching actions of the hand? The one may grasp a true principle, but the other is needed to put it into practice. Or can the head do without the feet? In other words, is intellect enough, apart from a consistent walk? Indeed, to reject one member would be to cripple the body.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Who Is "The Head" Here?

Commentators differ here. Some hold that Paul is drawing only on the picture of a human body:

He is using the comparison of the body, but not speaking of Christ. The fact is, this chapter does not present the Lord Jesus as the Head on high; here he is looking at the church on earth, and he calls it "Christ" — that is, the identification of the whole.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Others read the same words as a glimpse of Christ Himself, brought in indirectly:

In Corinthians we see the Church in its order, fellowship, and service. It is the Body of Christ (1 Cor. 12:27), and so Christ is its Head. But the Head is not brought before us directly here, only in passing: "nor again the Head to the feet, I have no need of you." I see no difficulty in applying this to Christ.

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

The Cost of Doing Without Anyone

The verse is not only about how we speak. It shows what we lose when we write other believers off.

We cannot do without every member... Because of the disorder in the church of God, we certainly cannot make use of the help of every member of the body of Christ. But even though we are largely deprived of their help and service, we cannot be independent of one of them without suffering loss. The members of the body are bound together that closely... The Corinthians, when split up into parties, were robbing themselves of the gifts given for them all.

Modernised from C E StuartOriginal wording

Where Real Spiritual Size Shows

The test of a large gift is not how much room it takes, but how gladly it makes room.

He is looking here simply at the body, and bringing out the moral force of the comparison: the highest gift cannot treat the lowest as if he had no need of him. I am sure you will find that where there is spirituality as well as gift, the greater the gift, the more hearty the desire to see the least gift at work — the gift God has given for the good of the church. There will be no such thought as this: that because one person has a superior gift, all others must keep quiet while he is present. The spring of blessing in the church is God Himself, not any one member of the body...

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Cannot, not should not. The eye is not just told to stop dismissing the hand. It cannot say this at all, because the highest member cannot do without the least.

- Two ways to spoil a body. Envy in the lesser member breaks up diversity; disdain in the greater breaks up unity. Both are flesh, wherever they appear.

- Light needs hands. The eye stands for light, the hand for action, the feet for a consistent walk. Holding a true principle is not the same as living it.

- Contempt robs the one who feels it. Writing off other believers does not shrink them. It cuts you off from gifts God gave for the good of all — as the divided Corinthians found.

- Greatness makes room. Where gift and spirituality go together, the greatest gift welcomes the least. God Himself, not any one member, is the spring of blessing.

1 Corinthians 12:22 · Darby

But much rather, the members of the body which seem to be weaker are necessary;

Paul has just told the eye it cannot dismiss the hand, or the head the feet. Now he turns it around: the parts that look weakest are the ones the body cannot do without — but in what sense is a weak part necessary?

The answer to contempt

The chapter warns against two opposite dangers. This verse answers the second one.

If there are many members, we must remember there is only one Body. But the unity of the Body would be in danger if the higher members looked down on the lower. We have seen that envy of one another would break up the diversity; now we learn that disdain would break up the unity. If the eye treats the hand with contempt, and the head sneers at the feet, all unity of the body would be gone. What meets this danger? Again, the recognition of God's own work. God has tempered the Body together in such a way that no member can do without the other. The greatest member needs the least.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The weight of "seem"

The word "seem" matters here. What looks strong and what the body cannot do without are not the same thing.

An instinct planted in us tells us this. We feel that the most attractive features can do without the care we freely give to the less attractive ones. Yet we know that some parts of the body seem weaker and are still necessary to its wellbeing, or even to its life. That is not true of some parts that have show and strength and a good place, though they are not so essential.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Necessary, not merely tolerated

Paul does not just give the weaker members a place. He calls them necessary — the word older translations use where the ESV has "indispensable". That holds even when they are hard work.

The main thing is this: the lesser members are not to want a greater place than they have. And the greatest ones are not to act as if they could do without the least. They are all precious in the assembly of God. It is not that they just have their place; "they are necessary." At times they can be hard to bear. They may show all too clearly the feebleness of people who cannot rise above their circumstances and surroundings. But still, "they are necessary."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why God arranged it this way

The strong do not just carry the feeble. The feeble are the reason the strong have anything to do.

This comparison drawn from nature checks the tendency of gift to exalt itself. At the same time it cheers the humbler believer with fewer gifts, who might imagine that honour belongs only to prominence in ministry. But in God's household honour follows duty, and the measure of duty is ability. A shepherd without a flock would be nothing but a name. In the same way, the Spirit's gifts only prove themselves when the body holds people those gifts were sent to help. So that the strong may make right use of their strength, the feeble must exist.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

The unseen members

Some of the most necessary members are never seen at all.

The most faithful and advanced Christians feel their dependence on God, and on all saints. Paul's apostolic gift depended in one sense on the prayers of the saints. God meant it to be that way, so that love would bind the church together. The apostle was in a prominent position. Yet he may have received power through the prayers of a poor bedridden woman. All hidden fruit will come to light in the last day… If my heart, which no one sees, does not beat, I cannot run. Some people are the real heart of the church. What we can see is not often what is most precious in God's sight.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Where encouragement belongs

So where should our encouragement go?

Our concern for the parts we cover shows that we should care in the same way for every weakest member of the body of Christ. We should give them honour, if no prominent gift or public role has already brought them honour. The more quiet and obscure the gift, the more encouragement we ought to give that person; those more publicly gifted do not need the same encouragement, though they need our prayers.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Seem. A part can look weak and still be the part that life depends on.

- Necessary. They are not just tolerated. Paul calls them necessary — even the difficult ones.

- Needed. The strong cannot use their strength without the feeble. So honour follows duty, not prominence.

- Hidden. The unseen heart keeps the runner going. Quiet prayer may carry a public ministry.

- Honoured. So the quieter the member, the more encouragement we owe. That is how disdain never breaks the body's unity.

1 Corinthians 12:23 · Darby

and those [parts] of the body which we esteem to be the more void of honour, these we clothe with more abundant honour; and our uncomely [parts] have more abundant comeliness;

Paul is still arguing from the human body. Here he turns to the parts nobody displays — the ones we cover and protect. The verse asks a searching question of any church. Where does your care go: to the parts on show, or to the parts that need it?

The picture taken from our own bodies

The proof comes from a habit everyone already has.

Take the face, for instance. It needs no attention, since it is of itself a presentable part. But we naturally take more care of the part that lacks that quality — the foot, for example.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Honoured by Him, not by men

Notice the wording. The lower rating is one we assign; it is not God's verdict on that member.

Do I own that I am a member of the body of Christ? That member may be an "unpresentable" or "less honourable" one, yet it is infinitely precious and necessary to the Head. The more "unpresentable" and "less honourable" it is in the sight of men, the more honoured by Him. And God set me in my right place in that body, as it pleased Him.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

What was going wrong at Corinth

At Corinth the gifts themselves fed the problem.

There was to be no self-exaltation. Among the Corinthians there certainly was, because they had so many gifts, especially the sign-gifts. They looked down on other members who were less prominent. And this caused the division that threatened the body.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

So which gifts really carried the most honour?

The most dignified and most useful gifts in the local assembly were not the ones that drew the most attention. They were the ones that brought real blessing to the saints. Gifts of healing, miraculous powers, speaking with tongues and other sign-gifts were like the ornaments we put on our bodies. The gifts of greatest value built up, encouraged and comforted the saints.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Honour that covers, not exposes

Clothing is the picture behind the verse, and clothing conceals.

When we dress our bodies, we use every skill we have to give them a beauty that nature has denied. So it is also in the Church. The more abundant grace given to some should find its happy opportunity in hiding what others lack. Love covers many sins like a garment. And the patient, diligent ministry of grace makes the beauty of Christ appear in many a soul. Without such care, that soul might waste away, unnoticed by every eye but that of the great Shepherd of the sheep.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

The practical form this takes

So who needs this honour most?

We cover most of our visible members with clothing, to give them more abundant honour. Our concern for them is a witness that we should care in the same way for every weakest member of the body of Christ. We should give them honour, if no prominent gift and function has honoured them in public. The more quiet and obscure the gift, the more encouragement we ought to give that person. Those with more public gifts do not need the same encouragement, though they need our prayers.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Where the duty comes from — and where it fails

We did not invent this duty. It follows the pattern God built into the body He made.

Here we plainly see that our responsibility flows from what God has done. He has tempered the body together, fitting all its parts for mutual help and blessing, and we are to act in line with His purpose... Is there no danger of forgetting this truth? Do we care mainly for prominent members and splendid gifts, and neglect the members we think to be less honourable? Very often the assemblies with the most distinguished gifts are spiritually the weakest.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Summary

- God's ranking. The low rating is one we assign. The member men count less honourable is the one God honours more, and that member is precious to the Head.

- God's design. He tempered the body together and fitted every part for mutual help. Our duty simply follows what He has already done.

- God's measure. The showy sign-gifts were like ornaments. The gifts of greatest value built up, encouraged and comforted.

- Our honour. To honour someone is to clothe them, not expose them. Grace hides what another lacks, so the beauty of Christ can appear.

- Our test. The quieter the gift, the more encouragement it should get. Where churches prize the prominent instead, the assembly with the most splendid gifts is often the weakest.

1 Corinthians 12:24 · Darby

but our comely [parts] have not need. But God has tempered the body together, having given more abundant honour to [the part] that lacked;

Paul has been arguing from the human body: the parts we think least of are the ones we cover and care for most. Now he turns from what we do to what God has done, because the balance of the body is God's own arrangement.

The parts that need no help

Some parts of the body are already presentable, so they need no extra attention. One writer illustrates this with the face and the foot.

Take the face, for instance. It needs no special care, because it is presentable in itself. But we take more care of the part that is not as presentable — the foot, for example. So here we find God's aim: "But God has so composed the body, giving greater honor to the part that lacked it, that there may be no division in the body."

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "composed the body" means

Where the ESV says God "composed" the body, older translations say He "tempered" it together. The word means to mix or compound (Morrish Bible Dictionary). It is a deliberate act of blending, not a loose collection of parts. One writer draws out what that asks of us, and what it shows about God.

after-note-not-applicable: DELETE

The quieter and more hidden the gift, the more encouragement we ought to give that person. Those with more public gifts do not need the same encouragement, though they need our prayers. It is God who has tempered the body together. He fits each member into its own place, where it depends on all the others and works with them. In doing so, He has shown real care for the weakest member.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The showy gift and the useful gift

We assume the visible, impressive gift must be the important one. Paul says the opposite.

The apostle never presents the gift with the outward, visible sign as the most valuable and important one. He states the exact opposite, and he separates the two kinds of gift.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

This had a sharp edge in Corinth.

No doubt this had special application to the conditions in Corinth when the apostle wrote. The most dignified and most useful gifts in the local assembly were not the ones that drew the most attention. They were the ones that brought real blessing to the believers. Gifts of healing, miraculous powers, speaking in tongues and other sign gifts were like the decorations we add to our bodies. The gifts of greatest value were the ones that built up, encouraged and comforted the believers.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

The disdain God's arrangement blocks

Two opposite faults can split a body. The small member envies the great; the great member despises the small. Here God's own work shuts out the second.

There are many members, but only one body. That unity is in great danger if the higher members look down on the lower ones. Envy of one another would break up the diversity; disdain would break up the unity. If the eye treats the hand with contempt, and the head sneers at the feet, all unity of the body would be gone. Only one thing shuts out this disorder: recognising the presence and power of God. He has tempered the body together so that no member can do without the others.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Duty that follows God's work

Because the adjusting is God's work, the caring becomes ours. Forgetting this leads to a common failure.

Here we see that our responsibility flows from what God has done. He has tempered the body together. He adjusted it in all its parts for mutual help and blessing, and we are to act in line with His purpose and preserve what He has made... Is there no danger of forgetting this truth? Do we care mainly for prominent members and splendid gifts, and neglect the members we think are less honourable? Very often the assemblies with the most distinguished gifts are the weakest in spiritual life. Their danger is losing their sense of dependence on the Head and on one another, and looking too much to the gifts they admire.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Contentment with your own place

Seeing God's hand in another believer's place changes how you feel about your own.

The moment I see that God has set one brother in his place and another in his, I am content. I say, Thank God for that servant and his ministry! It is his place, not mine. So, if I am right, I neither try to rival it nor copy it. I am satisfied with my own place and niche in the body.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Summary

- Blended — To "temper" is to mix. God did not just assemble the parts; He blended them into one another.

- Compensated — He pours extra honour where honour was missing, so no part is neglected.

- Reversed — The gift that draws attention is not the valuable one. The gift that feeds and comforts is.

- Guarded — God's design shuts out disdain from the top and envy from the bottom. Either one would tear the body.

- Imitated — God has already done the adjusting. Our part is to care for the least, not to crowd around the prominent.

1 Corinthians 12:25 · Darby

that there might be no division in the body, but that the members might have the same concern one for another.

God arranged the body in the verses before this one, and here He states His aim. So what is the "division" He rules out, and what does that care look like in practice?

The aim God built into the body

One writer reads the verse as God's design for the body, and then adds a sober note.

We have seen, then, that God has made the body of Christ like the natural body. He formed it so that there would be no division of interest. Instead, the good of each lies in the good of all, and each member cares for every other. It is His aim, but may not be the fact.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What the word means

The word behind "division" here is schism. Elsewhere in this letter it describes parties forming among believers.

The word is translated "divisions" in 1 Corinthians 1:10 and elsewhere. It refers to divisions caused by parties in the church. Given the unity of the Spirit, schism can only be sin… Scripture does not teach the modern ideas of "agreeing to differ" or "unity only in essentials." It teaches the opposite.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Where the split came from

At Corinth the danger was not a shortage of gifts but a use of them that looked down on others.

There was to be no self-exaltation. But there certainly was among the Corinthians, because of the gifts they had in such abundance, especially the sign-gifts. They looked down on other members who were less prominent. And this was responsible for the threatening division in the body.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

One writer points to a subtler version of the same failure:

…and not least where knowledge takes the place of love, and saints stoop to form cliques with a favourite leader, to help them on in the sorry work of jealousy and running others down. Is this the members having the same care for one another? Or is it not schism, against which God tempered the body together so that there should be none?

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Pride and holding back

Knowing that God gave you your place guards against two opposite dangers.

Every member has his own special place in the body, given to him by God… Knowing this for certain keeps us from self-occupation, pride, and envy. Suppose our place looks brilliant. Then, unless we are very watchful, the vanity of the flesh stirs. Instead of being tender and considerate toward others, and using what we have received to build up the body, we will most likely turn haughty, hard, and domineering. We will be an annoyance rather than a comfort to the saints. On the other hand, suppose our place is neither prominent nor brilliant. Then the tendency is to shrink from any service given us to do, and the whole body loses the ministry no one but ourselves can give.

Modernised from James BoydOriginal wording

What the care looks like

One writer sets this care against rules and regulations, and ties it to the table earlier in the letter.

…not a slavish subjection to hard "ecclesiastical" prohibitions and restrictions, to rules and regulations, but a tender care for every member of that one body… I believe this is part of what the Apostle means when he says, "when you come together to eat, wait for one another" (chapter 11:33). That means more than waiting until everyone has arrived. It means the spirit of patience, consideration and compassion that those bound together by such a bond should show each other as they gather in the fellowship of the Lord's death.

Modernised from J T MawsonOriginal wording

The unity that cannot be broken

Commentators differ in emphasis. Kelly, above, calls this God's aim, which "may not be the fact." Another writer presses the other side:

God has taken care that "there may be no division in the body." The strictest discipline of the house of God can never touch, in the most remote way, the unity of the body of Christ. That unity is absolutely indissoluble. A clear understanding of this would answer a thousand questions and solve a thousand difficulties.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

The choice it forces

One writer turns the verse into a question the reader has to answer.

Yes, God could not speak more plainly, not only about what He condemns, but also about what His will is as to what is right… Man says there should be sects, and would have me join one or help to grow it. God says there should be none, for the body is one. Shall I obey God or man? Judge for yourselves.

Modernised from C StanleyOriginal wording

Summary

- Aim — God tempered the body together with a stated purpose: no division of interest, the good of each in the good of all.

- Cause — Division starts when gift becomes self-display and the prominent look down on the rest.

- Cure — The same care for one another. Knowing that God gave you your place keeps the gifted from pride and the obscure from shrinking back.

- Proof — Care shows itself at the table: patience, consideration, and waiting for one another.

- Choice — Man builds parties; God says there should be none, because the body is one.

1 Corinthians 12:26 · Darby

And if one member suffer, all the members suffer with [it]; and if one member be glorified, all the members rejoice with [it].

Paul has just said the body's parts should care for one another. Is the next line a command to try harder, or a description of what is already true of everyone who belongs to Christ?

A Fact Before It Is a Duty

Start with the verbs. William Kelly shows how far this reaches, and why we may feel so little of it.

It is not said merely that they ought, but that they do. Whether it is good or ill, all that is according to God in one Christian goes out for blessing to all the rest. And when a saint on the other side of the world falls into evil or scandal, its shadow and its suffering reach every other one in these lands. We consciously suffer or rejoice, one may add, in the measure of our spiritual power. But the effect is real throughout the church. It is a body — the body of Christ — and as a whole it feels in joy or sorrow: otherwise it would not be a real organic unity. Its present condition, with denominational barriers that split the saints into independent groups, reduces spiritual sensibility to the lowest. Still, it survives these sad hindrances by its own life, which flows from the Holy Spirit of God who dwells in the church.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the Tie Holds

Human friendships end at the grave. The tie in this verse is of another kind.

No part of the human body suffers in isolation; the suffering of any one part affects the whole body, and every individual part of it. It is the same where the truth of the one body in Christ is known and taken in. Any trial or sorrow that comes on one saint of God is felt by every other member of the assembly. We suffer with them because a divine unity binds us together. That unity holds us closer in life and affection than any other bond of fellowship in this world. The ties that bind people together here are bonds that death snaps. But in the one body the Holy Spirit binds the saints of God together in a unity of divine life that death cannot touch.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

The Cold Spreads Quietly

One person's spiritual state is never private. Edward Dennett puts it in kitchen terms.

If one member is suffering spiritually — from lukewarmness, from backsliding, or through falling into temptation — all the members will be affected, though they may not know it. The state of the whole is the state of its individual members. Take a basin of hot water, and if you add only two drops of cold, the temperature of the whole will be lowered. It is so in the Church too. Let one person in the assembly be cold at heart, and the tone of the whole will drop. All suffer with the suffering member.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Distance Does Not Cut the Link

Samuel Ridout reads this verse beside the warning against division just before it.

We must not lose sight of the truth of the one Body. Just before this verse, in verse 25, we read: "that there may be no division in the body, but that the members may have the same care for one another." A member of the Church of Christ in Africa is just as truly linked with us as one we see every day.

Modernised from Samuel RidoutOriginal wording

The Harder Half Is Rejoicing

Sympathy with pain comes naturally. The second half of the verse is the one that tests us.

It might be comparatively easy to suffer with each other; our compassion, our feelings and our hearts go out to those who suffer in whatever way the suffering is known. But it is a different matter to rejoice with each other. Someone is moving forward. Someone is being blessed. It is plain that the Lord has laid His hand on him and he is growing spiritually. How easy it is then for the seeds of envy to spring up in the heart and mind. "But," says Paul, "we are to rejoice with each other." Can I do that? Yes, we can all do it in the Spirit's power. It is the fruit of the Spirit.

Modernised from Frank WallaceOriginal wording

What It Looks Like in Practice

Shared feeling is not meant to stay a feeling.

We must not suppose that fellowship is limited to the privileges and blessings we enjoy when we meet together. It reaches into all the details of the state and circumstances of every member of the body… We are all urged to "rejoice with those who rejoice, weep with those who weep," and to "bear one another's burdens, and so fulfill the law of Christ."

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Summary

- Fact. Paul does not say the members ought to feel with each other. He says they do, even when we notice nothing.

- Bond. The tie is not shared interests. The Holy Spirit makes it, and death cannot snap it.

- Spread. One cold heart lowers the temperature of the whole, as two drops of cold water cool a basin.

- Reach. Distance changes nothing; a believer in Africa is as truly linked to you as the one you sit beside.

- Test. Weeping with the suffering is the easier half. Rejoicing when another is honoured exposes envy — and the Spirit produces that fruit in us.

1 Corinthians 12:27 · Darby

Now *ye* are Christ's body, and members in particular.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 12:28 · Darby

And God has set certain in the assembly first, apostles; secondly, prophets; thirdly, teachers; then miraculous powers; then gifts of healings; helps; governments; kinds of tongues.

Paul has just told the Corinthians that they are the body of Christ. Now he names the people God placed in that body, and he numbers them in order. Two questions press on this verse. Who has the right to appoint anyone to serve? And why is one gift ranked above another?

The Appointer

Everything turns on who does the appointing. One writer builds his whole case on the subject of that sentence. (An older translation reads "God has set some in the church," where the ESV reads "God has appointed in the church.")

The word of God has settled the question. "God," says the Scripture — note it well: God, and not man — God "has set some in the church; first apostles, second prophets, third teachers." Well then! Let it be God, and not man, who appoints them, and we shall be content.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Gift, Not Office Granted by Men

God places the servant. So what part is left to the church, and where does a servant's authority come from?

The church may be the sphere where the gifts are exercised, but never the source of the authority, any more than of the power — both come from Christ. It is He who gives the commission, He who sends labourers to sow or reap... There is therefore no real ministry according to God without a gift in the word; and where such a gift is exercised, that is ministry.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the List Is Numbered

The counting — first, second, third — is deliberate, and it lands hardest at the end of the list.

The gifts are placed here in the order of their value — numbered 1, 2, 3 — for a reason. The Corinthians were very full of their sign-gifts. They were very taken up with the man who had power to speak with tongues and the like. And they valued very little these other gifts, which were of far deeper importance and value for building up. The Lord comes in and puts things in their true place. He estimates the gifts at their real worth before Him, as made known by Him, and He puts "tongues" last.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

"In the Church" — Not in One Congregation

So which church did God set them in? One writer answers from the wording itself:

"God set some in the church," not in a church. Viewed as separate churches, apostles could be in only a few of them. There were none in the church at Corinth when Paul wrote.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Yet the list does not describe heaven either. The lower items show where this church is:

It is clear here that it is not a question of heaven, but of earth, of the church; for in heaven there are no healings, no helps.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Helps and Governments

Commentators differ on how narrowly to read these two words. One takes them as the abilities behind recognised service:

Many take "helps" and "governments" to be the gifts needed for the offices of deacon and elder, in that order.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another writer reads "helps" as a wide word on purpose, and finds a reason for the vagueness:

Why is a term covering such varied service used here as the name of one particular gift? We may well assume that the ambiguity is intentional. It was meant to encourage those who, with hearts true to Christ, are still small in their own eyes, and unaware of the qualities that win distinction in the sight of men. To such people it is a gift to be reminded that God's work has need of helpers, and that no work of love is without its effect in building up the body of Christ.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

What Passed and What Remains

The first-named gifts had a task with an end point.

The apostles were persons given to the church. They had no successors. They were given for one definite purpose: to lay the foundation of the church. They passed away when this work was done. No others joined their number, because their particular service did not continue. The prophets of the church were gifted to communicate the mind of God about the truths and blessings that follow the death and resurrection of the Lord Jesus. The teachers follow these two. They explained to God's people the instructions given to the early church through the higher gifts, and they explained the Old Testament scriptures in the light of the New.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

No One Holds the Whole List

The questions in the next two verses all expect the answer no. They expose what the Corinthians wanted:

All cannot be apostles, prophets, leaders, workers of miracles, and so on. God does not give all these different gifts to one individual. He distributes them as it pleases Him, to each member as He sees fit. The Corinthians in their puffed-up condition had a selfish ambition to have all these gifts concentrated in every member.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Summary

- God set. God appoints His servants. Man does not.

- God set gifts. Real ministry means using a gift from the Lord. The church is the place for it, never the source of its authority.

- God set an order. The numbering is a correction — what Corinth prized most, tongues, He lists last.

- God set them in the church. Not in one congregation and not in heaven; helps and healings only make sense on earth.

- God set some. Some, not all, and never all in one person. God's work needs helpers, and even the most gifted still need others.

1 Corinthians 12:29 · Darby

[Are] all apostles? [are] all prophets? [are] all teachers? [are] all [in possession of] miraculous powers?

Paul has just listed the gifts God set in the church, and now he turns the list into a string of questions. Each one asks whether every believer holds a given place, and the way he asks already gives the answer.

Questions That Answer Themselves

Paul never stops to answer his own questions. One writer explains why:

At the end of the chapter (vv. 29 and 30) Paul raises many questions. He gives no answer, because the answer is so obvious. "Are all apostles?" he asks. No. "Are all prophets?" No. "Do all speak with tongues?" Again, no. Are all Christians members of Christ's body by baptism of the Spirit? Yes. Do all the members speak with tongues? No.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Distributed, Not Concentrated

The point of the questions is how God hands out gifts. They are spread across the members, and no single member holds the whole set:

Notice too how, in verses 29, 30, the apostle's questions assume that gifts are distributed among the members of Christ, and not concentrated either in one or in all. Neither do all have the same functions, nor does any one have all the functions which are expressly said to be distributed to each of the many members, to this one, and to that another.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

That cut across what the Corinthians wanted:

Verses 29-30 show another important principle. All cannot be apostles, prophets, leaders, workers of miracles, and so on. God does not give all these different gifts to one individual. They are distributed as it pleases Him, to each member as He sees fit. Ministry in the body of Christ is the exercise of a gift. The Corinthians in their puffed-up condition had a selfish ambition to have all these gifts concentrated in every member.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

A Check on Presumption

The questions also work as a restraint. Freedom in the assembly is not a licence to take up any role you please:

The questions here match, in principle, the ones already asked about the natural body. Their clear aim is to check self-confident presumption, which might look for a chance to make a false display under cover of the general teaching of spiritual liberty. The Spirit does fill the whole body, but He gives out His gifts to each in a particular way. Freedom to act reaches only as far as the power God gives to act.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

One writer applies this to what happens when the church meets:

There are functions in the church, and the Master appoints people to them as He pleases… In the church of God there are special places of service. "Are all apostles?" Anyone who thinks that being a fellow believer leaves him free to take up any function in the assembly is seriously mistaken.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The Source of the Call

If not every believer holds these places, who decides who does? Not the congregation:

But it is the Lord who calls, not the church. The church may be the place where the gifts are used. It is never the source of the authority, any more than of the power. Both come from Christ. He gives the mission. He sends workers out to sow or reap… The Lord equips the servant He calls for the work He gives him to do. Scripture, and this chapter above all, shows that ministry is the use of a gift from the Lord for a set purpose.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Two Opposite Mistakes

This verse rules out two opposite errors. One is wanting every gift in every member. The other is handing all public ministry to one appointed man:

The Corinthians were foolish to want every gift in every believer. The modern theory that claims all public ministry for one official is no better. The first was ignorant vanity, at a time before the truth stood written down in full. The second is a more guilty presumption, since it stands in the presence of God's acknowledged word, which condemns every departure from His principles.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Neither Discontent nor Disdain

This truth touches two kinds of people: the member who feels small, and the member who feels large:

Let us be thankful for the grace that has given us any place at all. Let us carry out with zeal the functions God has given us in the body of Christ. But let us value every other member and make the most of them — not least those whose place is completely different from our own. Let disdain be as far from us as discontent.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Tongues as Proof of the Spirit

The same questions settle a common claim about tongues:

Many believe that unless someone can speak with tongues he has not received the Holy Spirit… The apostle Paul's questions in 1 Cor. 12:29-30 prove that not everyone spoke with tongues. Every member in the body of Christ has a place and a service. But members do not all have the same gifts, however useful they are… And note this well: the apostle is speaking to people who have been baptized by the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from VariousOriginal wording

Summary

- Ask. Paul's questions need no answer; the plain reply to each is No.

- Answer. God spreads the gifts among many members. No one holds them all, and no one gift belongs to everyone.

- Source. The Lord calls and equips. The church is where a gift is used, not where the authority comes from.

- Restraint. Your liberty reaches only as far as the gift God gave you. Being a believer does not qualify you for every role.

- Result. Take this to heart, and both discontent with your own place and disdain for another's fall away.

1 Corinthians 12:30 · Darby

have all gifts of healings? do all speak with tongues? do all interpret?

Paul ends his list of gifts with a burst of questions, and every one of them expects the same answer. The real issue is not what the Corinthians lacked, but who decides who receives which gift.

Questions That Answer Themselves

Paul leaves the questions unanswered. One writer supplies the silent "no", and marks the line between what every Christian has and what only some receive.

At the end of the chapter (vv. 29 and 30) Paul asks many questions. He gives no answer, because the answer is so obvious. "Are all apostles?" he asks. Clearly, No. "Are all prophets?" No. "Do all speak with tongues?" Just as clearly, No. Are all Christians members of Christ's body by baptism of the Spirit? Yes. Do all the members speak with tongues? No.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Another writer points out that the questions would be pointless unless the answer were already plain to everyone reading them.

There would be no meaning in these questions if the fact had not been self-evident, that such places in the body were filled by but a few.

Modernised from W. TrotterOriginal wording

What the Questions Were Meant to Curb

The questions have a target: an attitude that uses spiritual freedom as cover for showing off. Each real gift also carries its own evidence.

Their clear aim is to check the rise of fleshly pride, which might look for a chance at a false display under cover of the general teaching of spiritual liberty. The Spirit does indeed fill the whole body, but He gives His gifts to particular people, and freedom to act must stay within the measure of power He supplies. An apostle has his "signs." A prophet has his witness in the hearts of those who hear him. A teacher is approved or discredited by the word he claims to explain. And so with the rest. What God really gives, He also makes work.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

God Distributes; He Does Not Duplicate

Behind the questions stands a choice the church never made. One writer names the ambition in Corinth that Paul is answering.

All cannot be apostles, prophets, leaders, workers of miracles, etc. God does not give all these different gifts to one person. He hands them out as He pleases, to each member as He sees fit. Ministry in the body of Christ is the use of a gift. The Corinthians were puffed up, and they had a selfish ambition to see all these gifts gathered in every member.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

The same arranging hand reaches from the top of the list to the bottom of it.

This shows us how fully the truth stands: God, not man, arranged the assembly and the place each one holds in it. The same principle runs from the highest to the lowest, from apostles down to the least gift that shows the Spirit at work in it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Not Every Church Spoke in Tongues

One writer traces where this gift appeared and where it did not.

The One who confused human speech at Babel was able to give some in Jerusalem the power to speak languages they had never learned, and He did so. We say some, because even in the days of the apostles not all Christians shared in this display of the Spirit... At Corinth, where some had that power, it seems that not all did. At Philippi, Rome, Thessalonica and in Galatia we read of no convert receiving it. Paul himself spoke with tongues more than any of the Corinthians. He needed it for his work, and he tells us the purpose of it was to impress and to attract unbelievers.

Modernised from C. E. StuartOriginal wording

Last on the List, Not First

Tongues and interpretation come last in Paul's list. One writer draws out what that order says about what to desire, and about tongues today.

They did not all have all the gifts he mentions, but he urges them to desire the greater ones. "Do all possess gifts of healing? Do all speak with tongues? Do all interpret? But earnestly desire the higher gifts." The greater gifts were not miracles and tongues, but apostles, prophets and teachers. God gave these to establish the church in the great truths of its heavenly calling and its link with Christ on high. And since apostles and prophets have not remained to this day, we are not entitled to expect the miracles and tongues named in the same list to continue.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

The gift of interpretation named here exists for the same reason as every other one.

"The interpretation of tongues" means explaining what at least some people did not understand... Let us remember that every gift has in view the blessing of the body of Christ, and not merely the blessing of the person who has the gift.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- The question — Paul asks if all heal, all speak in tongues, all interpret. He gives no answer, because the answer is plain: no.

- The Giver — God decides who gets what. He never loads every gift onto one person, however much ambition may want it.

- The check — the questions curb showing off. Freedom to act reaches only as far as the power God supplies.

- The reach — every gift looks outward. Interpretation clears up what others miss, and tongues were meant to attract unbelievers. No gift is for its owner alone.

- The result — no member holds everything, so no member stands alone. Desire the greater gifts, the ones that build up the church.

1 Corinthians 12:31 · Darby

But desire earnestly the greater gifts, and yet shew I unto you a way of more surpassing excellence.

The chapter has just listed the gifts the Spirit gives out, and asked whether all are apostles, all prophets, all speakers in tongues. The answer is no, and then comes this verse: a call to want something, and a promise of something better.

The Word "Covet"

The older translation "covet" makes the command sound close to a sin. The Greek word is a different one. Elsewhere Scripture uses it for zeal, not greed.

In 1 Corinthians 12:31 and 1 Corinthians 14:39, the word is ζηλόω. It is quite different from the coveting that Scripture condemns. Revelation 3:19 translates it "be zealous." The passages in Corinthians can be translated the same way, or as "desire earnestly" the best gifts, and "desire earnestly" to prophesy.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Which Gifts Are "Best"

The verse ranks gifts. Some are greater, and Paul's own letter says which ones and why.

We are to desire earnestly the better, or greater, gifts — gifts such as prophesying or teaching. The opening verses of 1 Corinthians 14 make this clear. These are better because they bring wider and more general profit. Each person receives his gift for the profit of all.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

People often quote this verse to encourage a hunt for tongues. But tongues is not one of the gifts the apostle tells them to desire.

A reading of the Scriptures will show that "tongues" is one of those gifts they were not told to desire earnestly. As a gift, the apostle counts it one of the least, and he places it last in his list (1 Corinthians 12:28). On the other hand, he urges them to desire to prophesy. Prophecy built up and comforted the church, while tongues were only a sign to unbelievers.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Who Is Doing the Desiring

Commentators differ over whether the command is to the individual or to the whole gathering.

I think this exhortation may be taken in two ways. Sometimes people take it to mean that a person may hold a holy ambition for some great gift in the church. No doubt this view is right, though very few such ambitions come true. But does not the apostle mean more than this? Does he not mean that all believers should want God to work among them by the greater gifts, the gifts that build others up?

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Either way, one motive is wrong. A desire for gift that measures itself against other people has already missed the point.

This does not mean that each person should desire a gift to outshine others. Rather, the assembly was to desire earnestly that the best gifts be used in a godly way among them. But chapter 14:12 gives the rule for desiring gifts: seek to excel at building up the church. Gift is given for the good of others, not for my own satisfaction.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The More Excellent Way Is Not a Method

Some read the second half of the verse as a method for getting those gifts. It is something else.

At the same time the saints are encouraged to desire earnestly the greater gifts, but these were for edification, not for show. And yet he points out to them a way of far greater excellence. It is surely not just a way, however good, to get these gifts, as some suppose. It is a way for souls to feel and think, to walk and worship, beyond all gifts. It is the way of love, which he opens out in the next chapter.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Love Outranks Every Gift

The reason love surpasses gift is not that gift is small. It is a difference in what each one displays of God.

Still, there was something more excellent than all gifts. The gifts were displays of the power of God and of the mysteries of His wisdom. Love was the display of His nature itself.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Open to Everyone

Not everyone receives the gift they ask for, so the first half of the verse leaves many people wanting. The second half leaves no one out.

We are told to "earnestly desire the higher gifts," and yet, "I will show you a still more excellent way." What is that way? To love one another. It may take talents and gifts to preach or teach. It may take a large income to give much to the Lord's work. But anyone can love with a full heart, even if head and pocket are both empty.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

None of this is a reason to think less of gift. The verse holds both halves together.

We should covet earnestly the best gifts, but we should also remember the "more excellent way," even the way of love that ever hides itself and seeks only the profit of others. It is not that we value gifts less, but we value love more.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Summary

- Desire — the word behind "covet" means zeal, not greed. Scripture commands this desire; it does not condemn it.

- Rank — the "best" gifts build others up, like prophecy and teaching. Tongues comes last on the apostle's list.

- Aim — a right desire aims at building others up, not at rivalry. A gift is for the good of others, never for personal satisfaction.

- Beyond — the more excellent way is not a method for getting gifts. It is a way of feeling, thinking, walking and worshipping that goes past them all.

- Reach — gifts show God's power; love shows His nature. So the greatest thing is open even to a believer with no gift and no money.

1 Corinthians 13:1 · Darby

If I speak with the tongues of men and of angels, but have not love, I am become sounding brass or a clanging cymbal.

Corinth prized showy things: fluent speech, the gift of tongues, public display. Paul answers by pointing to a way that outranks every gift, and he asks what the finest speech is worth when love is missing.

A Way Beyond Gift

One commentator warns against a common mistake. The better way Paul points to is not a better route to gifts:

At the same time Paul tells the saints to desire the greater gifts eagerly, but these gifts were for building up, not for show. And yet he points them to a far better way. It is not merely a way, however good, to get these gifts, as some suppose. It is a way for souls to feel and think, to walk and worship, beyond all gifts. It is the way of love, and he opens it out in the next chapter.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

To prove the supreme value of love, the Apostle names three things the Corinthian believers were boasting about: their eloquent speech, their spiritual possessions, and their activities. They may try to lift themselves up by these things. But he shows that these things count for nothing in God's sight if love is not the motive.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The Case Put at Its Highest

Notice that Paul says "I." He does not point at anyone. And the speech he imagines is not bad speech:

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

The Word Behind "Charity"

Older English Bibles read "charity" here, which today suggests giving money away. The Greek word is the same one used elsewhere for God's own love:

Today people usually take the word "charity" to mean kind feelings toward others, or gifts of money to the poor. But that is not what the Greek word agapee means, the word Paul uses all through this chapter. The Revised Version and all good modern versions translate it "love." In 1 John 4:7-12 this same word agapee appears several times, and there too it is translated "love." To say "God is charity" (the same word) instead of "God is love" would shock our ears, and rightly so.

Modernised from H. B. CoderOriginal wording

Noise Without Music

A cymbal was made of metal plates struck together:

Ancient musical instruments, made of metal plates struck together. On their own they made no tuneful sound, and they could only be played alongside other instruments… In Corinthians the cymbal is a picture of someone making a show in speaking without love in the heart.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Applied to a meeting, that means volume without result:

Whatever the estimate of the value of tongues in modern days, the apostle rates them, whether of men or of angels, to be, in the absence of love, no more than "a mere instrument of sound without sense, dead, mechanical, devoid of moral worth." There is much clangour and clatter, but no true ministry of the Spirit bearing witness to the spirits of the saints. No edification results, for it is love that builds up, while tongues like knowledge puff up.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

What the Speaker Becomes

The verse does not say the words become noise. It says I become noise. One writer pictures the scene:

A brother stands up in the meeting and speaks words of rare sweetness and thrill, though we cannot understand a word of them. We find that he has given a message from God in a language of heaven, one that angels use. How wonderful! How we would stare at him! Yes. But if he has done this without love, he might as well have brought an old brass pan into the meeting and hit it with a poker. That is all the good he has done for the Lord's interests in the assembly.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Within Everyone's Reach

Not every Christian has a gift. But one writer points out what every Christian can do:

Love is what God is. If I do not have it, I am not born of God, and so I do not share His nature… You say, I have no gift. Maybe so, but you can love. Every Christian can do that. And it is worth more than the brightest gift, because love is the nature of God and seeks the blessing of others. It thinks of everybody but itself.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Summary

- Setting — The better way is not a way to get gifts. It is a way of feeling, walking and worshipping that stands above every gift.

- Motive — The three tests of verses 1–3 target Corinth's boasts: speech, possessions, activity. Without love as the motive, none of them counts with God.

- Word — "Charity" in older versions is the same word used for God's own love; "love" is the accurate rendering.

- Sound — Cymbals made no melody on their own. That is the picture of a person making a show in speaking with no love in the heart — clatter, but nothing built up.

- Reach — Gift is given to some; love is open to all, and is worth more than the brightest gift, because love is what God is.

1 Corinthians 13:2 · Darby

And if I have prophecy, and know all mysteries and all knowledge, and if I have all faith, so as to remove mountains, but have not love, I am nothing.

Paul has just pointed a gift-obsessed church to something better than the gifts they were competing over. Now he tests the three biggest — prophecy, total understanding, mountain-moving faith — and each one, without love, leaves the man himself nothing.

Why Love Outranks Every Gift

The contrast in this chapter is not between a big gift and a small one.

Still, there was something more excellent than all gifts. Gifts were the displays of the power of God and of the mysteries of His wisdom; love was the display of His nature itself.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

That is why the chapter follows straight on from Paul's teaching about gifts in the assembly.

As this is what 1 Corinthians 12 sets before us, so the apostle goes on to remind the Corinthians that there was one thing even better than gifts. This was love. Looking at God's nature, He is certainly Light, but what is the energy of that nature? It is love. It is love that actively comes to us from God and blesses us. Love is the energy of the divine nature. It is what Christ showed us God to be, and what the Spirit would now work in us.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "All Faith" Means Here

The faith in this verse is not the faith that saves a person.

Of course, "all faith" in this verse has nothing to do with believing in the Son of God, for whoever believes has everlasting life. It means only faith as a miraculous power, which a man who is not born again might have (Matthew 7:22-23).

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

So what can this faith do?

The Apostle is not speaking of faith in Christ, for this faith works by love. He is speaking instead of faith which enables people to overcome great obstacles and do great exploits. And he says it is possible to have such faith without love.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Understanding All Mysteries

The word "mysteries" here does not mean puzzles too deep to grasp. In Scripture it means truths God once kept back and has now told out.

God's mysteries mean those secret things which are now revealed, in contrast with what Israel had of old (Deuteronomy 29:29). They are not, as most people suppose, things too deep to understand. They are truths God kept back in Old Testament times, now displayed in Christ on high and made known by the Spirit in the New Testament.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

So Paul is picturing a man with the fullest possible grasp of revealed truth — and still weighing him at zero.

Gifts Prove Nothing About the Heart

Scripture already had examples of real spiritual power in people whose hearts were far from God. Balaam prophesied for money. Saul was Israel's first king. Caiaphas was the high priest who wanted Jesus dead. Judas was one of the twelve.

Saul the king could prophesy too. Balaam the prophet prophesied while loving the wages of unrighteousness. Caiaphas the priest prophesied while he was thirsting for innocent blood. Judas the apostle worked miracles while he carried the heart of a traitor. Each of them had received a new heart, or "another heart," as a gift for office, and in the Spirit they prophesied or worked miracles. But all this tells us that it is not gifts that make us what we should be, and that nothing will do if the heart is not with God.

Modernised from J. G. BellettOriginal wording

"I Am Nothing" — the Man, Not the Gift

Notice what Paul does not say. He does not say the prophecy is worthless or the knowledge false.

He not only reaches the heart of divine things; through his gift of prophecy he can also tell others what he knows. He also has faith of an almost miraculous power. Yet he has not love! We are not told that he is like a clanging piece of brass. It is possible that we may gain some help and understanding from what he says, and some inspiration from his remarkable faith. What we are told is that he himself is nothing. If we are unspiritual ourselves, we might imagine him to be a giant. Really he is less than a pygmy. He is nothing.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

This verse deals with what a person has, and the emptiness traces back to motive.

Verse 1 deals with what I speak; verse 2 with what I have; and verse 3 with what I do. Where love is missing, the motive for using the gift is selfish; it is not genuine concern for others, or for the glory of God. So in my every effort to be something, "I am nothing."

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Nature. Gifts display God's power; love displays His nature. That is why love ranks above every gift.

- Gift. The "all faith" here is a gift of miraculous power, not saving faith. Saving faith works by love, so it could never be loveless.

- Reach. Prophecy, all mysteries, all knowledge — that is the widest grasp of truth anyone could hold. Without love, Paul rates it at zero.

- Proof. Balaam, Saul, Caiaphas and Judas show that power in the Spirit is no evidence of a heart with God.

- Verdict. Paul does not say the gift is nothing; he says I am nothing. Others may profit from what I say; God sees a nobody. Every effort to be something ends there.

1 Corinthians 13:3 · Darby

And if I shall dole out all my goods in food, and if I deliver up my body that I may be burned, but have not love, I profit nothing.

Paul has already said that fine speech and deep knowledge are worthless without love. Now he raises the cost: if giving away everything you own, and even dying as a martyr, can leave you with nothing, what is he really measuring?

The Word "Charity"

Older translations use the word "charity" here. Today that word means generous giving, and this verse shows the two are not the same.

This word appears often in the Authorised Version where the word "love" would be much better, and indeed the same Greek word is often translated "love." 1 Corinthians 13:3 shows that a person may be very charitable or benevolent but have no love.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Doing, Not Just Speaking

Verses 1 and 2 weighed what a person says and what he knows. Verse 3 turns to what he does.

We may readily admit that a man can talk well without love, and boast in his spiritual knowledge without love. We may tell such a person to talk a little less and do a little more. But the apostle further warns us that it is also possible to do much without love. He says a man's good works may rise so high that he gives all his goods to feed the poor, and gives his body as a martyr to be burned. Yet the motive may not be love, and so all his activities profit him nothing.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The Motive Underneath

Nobody can fault the acts themselves. So the test falls on why a person gives. A generous act can hide an ungenerous reason.

A philanthropist may give only to draw attention to how generous he is. Another may give freely to quiet a bad conscience, troubled because he did not gain his wealth honestly. But let the believer always be moved by love toward the Lord, and toward others.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Sacrifice Is Not Proof of Life

Dying for a cause looks like final proof of faith. It is not, and the cause a person dies for may even be false.

Neither almsgiving nor self-sacrifice necessarily implies a living faith. Even the most lavish spending on causes that look "charitable" may spring from motives quite foreign to the life of God. In the same way, blind fanatical zeal may lead a person to die for a lie against the truth.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

The same writer adds the positive side:

The lesson here is not that active zeal is a bad thing. It is that growing in divine love matters more than any single act.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

"I Gain Nothing"

The deed may still do real good to others. The loss falls on the person who did it.

So God may use words without love, knowledge without love and activities without love to do His own work. Yet they add nothing to the one who speaks and acts this way. Without love he will be nothing and profit nothing, whatever his words, his possessions and his activities.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

What This Love Is

So what is this love? It is not warm feeling or a generous temperament.

Love was conformity to the nature of God. It was the living expression of what He is, and the evidence that a person has been made a partaker of His nature. It was acting and feeling according to His likeness. This love develops in relation to others; but others are not the motive, though they are the object. Its source is within. Its strength does not depend on the people it is occupied with. So it can act where circumstances would stir irritation or jealousy in the human heart.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

How Such Love Is Obtained

If love is the one thing that counts, why not simply work it up? Because love aimed at winning something is not love at all.

Love must be the driving power, or nothing counts. But we cannot love in order to gain something for ourselves by it. There is only one way to get it: as flame lights flame. So love alone kindles love: "We love because he first loved us."

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

One more note on the wording. Some old Greek copies read "that I may boast" in place of "to be burned." The two words differ by a single letter. Kelly keeps "burned": if the motive were already boasting, Paul's clause about not having love would add nothing (William Kelly).

Summary

- The deed — Giving away everything and dying as a martyr are the costliest acts named. Paul says both are possible without love.

- The motive — The acts are beyond criticism, so the test falls on the reason behind them: reputation, a guilty conscience, or zeal for a lie.

- The source — This love is a share in God's own nature, not a feeling worked up. It catches like flame from flame, because He loved us first.

- The profit — God may still use a loveless act to help others. It adds nothing to the person who did it.

- The aim — Zeal is not the problem. Growing in divine love comes ahead of any single act, however costly.

1 Corinthians 13:4 · Darby

Love has long patience, is kind; love is not emulous [of others]; love is not insolent and rash, is not puffed up,

Paul has just said that gifts, knowledge and faith count for nothing without love; now he turns to what love looks like. The verse names two things love does, then a run of things love refuses to do — and the question is why.

Description, Not Definition

The verse does not tell us what love is in the abstract. It shows how love behaves in a world like ours.

Next we come, not to a definition of love, but to its qualities as they appear in this world. They are described for our instruction. Here we see what Christ was on earth: active in love as well as patient under suffering, rising above evil… Patience in the middle of trial is the first mark of love mentioned. Love even shows real kindness instead of holding on to a wish for revenge.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Patience That Stays Kind

The first mark is staying power. Love outlasts what the commentators call "the flesh" — our natural self left to itself.

"Love is patient." The flesh is always impatient. Love can bear long with others and wait for God's time. The flesh soon runs out of endurance. Love does not wear out.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Patience on its own could still be sullen. Kindness is added because the standard behind the words is God's own dealing with people.

First comes a positive feature. Love is patient and kind. Nothing can surpass the long patience and kindness of God's dealings with rebellious people. God is love. So the more we show the divine nature, the more we will show long patience and kindness — to everyone, and to our brothers and sisters.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Why So Many Negatives

The verse spends more words on what love avoids than on what it does. There is a reason for that.

The description is not so much of what love does as of what it does not do. That shows that the heart of love is self-denial and self-forgetting. How easy it is to take up active, demanding service instead of suffering. Yet the first thing mentioned is, "Love is patient and kind." We hate to suffer at the hands of others. We are quick to hit back.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

The faults listed are not random. One thread ties them together.

Love has none of the ugly deformities of character and behaviour that come naturally to us in the flesh… (1) Envy of others. (2) Boasting about oneself, or vainglory, or as some translate it, being "insolent and rash." (3) Being puffed up, or swollen with one's own importance… The string that runs right through these eight things is love of self.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

No Place for Envy

Envy is no small weakness. It has a long and dark history.

Love comes from God; envy comes from Satan. Envy was a main part of the first sin, and it drove Cain's murderous hatred of his brother… Envy can find no place in God's presence, though it often waits at the door of the place of worship. Moses was meeker than his helper Joshua, because Moses spoke with God, while Joshua only spoke with Moses. When the disciples argued over who was greatest, they did it behind the Master's back.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Where envy is gone, someone else's gain becomes a joy instead of a wound.

The flesh always wants a place above others. It is jealous when favour or position goes to someone else instead of to self. Love can delight, without a thought of envy, in honours given to another.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Boasting Outside, Pride Inside

Commentators differ on the third phrase. Some translate it "does not boast," others "is not insolent and rash." Either way it names the outward push to be seen. "Puffed up" names the pride inside that feeds it.

Self-importance is the inside version of self-display. Both are foreign to a love that forgets itself. It grows best where people know themselves least, and that is why there was so much of it at Corinth… Love is not like this. Love flows most freely from a heart that truth has first broken and then healed… Its best cure is to turn and look again at Him in the place His love has chosen for our sakes.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Paul uses "puffed up" again and again in this letter.

Four times the apostle speaks of the Corinthian believers as being "puffed up." In 1 Corinthians 4:6 he says they are "puffed up for one against another." In verses 18 and 19 of the same chapter he points to people puffed up in their speech, it seems against the apostle himself. In 1 Corinthians 5:2 he has to rebuke them for being puffed up when they should have mourned over what was going on among them.

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

Seen Whole Only in One Life

These traits appear here and there across Scripture. Only one life held them all together.

Some of the beautiful traits of love have marked God's people in every age. We see the kindness of God in men like Joseph and David. We see unselfishness and meekness in Moses and Paul, and patience and endurance in men like Job… But Jesus showed every feature of love in perfection, blended together and expressed in everything He did.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Root — Love's patience and kindness start in God's own dealings with rebellious people, and grow in us as far as His nature shows.

- Reach — Our own endurance soon runs out. Love does not wear out, and it waits without turning sour.

- Rival — Envy comes from Satan. It drove Cain, and it set the disciples arguing over who was greatest. Love can delight in honours given to someone else.

- Reputation — Self-display outside and self-importance inside are one disease. The cure is to look again at the place His love chose for our sakes.

- Reflection — Joseph, Moses, Job and Paul each showed a piece of this love. Jesus held all of it in one life.

1 Corinthians 13:5 · Darby

does not behave in an unseemly manner, does not seek what is its own, is not quickly provoked, does not impute evil,

Paul has just told the Corinthians about a way better than any gift. Here he describes that way by four things love will not do: rude behaviour, self-seeking, a quick temper, and keeping score of wrongs. The writers quoted below use older translations, so their wording of these clauses differs from the ESV.

Gift: the better way

The problem at Corinth was not a shortage of ability but the use of ability to advertise itself.

Gift is something we may rightly desire. Even so, we can easily abuse gifts. Like the believers at Corinth, we can use them to exalt ourselves. So we are told there is a more excellent way of serving one another.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Manners: not rude

The first clause is about behaviour that offends decency. It cuts across the assumption that breeding or education produces good manners.

Love "does not behave in an improper way." The flesh can be rude and ill-mannered, even in people high in society. Love will lead the highest by birth, as well as the lowest, to be courteous.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Being outspoken is no excuse either, since love has its own sense of what is fitting.

Sincerity never shows off. Truth has its own sense of what is fitting, and love knows this well and never breaks it. Its boldness is not shamelessness.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Motive: not insisting on its own way

The next clause goes to motive. It shows where this love comes from, and what must be true of the heart before it is possible.

"Seeks not her own." But nature does. This single attribute is enough to declare the origin of love. By this the inseparable connection between faith and love can also be clearly seen. The heart must have a satisfying portion of its own in Christ. Without that, this self-forgetting love is impossible. Self-seeking may often show itself in acts that look like works of love. Christ sought neither His own will nor His own glory; but, as the self-sacrificing Shepherd, He both seeks and finds His sheep.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Self and love cannot share one heart.

If a man once makes self the whole of his aim, farewell to loving others or praying for them. Love cannot live in a house as narrow as the self-lover's heart. Indeed it is the opposite of it: "Love seeks not her own."

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Temper: not irritable

The test comes in small everyday moments.

Love "is not easily provoked." It is not touchy. Love will put the best construction on what is questionable. For instance, you meet a brother in the Lord in the street. He takes no notice. Love would not take offence at what looked like a snub. It would believe that the brother had not seen you, and would not have acted that way if he had.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Love still feels anger at wrong. A short fuse is a different thing.

"Is not easily provoked." Love knows how hard its work is, and it expects both difficulties and obstacles. But its labour is not for itself, so personal disappointment does not ruffle it. Just indignation may go well with love; irritability does not. Jesus could feel the former on occasion, the latter never.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Mind: not resentful

The last clause is often read as though love never has an evil thought. Kelly ties it instead to a real wrong that someone has done.

"Thinks no evil" does not quite express the clause. It means not keeping the evil in the mind and on the tongue. Here it is an actual evil done. It would breed resentment if love were not there — love, which is always above evil, always free and always holy.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Read that way, the clause is a daily one, and it does not ask us to pretend sin is not sin.

"Does not impute evil," for its business is to hide sins rather than expose them. God in His righteousness did not do this to us, so we who are sinners should not do it to one another. And this virtue will never sit idle for lack of opportunity. Not a day can pass without some call on it. Besides the many real offences, there are unclear cases that constantly tempt us to criticise. But where a choice is possible, love chooses the favourable side. It does not shut its eyes to sin, but openly rebukes it as God's witness, while freely forgiving all that is against itself.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Summary

- Gift — Corinth used real gifts to show itself off. Love is better than any ability.

- Manners — self shows first in behaviour. Rank and education do not cure rudeness; love does.

- Motive — self shows next in aim; a heart that has no satisfying portion in Christ cannot stop seeking its own.

- Temper — self shows in reaction; love is not touchy because it was never working for itself. Indignation at wrong is another matter.

- Mind — self shows last in the score we keep against others. Love hides sins instead of exposing them, and forgives all that is against itself.

1 Corinthians 13:6 · Darby

does not rejoice at iniquity but rejoices with the truth,

This chapter has been listing what love refuses to do. Here it names what love enjoys. Two delights stand side by side: pleasure in wrongdoing and pleasure in truth. Which one does your heart run to when you hear news about someone else?

Why the Heart Enjoys Another's Sin

Delight in wrongdoing rarely looks like delight. It can wear the face of moral outrage.

The religious teachers and Pharisees in John chapter 8 were very moral, religious people. They were shocked when they found this poor woman caught in open sin, and very angry with her. Justice and the law of Moses, they thought, demanded that she be made an example of — it was not right that such a sinner should live. It comforts and quiets the corrupt heart of man if he can only find a person worse than himself. He thinks that another's greater sin excuses his own; and while he accuses and fiercely blames another, he forgets his own evil. In this way he rejoices in iniquity.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

What Love Will Not Do With Evil

Love is not neutral about sin — it grieves. But it refuses the work of hunting sin out in other people.

Love does no wrong to its neighbour, so it cannot rejoice in what goes against its own nature. Being itself the child of goodness, it can only grieve when evil acts and prospers. Its only interest in wrongdoing is to help and befriend its victims. What hate hunts out, love will not see. It waits for no one to stumble, and twists no one's words. It does not say, "That is just how we wanted it," when the righteous fall.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

The Test: What You Do With a Report

This verse bites hardest in ordinary conversation. One writer puts the weight on the person who listens, not only on the person who talks.

Someone hears a report. It seems true, so they pass it on. Yet if anyone had taken the trouble to check it, they might have found it false. Christians above all should be careful here. Refuse every report that harms another person's name, unless proof you cannot doubt stands behind it. So the responsibility falls on the hearer as well as on the person who repeats the report. If people remembered this, they would stop many a slander at the start, expose many a gossip, and prevent many a break in fellowship. The cure is that love which thinks no evil, takes no pleasure in wrongdoing, and rejoices with the truth.

Modernised from Edward DennettOriginal wording

Rejoicing With the Truth

The margin reading noted below is the wording the ESV now uses. So what does rejoicing with the truth look like in practice?

"Rejoicing with the truth," as the margin reads. It is in the truth, no doubt. The truth is there, and I rejoice with it and take delight in it. Suppose the truth is being preached; my heart goes with it and is delighted.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Love That Flatters Is Not Love

Affection can be warm and still be careless about what is true. Real love will not buy peace at that price.

God's love in His people must either droop or rejoice along with the truth. That truth gave this love its life, and truth is its proper voice. Natural affection may use flattery, and often shows a practical indifference to truth. But love that is real hates both of these things. Its delight is in God, and therefore in the truth.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

Love Is Not Blind, and Not Always Soft

Love and softness are not the same thing. Where truth is attacked, love has an edge.

It is one of the marks of divine love that it does not rejoice in wrongdoing, but rejoices with the truth. Divine love does not always say smooth things. It is always angry, and rightly so, when people trample truth in the dust and lift error up.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Where does the appetite for evil come from? One writer names it — "the flesh," our sinful nature.

Love "rejoices with the truth." The flesh is unholy and can find pleasure in being occupied with evil. Love is holy and finds its joy in being occupied with the truth. So love is not blind, for it knows and values the truth.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Summary

- Two delights. Love shows what it is by what pleases it. Wrongdoing gives it no pleasure. Truth does.

- The hidden motive. Enjoying another's sin is self-defence. A worse sinner makes me feel excused, and while I blame him I forget my own evil.

- The daily test. Passing on a story you have not checked is where this verse bites. The hearer carries responsibility, not just the talker.

- Not flattery. Warm feeling that flatters and stays quiet about truth is natural fondness, not love. Love delights in God, and so in the truth.

- Not blindness. Love's joy is tied to truth, so it sees evil clearly and can speak sharply. It just refuses to enjoy the evil it sees.

1 Corinthians 13:7 · Darby

bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, endures all things.

Paul has just listed what love does not do, and verse 7 turns to four things love does, each stretched to "all things." Commentators ask how far that "all" reaches: is love simply gullible, or do these four clauses give a believer strength to carry through real evil?

The turn from negative to positive

The verse changes direction. Every clause before it hangs on the word "not." Every clause here hangs on the word "all."

The negative qualities show the patient endurance of love. Notice the word 'not'. The positive ones show love in action, and that action leaves nothing out. Notice the word 'all'.

Modernised from Ernst-August BremickerOriginal wording

One writer sees these last four as the supply that keeps a believer standing where the world is against him: "The last four qualities set forth the positive energy of love, whereby its possessor is sustained in the middle of a hostile world."

Bears all things

The first clause sets love against how little we put up with before we react.

Love "bears all things". Our natural self can bear very little without showing resentment. Love can bear all things, and often in silence.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The word also means to cover. That shapes what love does with what it knows about others.

Love bears, or covers, all things. Of course it never approves of wrong. But it takes no pleasure in spreading news of what other people have done wrong.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Believes all things

Believing all things is the opposite of a suspicious mind. One writer traces it back to the way the Lord Jesus lived among people.

"Believes all things" is not being suspicious. Love is quick to believe. It "hopes all things." It wishes no harm and does not think about evil. Evil tends to depress the soul, but God is above all that... Christ was here in the world with no suspicion in His mind. That is the spirit we should walk in. If you are always suspecting people, who will trust you?

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Hopes all things

Hope takes over where belief runs out of evidence. One writer applies it to the reports we hear about other people.

Love is not irritable or resentful. Love believes all things — not the evil things, but the good ones. Where it cannot believe all the good it would like, it at least hopes all things. It hopes the good report is true and the bad one false.

Modernised from G C WillisOriginal wording

How far "all things" goes

The four "alls" do not mean love believes anything anyone says. Commentators read them as limited by what Paul is writing about.

Love believes all the truth it can find. It hopes that whatever is missing will be supplied in time. Meanwhile it puts up with every lack. Clearly the phrase "all things," repeated four times, must be read within its context. Someone who believed "all things" without limit would end up in a swamp of uncertainty and deception.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Covering sin is not the same as ignoring it: "love does not necessarily expose sins, or gloat over the failure of others. If possible, love will deal with sins privately, so that they do not needlessly become public."

Endures all things

The last clause grows out of the one before it. Where hope dies, staying power dies with it.

Love "endures all things". The flesh, assuming the worst, has no hope, and when hope is gone there is no power to endure. Love hopes all things, and that hope gives strength to endure when opposition and discouragement come.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

What love endures includes hostility from outside. The strength for it comes from God, not from a rosy view of people.

So love bears every annoyance. It believes all the good it can. It hopes for everything, even when evil is plain to see right now. It endures all things, whether persecution or suffering, knowing this is what we are here for. Seeing God in Christ lifts the heart above the crushing power of evil, and above suspicion too.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Seen perfectly in one Man

The description is not an ideal without an example. One Man has already lived out every clause.

Everything this wonderful chapter says love does, we have seen fully displayed in the Son of God. He bore all things and endured all. He put up with the weaknesses and failures of His disciples. He endured the hostility of sinners against Himself.

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Bears — love carries what our natural self cannot carry, often in silence, and takes no pleasure in making another person's failure public.

- Believes — it drops suspicion and believes the good, walking through the world in the spirit Christ Himself showed.

- Hopes — where the good cannot yet be believed, love still hopes the kind report is true and the ugly one false.

- Endures — hope supplies the staying power. Lose hope of good, and endurance under opposition collapses with it.

- All things — the four "alls" do not mean love believes anything, and they never excuse wrongdoing. They were displayed in full in the Son of God, who bore with His disciples and endured the hostility of sinners.

1 Corinthians 13:8 · Darby

Love never fails; but whether prophecies, they shall be done away; or tongues, they shall cease; or knowledge, it shall be done away.

The verse just before this described what love does and does not do. Here love stands beside three spiritual gifts — prophecy, tongues, and knowledge — and only love lasts.

Love as Nature, Not Gift

Commentators trace love's permanence back to its source. It lasts because of what it is, not because of how well anyone uses it.

"Love never fails." It cannot fail or stop. It is the very life of God. Those born of Him will live that life for ever in His presence, once everything holding it back is gone. It is a nature, not a gift — except that life itself is the gift of Him who is the life-giving Spirit. But special gifts and displays of the Spirit must cease with the occasion that called them forth.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Gifts Fitted to a Passing Condition

The three things listed are not faulty. They simply match a situation that will not last.

Prophecies and knowledge will end. Tongues will stop. But love lasts. They suit the time we live in now. They are only partial. They do not fit the perfect state, where no evil exists and love is fully at work. Love belongs in glory. Partial, passing helps end when glory comes.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Prophecy and the Need It Serves

Prophecy answers a need. Remove the need, and the gift has nothing left to do.

Verses 8 to 13 now deal with love's permanence. It never fails. So it stands in contrast to prophecies, tongues, and knowledge. Prophecy is only for a condition in which people need building up, encouragement, and comfort. Even in the millennium, prophecy will no longer be necessary (Zech. 13:2-5).

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Tongues and the Scattering of Nations

Writers link the many languages of earth back to Babel. There God stopped one united human project by confusing their speech.

Tongues attract the worldly mind of fallen human nature. But they will stop. In the new creation, when all things have become new, there will be only one language. Tongues are a reminder of the pride of man, when he set out to build a city and a tower with its top reaching to heaven. But God stepped in and broke the power of man… by confusing their language, giving them tongues to weaken them.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

Another writer draws the same line, adding what replaces the confusion: the differences between languages mark how far the nations stand from God, and "in heaven there are many voices, but one speech."

Knowledge That Measures Our Ignorance

The hardest of the three to accept is that knowledge will pass. Writers explain that what disappears is not truth, but the partial way we hold it now.

Knowledge, or the partial knowledge that we have at the present time, will be done away. The knowledge we have now is not full knowledge. It is something we keep adding to. That alone proves how much we do not know. However much we take in of the truth here, it always stays knowledge "in part".

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

One writer pictures the change: our knowing and prophesying fade when perfection comes "just as the moon fails and vanishes away in the light of the sun."

Gifts as a Measure of Ourselves

The gifts that shine are the ones that pass. So what we prize shows where we stand.

The contrast is between the most shining gifts, which pass, and the lasting marks of divine life in believers. The more we live by our old nature, the more mere gifts dazzle us. The more we live by the Spirit, the more we value faith, hope, and love.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Available to Everyone

The one thing that lasts is not handed out to some and withheld from others. So this verse reaches the believer with no gift at all.

You say, I have no gift. Possibly so, but you can love. Every Christian can do that. And it is worth more than the brightest gift. Love is the nature of God. It seeks the good of others, and thinks of everybody but itself. What chapter 13 says of love is the divine nature showing itself again. It is the life of Jesus, and love abides for ever.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Summary

- Nature. Love does not fail because it is not a gift handed out but the very life of God in those born of Him.

- Prophecy. It serves souls who need building up and comfort; when that need is gone, the gift is finished.

- Tongues. Many languages mark a scattered race; they stop when the reason for the scattering stops.

- Knowledge. We know only "in part," which shows how little we know. That partial knowing ends when the full comes.

- Love. Everything fitted to the present state passes; love fits glory — so a believer with no gift already holds the one thing that lasts.

1 Corinthians 13:9 · Darby

For we know in part, and we prophesy in part

Paul has just said that love never ends, while prophecies, tongues and knowledge come to an end. Verse 9 gives the reason. Our knowing and our prophesying reach only a part, and a part gives way when the whole arrives.

Why the gifts have an end date

One writer sets love beside the gifts and shows why only love lasts.

This again proves how far love rises above the rest. It will never be out of date. Prophecies and knowledge will end, and tongues will stop. But love stays. The gifts suit our present state. They are only in part, and they do not fit the perfection where no evil exists and love is in fullest exercise. Love belongs to a state of glory. Passing, partial helps come to their natural end when glory arrives.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What "in part" actually describes

The limitation is not in the revelation but in the way we take it in — piece by piece, never the whole at once.

What God tells us, the means He uses, and knowledge as we gain it down here — all of it is only in part. We grasp the truth in part only, even though God has revealed the whole truth to us. We take it in detail, so we never have the whole at once; our knowing takes hold of different truths one at a time. Everything that is only in part passes away. Love will not pass away. But a time was coming when believers would know even as they were known. Truth would no longer come piece by piece to a mind that grasps parts. They would understand it as a whole, in its unity.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Two different words for knowing

Paul does not use one single word for knowing here. The verb changes between verse 9 and verse 12.

ginōskō and epiginōskō appear together in 1 Corinthians 13. In verse 8 there is a knowledge (gnōsis) that will vanish away, and verse 9 explains it: "we know (gin.) in part." This knowledge is fragmentary now, so it differs from what will be "when the perfect comes" (verse 10). That leads to the contrast in verse 12: "Now I know (gin.) in part; then I shall know fully (epigin.), even as I have been fully known" (epigin.). The difference between the two words is the added force that the preposition epi gives to gnōsis, 'knowledge' (or its verb), making it 'a deeper and more intimate knowledge, and acquaintance.'

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Partial is not the same as unreliable

Some use this verse to argue that Scripture itself contains mistakes. Kelly answers that misuse.

One writer even claims that "the Scriptures themselves protest against the traditional view of the Gospels that they are absolutely true," and the passage he points to is 1 Corinthians 13:9 and the verse after it. But that passage only speaks of what is true as far as it goes. It covers nothing that is in any way false. It concerns what still remains unrevealed.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The effect on how we treat teachers

Paul writes "we." He includes his own prophesying.

Not one of us can see things as they truly are, from the viewpoint of God's perfect and complete knowledge. Our prophesying too is "in part." Remembering this should humble us, so that we never dare to make any man's ministry the set standard for doctrine or practice. We are only servants, limited to a very small sphere.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The same limit touches how we speak about what we know.

When we speak of "a truth" — a common way of speaking, but I think a wrong one, as though we had grasped something that stands on its own — it tends to puff us up. That does not happen when we see what we know as only part of one great whole, which exists for us in the mind of God. To pass off the little we know as the whole, and to feel superior to others because of it, is folly and pride.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Still learners, to the end

Maturity does not lift anyone out of this.

Even if we become "Fathers" in the Christian family (1 John 2:13-14), we shall still be unable to understand down here as we shall in the Father's House. Full maturity can never be reached while we are on earth. There is always room for exercise and growth in the divine nature. Paul was mature in the things of God, and he received many wonderful revelations. Yet near the end of his journey here, he still desired one thing: "That I may know Him" (Philippians 3:10).

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

Summary

- Part, not flaw. What we know is true as far as it goes and contains nothing false. What is missing is only what God has not yet unveiled.

- Part, because piecemeal. God has revealed the whole truth, but we take hold of truths one at a time and never have the whole at once.

- Part, therefore temporary. Prophecy, tongues and knowledge fit our present state; love fits glory, so love is the one that remains.

- Part, so no standard. Paul includes his own prophesying in the "we." So no man's ministry is the fixed rule for doctrine or practice.

- Part, so no superiority. Treating our part as the whole puffs us up. Seeing it as one piece of what is complete in God's mind keeps us learners — as Paul was to the end.

1 Corinthians 13:10 · Darby

but when that which is perfect has come, that which is in part shall be done away.

Paul has just said that prophecy, tongues and knowledge will not last. Everything here turns on two questions: what is "the perfect," and what is lost when the partial passes away?

The perfect: the state of glory

Commentators take "the perfect" as the state of glory. One writer links it to the partial gifts Paul has just listed:

Love will go on in heaven, where there is no evil to think about. Prophecies will fail, tongues will cease, and knowledge will vanish away. "When the perfect comes" (v. 10) means the time of glory, when everything is perfect and these partial things will have ceased.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

The perfect state is also full growth, and we do not reach it here:

We can never reach full maturity while we are on earth. There is always room for exercise and growth in the divine nature. Paul was mature in the things of God, and God gave him so many wonderful revelations. Yet near the end of his journey here he still desired "that I may know Him" (Phil. 3:10).

Modernised from An Outline of Sound WordsOriginal wording

What ends: the way we know, not what we know

"Pass away" sounds like loss. But writers point out that nothing true is lost. What ends is the slow, piecemeal way we gather knowledge:

He is speaking about the slow, hard and imperfect process of gaining knowledge — of "knowing." That process must end when the spirit is no longer shut up to reaching spiritual things by groping, for the most part, among material things. The things known will still remain known. But the knowing of things, in the partial way we need now, will be done away in the perfect grasp of spiritual knowledge.

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

The partial ends the way a lesser light ends:

Before long, in both knowledge and prophecy, perfection will come. When it does, all that is partial will fail and vanish away, just as the moon fails and vanishes in the light of the sun.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Why this proves love is greater

The comparison is the point. Gifts match the world we live in now; love matches glory too:

They suit our present state in time. They are only in part, and they do not fit the perfection where no evil exists and love is in fullest exercise. Love fits a state of glory completely, while these passing, partial helps end when glory arrives.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The change is sudden, not gradual

Growth in nature is slow and steady. One writer says this change is not:

Nature completes itself by regular but slow stages. But the small beginnings of true knowledge will expand to perfection all at once, when the change from mortality to life takes place. Verse 11 shows this difference sharply. In nature a third state stands between infancy and manhood, and this account of spiritual growth takes no notice of it.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

Where commentators differ: tongues

In verse 8 Paul says prophecy and knowledge will "pass away," but tongues will "cease." Commentators differ on whether that change of word matters. One writer builds a case from the wording of verse 9:

But Paul does not mention tongues in this connection. He says we prophesy in part and we know in part, but he does not say we speak in tongues "in part." Why does he change the wording? It must mean something. Does it not teach that the gift of tongues would lapse in the assembly's life as soon as the wisdom of God saw that the time had come when it was no longer needed?

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Others hold that all three helps run on until the perfection of glory ends them.

The humbling use of "in part"

Every teacher's grasp is partial. So no one's teaching is the final measure:

It should humble us to remember this always. Then we will not dare to make any man's ministry a set standard for doctrine or practice. We are only servants, limited to a very small area.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Part — our knowing and prophesying are fragments; even the greatest teacher's ministry is a piece, never the standard.

- Perfect — "the perfect" is the state of glory and full maturity, which no growth on earth reaches.

- Passing — what ends is the slow, groping way of learning, not the truth learned; the partial fades as the moon fades in sunlight.

- Sudden — the move from part to perfect skips nature's long middle stage; it happens at the change from mortality to life.

- Permanent — gifts fit a world of evil and testimony and end with it; love fits glory too, and so love is the greater.

1 Corinthians 13:11 · Darby

When I was a child, I spoke as a child, I felt as a child, I reasoned as a child; when I became a man, I had done with what belonged to the child.

Paul has just said that prophecy, tongues and knowledge are all "in part." Now he pictures it from a life everyone knows: the distance between a child and a grown man. So what are the "childish ways" he gives up? The believer's whole present condition, or the immaturity the Corinthians were showing off in their meetings?

The Child's Small World

The comparison works because a child's speech and reasoning are not wrong so much as small. They fit the size of what he has taken in.

Verse 11 pictures our present, immature condition as childhood. A child's viewpoint is completely different from a man's. It is limited to the small circle of what he has seen or been taught. He speaks as a child, and perhaps rightly so, in line with his knowledge. But that knowledge is very limited — and so is our own ministry of the Word of God. Yet just as a growing adult puts away childish ways, so in glory we will leave such limits behind.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The three verbs Paul lists are not repetition. The same limit shows up in how a child talks, how he thinks, and how he reaches conclusions.

A child must speak as a child, think as a child, reason as a child. In fact a child has to do plenty of reasoning, and no one would make light of its imperfect condition. But it is imperfect, as we know.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

What Is Put Away

The verse does not cast doubt on what Christians know now. It compares how we know now with what is coming.

The point of the passage is not to cast doubt on how much we know now. It is to show that our knowledge is only partial, compared with the fullness in glory... Our very learning now, no matter how much we have learnt, proves our ignorance. It will not be so then. The state that needs to grow, and the means that help it grow, will both have passed away. In that day we will know truth as a whole, not piece by piece as now.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The child's side of the picture says the same thing. A child studies, and a child plays. A man's needs match a man's mind.

A child learns. He also delights in things that amuse him. When he becomes a man, he needs things that match a man's intelligence. It was thus with tongues and the edification of the assembly.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The Corinthians in the Mirror

Commentators differ on where the emphasis of the verse falls. Some read it as our present state compared with glory. Others hear a rebuke aimed at the Corinthians themselves.

People ask whether the contrast here between the child and the man means the difference between the believer's condition now and his condition when perfected in glory. We judge that it points instead to the childish way the Corinthians were priding themselves on the spiritual displays among them, and on the use of gifts like tongues, which tended to lift those who had them in other people's eyes.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

The childishness in view is a love of display.

In their fondness for the use of tongues, the Corinthians were acting as children, who delight in anything that makes a show. The Apostle urges them, and us, not to be children in understanding, but to be as innocent of all malice as a baby.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

No Slow Middle Stage

Paul draws the picture from nature, but it does not run like nature. In ordinary life a teenage stage stands between the child and the man. Paul skips it.

Nature completes itself by regular but slow stages. But the small beginnings of true knowledge will expand to perfection all at once, when the change from mortality to life takes place. Verse 11 shows this difference plainly. In nature a third stage stands between infancy and manhood, and this picture of spiritual growth takes no account of it.

Modernised from VariousOriginal wording

What Survives Growing Up

One thing carries over unchanged. Love is the one thing a believer never outgrows.

Love is God's own nature. Everything else pales before it. It is that which will abide when not only prophecies, tongues, and knowledge are no more, but when faith and hope have given place to sight and realisation.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Summary

- Child: speech, thought and reasoning all shrink to the size of what a child has taken in — real, but small.

- Childish: the Corinthians turned that smallness into pride, showing off gifts like tongues.

- Change: we put away not truth but the piece-by-piece way of learning it. The growing state and the means of growth both go.

- Sudden: nature has an in-between stage; this picture has none. The leap to full knowledge comes with the change from mortality to life.

- Constant: love alone crosses from childhood to manhood untouched. It is God's own nature, and it abides.

1 Corinthians 13:12 · Darby

For we see now through a dim window obscurely, but then face to face; now I know partially, but then I shall know according as I also have been known.

Paul compares two conditions: what we can take in now, and the fulness we will have in glory. So what limits our sight today, and what changes when we see "face to face"?

The mirror

Seeing "in a mirror" means seeing a reflection, not the thing itself. That shapes how we learn spiritual things now.

At present we see as through a mirror, in a riddle, but then face to face. Spiritual things now are learned with the help of reflections, types and symbols. Faith must of course be at work, to discern as far as it can what all these teaching aids mean. It is not like seeing the object itself, but its reflection as in a mirror.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Partial, not doubtful

Some read the verse as if Paul were unsure of what he knew. Commentators say the opposite.

The point of the passage is not to cast doubt on how much we know now. It is to show that our knowledge is only partial, compared with the fulness in glory… The way we see now must be imperfect, so what we see is more or less dark. Later it will be direct sight, and I shall know fully, as I was also fully known. The difference is not only one of measure, but of manner too.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

When learning ends

If we know only "in part" now, then learning itself belongs to this stage and not the next.

Knowledge now is in degree, "we know in part"; all that kind of learning will pass away. Learning is a proof of ignorance, and this will not be then. Even in divine things we learn, and all that is testimony to ignorance. It shows how small man is in that respect. All these partial means of communicating will end when I know as I am known: which is, I believe, God's way of knowing.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The limit of "as I am known"

The phrase promises a knowledge modelled on God's knowledge of us. Commentators are careful about how far that promise reaches.

But our partial knowledge of the truth will give way to knowledge in the measure in which "I am known." This is in no way omniscience (knowing all things). It is knowing all that relates to my position and condition as a man, as God knows it. This of course involves far more than we see on the surface. Then we will see it all in perfect perspective, no longer shaped by our present limited, unbalanced condition.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

A second limit lies in us, not in what is shown.

We shall yet know vastly better than we do know now but we shall still be finite. God cannot make us infinite, and only the infinite can comprehend deity.

Modernised from Scripture QuarterlyOriginal wording

Our own story understood

We will also know our own past fully. One writer ties it to the moment believers stand before Christ in the light.

In our bodies of glory, we will not be able to feel anything like fear or unhappiness. But when we are shown in the light, we will have perfect knowledge, according to the mind of Christ, of every moment of our past history. We will know the value He sets on it, and the praise He gives… We will leave His judgment seat in wondering praise at the patience that bore with our ways in the wilderness, and brought us safely to glory.

Modernised from Andrew MillerOriginal wording

The longing that stays

Knowing in part does not dull the desire to know Him. It feeds it.

All who have eternal life "know Him." They know God, and Jesus Christ, whom God has sent — yes, even babes in Christ know Him. And yet the man who knew Him best could cry, Oh, "to know Him!"… Down here nothing will ever satisfy that craving. The better we know Him, the more we long to know Him better still.

Modernised from G. C. WillisOriginal wording

Summary

- Mirror — Now we learn by reflection: types, symbols and pictures, read by faith. We never see the object itself.

- Part — The limit is in the way we see, not in the truth itself. Paul does not doubt what we know. He measures it against the fulness in glory.

- Then — "Face to face" means direct sight. Learning proves our ignorance, so learning ends when that ignorance ends.

- Known — We will know as God knows us: our whole position and condition, seen in perfect perspective. Yet we stay finite creatures.

- Wonder — Christ's light will show our whole past. The result is not fear but praise for the patience that carried us home.

1 Corinthians 13:13 · Darby

And now abide faith, hope, love; these three things; and the greater of these [is] love.

The love chapter closes with a short list: three things remain when the showy gifts have run out. The verse raises two questions. What does "abide" mean here? And why does love rank above faith and hope?

What "abides" is measured against

The verses just before set the comparison. There Paul says prophecy, tongues and knowledge will end. One writer reads the closing line as a contrast with those short-lived gifts, not as a statement about eternity.

So the apostle concludes from it all: "Faith, hope and love abide." He is not speaking here of eternity. He is drawing a contrast with gifts that will come to an end once they have served their purpose. Love abides, for it is the divine nature. Faith is the evidence of things we cannot see. So it must pass away when we see everything, with the perfect knowledge the apostle has spoken of. Hope, too, implies the imperfection which counts upon God, but does not see. It too must pass away in full fruition; but love abides.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Why love ranks first

The writer gives two reasons: what happens to faith and hope when the future arrives, and where love comes from.

In the perfect state faith will change into sight, and so faith will have its end. Hope will end in fruition. Love alone will abide. Faith and hope make very good travelling companions, but we part company with them at the door of heaven. We go in with one thing, love. Even so, the verse speaks of the present condition, and tells us that even now love is the greater quality. It must be so, for love is the very nature of God, and therefore love is eternal.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The grace that reaches other people

There is also a plain, practical reason for the ranking. Faith and hope work inside a person; only love travels outward.

"Your faith has saved you," Christian! But what can it do for your brother? It does not reach him. It is a secret in your own breast. Its power is great, but it is the power of a root, not of a branch.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Each of the three fastens on something. Love fastens on the one you can shake hands with.

It is the nature of love to come out. Unless it acts, and acts on others, it cannot be. Love does not begin and end with the lover. Its essence is an outgoing. These three exercises of a human spirit have objects which they grasp, each its own. Faith fastens on Christ, hope on heaven, but love on humankind. It will not, it cannot leave the world alone. All the neighbours know it, feel it.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Three links, not three rivals

Ranking love highest does not set the three against each other. One writer pictures the chapter as a tree standing in a field, and shows why love is what you actually see.

At the bottom you find faith and hope, the nourishing root and the supporting stem. They are alive and life-giving, but small and almost hidden from view. Love springs up, spreads out on every side, and fills the eye of anyone looking.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The same writer answers a wrong conclusion: that praising love makes faith smaller.

Nor is there any cause for jealousy in this sisterhood of grace. To make love great — to make love greatest — does not make faith less. The more precious we find the ripened fruit, the more we value the only root that bears it.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Where commentators differ

The wording does not settle how long faith and hope last. Commentators differ on this. One takes "abide" as covering the present life only.

But Scripture cannot be broken. Faith is the evidence, or conviction, of things not seen. And hope that is seen is not hope. So faith and hope belong to the present state only. Love alone belongs to eternity as well as to the present. Of the three, love holds the first place. Not because it holds the root of the other two inside itself, but because they point and lead through Christ our Lord to love, as the end that has no end.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Another allows that faith and hope carry over in a changed form.

The greatest is love, for "God is love." Love, not faith and hope, will be the great mark of the eternal state. Faith will mostly turn into sight, and hope into glad realization. Yet even in heaven the believer will have full faith and happy hope that this scene of indescribable love goes on for ever.

Modernised from A J PollockOriginal wording

Summary

- Root. Faith fastens on Christ and works underground; it is the power of a root, not a branch, and a secret in your own breast.

- Stem. Hope carries faith's certainty through the present. It ends when the thing hoped for finally arrives.

- Branches. Love is the only one of the three that goes out and touches other people; unless it acts on others, it is not love at all.

- Fruit. Love is greatest because it is the very nature of God. It has no beginning and no end, so it is greater now, not only later.

- Harvest. Faith and hope are good travelling companions, but we part with them at heaven's door and go in with one thing: love.

1 Corinthians 14:1 · Darby

Follow after love, and be emulous of spiritual [manifestations], but rather that ye may prophesy.

Paul has just shown that love gives up self. Now he turns to the question the Corinthians argued over: which gifts should a church want in its meetings? The verse gives an order — love first, gifts wanted, and prophecy above the rest.

Why love comes first

The call to pursue love comes before the instructions about gifts. It comes first because it settles the motive.

If love had been at work in the assembly at Corinth, it would have escaped many serious disorders, even though it had not been taught God's order. Love, as the Apostle has shown, leads a person to give up self. So the call to follow love comes before the call to desire spiritual gifts and before the instructions about using them. Love keeps the motive pure, both in wanting a spiritual gift and in using it. Love thinks not of self but of the good of others. Because they lacked love, the believers at Corinth had been using the sign gifts of healing and tongues to exalt themselves.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Gifts are still worth wanting

Putting love first does not belittle the gifts. It sets them in their right place, where they are worth wanting.

Setting the gifts of the Spirit in this right relation to their purpose does not run them down; it proves their worth. So they are not to be despised, but wanted. Those who know God in His ways will always want what He gives. And if love is followed first, gifts will be sought with love as well as with eagerness. Then they will be in the Church not for show, but to serve the needs of love, each in its own way.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Another writer turns the second half of the verse into a question for the reader:

Who thinks of seeking spiritual gifts? If God has given them, their use may be allowed (within certain limits, sadly); but who thinks of asking God for gifts he does not have? If we seek them to glorify ourselves with them, then we are bound to seek in vain. So the two things are joined together — following after love, and desiring spiritual gifts.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

What "spiritual" covers

Most translations add the word "gifts" after "spiritual" in this verse. One writer says that addition is too narrow.

The Authorized Version, like almost all others, adds "gifts" after "spiritual" in the first verse. But that is not broad enough. It leaves out the presence of the Spirit Himself, who matters far more than any gift and who is distinct from the gifts: they depend on Him, not He on them... The meaning is the whole range of what belongs to the Spirit.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What prophesying is

Prophecy is not mainly the announcing of future events. One writer defines it by what it does to the hearer's conscience.

Prophecy is not necessarily predictive. Prophets do predict, but that is not what makes prophecy. It is also a great mistake to think that prophesying is just building people up in a general way. Prophesying does build people up in the most important way... A man builds others up when he strengthens souls by holding up Christ and making His love better known, and so does the man who exhorts or teaches well. But none of these things is prophesying. Prophesying is that kind of truth which puts a person's conscience in the presence of God. It gives the soul the certainty that God's mind is in what is spoken, and it strips and lays bare thoughts, motives, feelings, everything.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One writer sums up what such ministry does:

"Edification" builds up. "Exhortation" stirs up. "Comfort" binds up. If the ministry is truly prophetic, it will build up and strengthen the Assembly.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Why prophecy outranks tongues

A tongue put God's power on open display. That display is not what makes a gift most useful in a meeting.

Even where God's power was working in a tongue in a way no one could mistake, that gift is far from the highest place for the assembly... Prophesying, on the other hand, has the highest value. The one who uses this gift speaks to build up, encourage and comfort people. He builds up the church, which the speaker in a tongue cannot do unless someone also interprets. So God gave the better place to what His Spirit used for the profit of others. Power, though it is plainly God's, ranks below spiritual blessing, order, and love.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Pursue — love comes first, because love keeps the motive pure both in wanting a gift and in using it.

- Desire — the same verse also tells believers to want gifts. What God gives is worth asking for.

- Prophesy — not mainly foretelling. It is truth that sets a person's conscience in God's presence and lays motives bare.

- Profit — prophecy outranks tongues because power ranks below what helps others. It builds up, stirs up, binds up.

- Order — love, then gifts, then prophecy above the rest. That order would have spared Corinth its disorders, and it still spares a church today.

1 Corinthians 14:2 · Darby

For he that speaks with a tongue does not speak to men but to God for no one hears; but in spirit he speaks mysteries.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 14:3 · Darby

But he that prophesies speaks to men [in] edification, and encouragement, and consolation.

Paul is comparing two gifts: speaking in a tongue nobody understood, and prophesying. His test is not display but the good done to the hearer, which raises a question — what does "prophesying" mean?

Not a definition, but a contrast

The verse is often read as a dictionary entry for prophecy. One writer says it is doing something narrower. It describes how the gift works next to a tongue no one could understand.

Verse 3 is the way in which prophecy works, rather than a definition of prophecy. It is speaking to people for their building up, encouragement and comfort. It can be that way now, of course. Knowledge and doctrine remain. But no one gives out fresh revelation now, because God has already revealed everything (that is, in the word).

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The distinction also guards against a common mistake.

Many people take this to mean that anyone who speaks encouragement and comfort is prophesying. That is to mistake him. You could not turn the sentence around and still have the truth. What the apostle means is this. The man who only speaks in a tongue does not build up, or encourage, or comfort. The man who prophesies does.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Forth-telling, not only foretelling

The popular picture of a prophet is someone predicting the future. One writer points out that prediction was only part of a prophet's work.

Much of an Old Testament prophet's work was bringing the mind of God to bear on the state of the people. He called them to repentance. It was not only foretelling but also forth-telling. So it was with the New Testament prophets. Special revelation has completely passed away with them. But we still have the prophetic character of their ministry.

Modernised from A. J. PollockOriginal wording

So what is prophesying, if not prediction? One writer answers with a scene from the Gospels.

It is not a question of opening up the future, but of bringing God and the soul together. We may see an example of it in the case of the woman of Samaria. What Christ said to her clearly brought God Himself home to her conscience, and she woke up at once to the conviction that the One speaking was a prophet. Prophecy is therefore the most intimate and direct communication of God in dealing with the soul. It gives a person the certainty that God is expressing His mind.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Three words, three effects

The verse names three results. One writer gives each a picture.

"Edification" builds up. "Exhortation" stirs up. "Comfort" binds up. If the ministry is truly prophetic, it will build up and strengthen the church. And there is more than that — "exhortation," which stirs us up. I ask anyone who looks over the scene today, do you not think the people of God need stirring up? I know I do, and I am always thankful to the man who stirs me up.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

No amount of effort or cleverness can produce this kind of service.

This is a challenge to each of us. Zeal in our own strength and human wisdom could never achieve it. So we ourselves need to be enjoying the "comfort of the Scriptures." We need to know, in reality and power, the presence and guidance of the Holy Spirit of God, the Comforter. Then any service we give will encourage those we serve.

Modernised from F. A. HughesOriginal wording

Why Paul rates it above spectacle

Those who spoke in tongues had an argument for themselves. Paul answers it.

No doubt those who spoke in a tongue argued that they stood for the rights of Christ, who was glorified in the gift. Theirs, they said, was the divine side — they spoke to God. But the apostle boldly maintains that the failure to speak to men proves speaking in a tongue inferior to prophesying... He sets prophesying far above such a display, without reservation. It brings in not merely power but God — God at work building souls up, encouraging them and consoling them. This does not cast such a halo around man; but it really brings in God in grace, and gives the sense of His presence.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same writer names what was missing underneath it all.

There is no love in it; and so, as he shows here, there is no comfort, nor anything that works on the soul to build it up. This is the effect of divine love. There can never be real edification without divine love in some way being what acts on the soul.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Contrast, not definition. The verse shows how prophecy works next to a tongue no one understands. It does not make every comforting word prophecy.

- Toward men. The weight falls on speaking to people. A tongue no one understood gave the hearer nothing.

- Conscience reached. Prophesying is not about unveiling the future. It brings God and the soul together, as Christ did with the woman of Samaria.

- Three needs met. Building up, stirring up, binding up — one ministry strengthens the church, wakes the sleepy and binds up the hurting.

- Love at the root. Without divine love acting on the soul, no one is built up. That is why Paul ranked display of power below this.

1 Corinthians 14:4 · Darby

He that speaks with a tongue edifies himself; but he that prophesies edifies [the] assembly.

Paul weighs two gifts by one test: what does the meeting gain? One speaker helps only himself; the other builds up everyone, and that decides which gift belongs when believers gather.

What "a tongue" means

First, what was this gift?

The phrase "unknown tongue" is unfortunate. It has led some people to think that the gift of tongues was a kind of meaningless gibberish. The King James translators added the word "unknown," where the text should read simply "tongue." Pentecost showed what the gift of "tongues" was: a person speaking a language he had never learnt, which those who knew it understood at once.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The trouble at Corinth was not meaningless sound. It was a foreign language in a room where everyone already shared one.

Someone who spoke in a tongue built himself up, because he understood; but he did not build up the assembly, because the assembly did not understand. The tongue here is a real language, as Acts 2:6 shows, but one the speaker did not normally understand. The wonder of the gift was that God gave him the ability to speak his own thoughts in this foreign language by the power of the Spirit, and he stayed in full control of his words. But in the assembly, where everyone understood Greek, other tongues were not needed.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The speaker's own understanding

Commentators differ. Some hold that the speaker did not always follow his own words.

In certain cases there was a kind of split. For example, people spoke in tongues, and the speaker did not always understand what he said. When that happened, the apostle says that this working of the Holy Spirit was of a lower order.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Others read it the other way round. They hold that the speaker understood his own words, and that Paul's test is what other people gain.

"The one who speaks in a tongue," the apostle goes on, "builds up himself." He does not, as people strangely imagine, have the idea that the speaker might not understand the tongue he was using... The apostle insists that there must be an intelligent grasp of what is heard, or there is no use and no building up... He has no wish at all to set aside speaking with tongues... The building up of others is what decides the greatness of the speaker.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

What prophecy does

Prophecy here is wider than predicting the future.

When we think of the prophets of the Old Testament, we may want to limit prophecy to foretelling future events. But even in Old Testament days that was only a small part of the prophet's work. His great mission was to apply the word of God to the conscience and heart, and so build people up. That is still the prophet's service in Christian times, and in this sense the gift remains. From the place the apostle gives this gift here, we may gather that it is the greatest of all the gifts left to the church, and the one to desire most.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Why the quieter gift ranks higher

The tongues-speakers had an argument ready: theirs was the Godward side.

No doubt those who spoke in a tongue argued that they stood for the rights of Christ, who was glorified in the gift, and that theirs was the divine side — they spoke to God. But the apostle holds firmly that speaking in a tongue is lower than prophesying, because it does not speak to people... He sets prophesying above any display of power without reserve, because it brings in not merely power but God — God building up souls, encouraging them and comforting them. This does not throw the same glow around the man; but it truly brings in God in grace, and gives the sense of His presence.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The warning underneath

The Corinthian gifts were real. That is what makes the chapter so searching.

The gift of tongues seemed to people the most wonderful of all, and the Corinthians loved to show it off. Instead of love seeking to build up everyone, it was vanity seeking to display its gifts. They were real gifts — gifts of the Spirit. And here is the solemn thing for us to weigh: a person may have the power of the Spirit for service, and yet not have the living guidance of the Spirit in using it.

Modernised from W. TrotterOriginal wording

The same test still applies to anyone who speaks when believers gather.

Can anything be more solemn than for someone to take part in the assembly without any searching of heart, without judging himself again and again to see whether his motive comes from simple obedience to the will of God?

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Real gift. A "tongue" was a real language the speaker had never learnt, not gibberish. The added word "unknown" has misled readers.

- Real limit. The gift did build the speaker up. But words the room cannot follow build up no one else.

- Wider reach. Prophecy applies God's word to the conscience and heart, so it reaches the whole room — the greatest gift left to the church.

- Higher aim. Prophecy ranks higher because it brings in God Himself rather than a display of power, building up, encouraging and comforting souls.

- Sober test. A person can have real spiritual power and still miss the Spirit's guidance. Before speaking, ask one question: obedience, or display?

1 Corinthians 14:5 · Darby

Now I desire that ye should all speak with tongues, but rather that ye should prophesy. But greater is he that prophesies than he that speaks with tongues, unless he interpret, that the assembly may receive edification.

Paul sets two gifts of the Spirit side by side and ranks them. The ranking is not about which one impresses more. It turns on what happens to the people listening: did anyone go home built up?

Not a word against tongues

The comparison starts with a wish, not a rebuke. Paul would have been glad for every one of them to have the gift. So the comparison is between two good things.

The Apostle at once contrasts the gift of prophecy with the gift of tongues. Tongues clearly attracted the Corinthian believers, because the gift was so plainly supernatural in origin. He does not cast any doubt on it. The "tongues" he referred to were a genuine sign of the power of the Holy Spirit, and under the control of the speaker. The Apostle spoke with tongues himself in larger measure than any of the Corinthians, but he did so in a controlled and restrained way. The point is that even when the gift of tongues is at its best, it is of less profit than the gift of prophecy.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

What "prophesy" means here

Many people assume prophecy means predicting the future.

We must remember that the earlier verse is not a definition of prophesying, but its contrast with speaking in a tongue. Prophesying has no necessary connection with the future, as some suppose. Nor is it preaching or teaching in general. It is forth-telling rather than fore-telling. It is speaking to a person so as to put him in the light of God — of God's dealing with his heart and conscience. It gives His mind.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The test is profit to the gathering

Paul gives his own reason in the verse: "so that the church may be built up." That makes building up a working rule anyone taking part can apply to themselves.

Edification is to be the ruling principle. The keynote of God's Assembly is what will profit, what will help. If ministry is profitable, all right; if not, it is not to be allowed, it is condemned by the Spirit of God. The Assembly will soon know what profits it. If my ministry is not profitable, the kindest thing my brothers can do is to tell me so. It is a waste of time for any of us to go on with what does not profit. You might not be able to say much. But if God's Spirit gives you something to say to His Assembly, say it. You have that liberty in God's free Church, and the "five words" might help greatly.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

The clause that changes everything: "unless someone interprets"

Paul's exception is not a footnote. Understanding is what lifts the tongue up to the level of prophecy — and its absence decides where the gift may be used at all.

He would be glad for each one to be built up on his own. But he would rather they rejoiced together in the Lord. A matching power of interpretation would place the "tongue" on a moral par with prophecy. Otherwise the gift was good and precious, but its place of use was not the assembly of the saints. The profit of many is better than the benefit of one. By that measure the speaker with tongues stood below the prophet in the honour that belongs to true service in the Church.

Modernised from Arthur PridhamOriginal wording

Where no interpreter was present, the instruction was not to press on regardless.

He begins with what the vain Greek mind was most taken with, speaking with a tongue, because it was so open and surprising a witness of divine power. It electrified people. But in an assembly, on its own, it did not build up. So if the man who had "a tongue" could not interpret, or no interpreter was there, he had to be silent and content with speaking to himself and to God: an excellent lesson, where there was a desire to display that gift.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Display of power, or God brought near

Behind the ranking lies a difference in what each gift leaves behind in the room.

The apostle was not dazzled, as the Corinthians were then and many have been since, by the display of power. He puts prophesying above such a display without any reserve. It brings in not power only but God — God building up souls, encouraging them and comforting them. This does not surround man with such a halo. But it truly brings in God in grace, and gives the sense of His presence.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The gift still to be desired

Prophecy works by its effect on heart and conscience, not by predictions. So does the gift still have a place?

When we think of Old Testament prophets, we may limit prophecy to foretelling future events. This, however, was a limited part of the prophet's work, even in Old Testament days. His great mission was to apply the word of God to the conscience and heart for edification. This still applies as the service of the prophet in Christian times; and in this sense the gift remains. See the place the Apostle gives it in this passage. From that we may gather it is the greatest of all the gifts that remain to the church, and the one to desire most.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Summary

- Building up decides. The whole comparison rests on one measure — what profits the gathering. If it edifies, it has a place; if not, it does not.

- Building up defines prophecy. It is forth-telling, not fore-telling. It puts a person in the light of God and reaches heart and conscience.

- Building up needs understanding. Interpretation raises a tongue to the level of prophecy. Without it the gift was still good, but its place was not the gathering.

- Building up outranks display. The apostle was not dazzled by power on show. Prophecy brings in God Himself, present and at work in grace.

- Building up still applies. Paul wanted them all to speak in tongues. He wanted prophecy for them even more, and commentators call it the greatest gift the church still has.

1 Corinthians 14:6 · Darby

And now, brethren, if I come to you speaking with tongues, what shall I profit you, unless I shall speak to you either in revelation, or in knowledge, or in prophecy, or in teaching?

Paul puts himself in the picture. Suppose he came to Corinth and spoke in tongues. What would the Corinthians gain? His question tests what they prized, and his four alternatives show what a Christian gathering is for.

The Test He Keeps Applying

Paul does not measure a gift by how impressive it sounds, but by what the hearers take home. One writer traces this standard back through Paul to Christ Himself.

This is the test he applies again and again. It was close to the faithful servant's heart, as it was to his Master's. To the spiritual mind, what astonishes matters far less than what builds up.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The same test governs every gift in the chapter.

These gifts are to be used for the good of others. The test the Apostle applies is whether they build up everyone. If the use of the gift builds up, it is of profit. If it does not build up, it is of no profit.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Not an Attack on Tongues

The verse is a comparison, not a condemnation.

He does not cast any doubt on this particular work of the Spirit. The "tongues" he spoke of were a genuine display of the power of the Holy Spirit, and they were under the control of the speaker. The Apostle spoke with tongues himself more than any of the Corinthians, but he did so in a controlled and restrained way. The point is that even when the gift of tongues is at its best, it is of less profit than the gift of prophecy.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Why must a tongue be interpreted before it is used in the meeting?

The assembly is the sphere for the Spirit of God, not for human ability. So interpretation must be a gift, not a human power, if it is to be available there.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Four Things That Profit

Paul lists four ways of speaking that people can follow. Each has its own job.

The assembly is built up only when someone speaks in revelation, or in knowledge, or in prophecy, or in teaching... Knowledge means passing on to believers what has already been revealed. Prophesying applies the truth to the conscience, while doctrine, or teaching, gives instruction in a particular truth.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Another writer defines each of the four in turn.

Revelation is what the Spirit of God makes clearly known to the person He uses at the time. It is not a mystery, but the opposite, because it is made known. Knowledge is truth learned earlier and passed on with understanding. Prophesying is the ministry of the truth that appeals to the heart and conscience, rather than mainly to the mind. Doctrine, or teaching, lays a solid foundation of truth, and it needs understanding.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

How the Four Relate

One writer separates prophecy from new revelation, and shows who each gift reaches.

There could be "prophecy" that was not a new revelation, though it held more than knowledge. It might apply the thoughts of God. It might be God speaking to the soul and the conscience. That is more than knowledge, but it is not a new revelation... When anyone teaches, the spiritual person gains by it. When someone prophesies, even the person who is not spiritual may feel it; he is reached and judged.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

What Carries Over Today

The Bible is now complete. That changes one of the four and leaves the others.

Knowledge and doctrine remain, though the giving of revelation does not, because everything has been revealed (that is, in the word). We speak of revelation in a lesser sense when someone gets something he did not have before. But even then it is only what is already in the word.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Paul's question becomes a prayer for our own meetings.

There would be no building up, nothing to stir love, holiness, wisdom or knowledge... Are you often on your knees asking God to speak through His servants to bring home His word in power to your souls? Are you asking Him to speak to you through the mouths of others? It may be through an ordinary believer, for the Lord can speak to your soul through anyone.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

Summary

- Profit — every contribution must answer Paul's question: how does this benefit you? What astonishes counts for less than what builds up.

- Profit, not scorn — tongues were a real work of the Spirit. Paul spoke in them more than the Corinthians did. He still ranks them lower by the profit test.

- Profit's four forms — revelation makes truth known. Knowledge passes it on. Prophecy applies it to the conscience. Teaching lays the foundation.

- Profit's reach — teaching feeds the spiritual; prophecy can reach and judge even the person who is not.

- Profit today — all revelation now stands in the written Word. Knowledge, prophecy and teaching remain. So pray that God speaks through whoever He chooses.

1 Corinthians 14:7 · Darby

Even lifeless things giving a sound, whether pipe or harp, if they give not distinction to the sounds, how shall it be known what is piped or harped?

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 14:8 · Darby

For also, if the trumpet give an uncertain sound, who shall prepare himself for war?

Paul is writing to a church where people spoke in languages their hearers did not know. He answers with two everyday sounds: a musical instrument and a battle trumpet.

The Point Paul Presses

Paul argues from sounds anyone can test.

We do not distinguish the sounds of a language we do not know. The truths it carries may be very weighty, but an unknown language is only a confused jargon... In short, the trumpet-call must be understood... The point pressed is distinctness, so that people understand. It need not be easy to understand, but the speech must be distinct enough to make sense. Otherwise all is lost for the hearers.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the Trumpet and Not Only the Harp

A tune played badly spoils the music. A trumpet blown badly leaves soldiers unready. Older translations call it an "uncertain sound", the wording used in the quotes below.

Here a comparison from nature confirms pure spiritual teaching. This is the frequent habit of Him who is Lord both of nature and of grace. The illustration is of the simplest kind, yet it carries a powerful moral lesson. There is a war to be fought by those whose calling is to fight the fight of faith. Those who would prove themselves good soldiers of Jesus Christ must listen to the tones of that trumpet. To the watchful believer it gives no uncertain sound.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

One writer traces the picture back to the trumpets that guided Israel, alongside the cloud and the fire:

We have seen in the cloud and the fire the providential guidance of God over His people. Yet we are not left to depend only on this. The trumpets speak of the plainly declared word of God, as 1 Corinthians 14:8 reminds us... So the trumpets had to be sounded just as the Lord instructed, so that no one would mistake their message.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Two Ways a Sound Fails

The verse names one fault; verse 7 names another. Muddled speech and hesitant speech both leave the hearer standing still.

Obscurity is not spirituality. If there were no "distinction in the sounds", music would convey no melodious meaning. If the sound is "uncertain", the trumpet will produce no effect upon the hearers. In the same way, ministry may be so confused that it conveys no meaning. Or it may be so uncertain that it has no effect on the hearers. If ministry is to build people up, it must use words "easy to be understood", and it must carry the certainty of the oracles of God.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The Rule Is Not Limited to Tongues

Nobody today is tempted to preach in a language they never learned. The principle survives the gift.

The immediate point of these verses is that mere vocal sounds are of no value. Whatever the voice utters must mean something to those who listen. It must make sense. Is that only important in connection with the gift of tongues? By no means. It applies universally. In our meetings it will not be enough that the speaker talks in English. He may be drawn into a display of his learning. He may use crowds of long, unusual words that leave the minds of his hearers a complete blank as to his meaning. Or he may speak so fast, or with such mystic obscurity, as to be unintelligible. In all such cases people are merely "speaking into the air," and there is no profit.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Clear Delivery, Clear Content

Clear delivery is one half. Saying something definite is the other. One writer applies the trumpet to what a servant actually says, not just to how plainly he says it.

Paul did not beat around the bush. He did not say ambiguous things that people could read to suit their own wishes. If things were wrong, he spoke out clearly and plainly. He named them, so that people could face them and put themselves right in the light of God.

Modernised from Frank WallaceOriginal wording

One writer sets Paul's words beside the public reading of the Law in Nehemiah:

"They read from the book, from the Law of God, clearly, and they gave the sense, so that the people understood the reading"... Eloquence is not needed, nor finely polished sentences. Yet these two passages show that the servant is responsible to speak distinctly and simply. The truth he ministers may be very precious. Even so, it cannot build anyone up if those he ministers to can neither hear nor understand what is said.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Summary

- Sound. An instrument must give distinct notes, or nothing gets through. A language nobody knows is only noise.

- Sense. Two failures are in view: speech so confused it carries no meaning, and speech so hesitant it carries no weight.

- Signal. The trumpet was never decoration. It carried the plainly declared word of God, blown just as the Lord instructed so no one could mistake it.

- Scope. The rule outlives the gift of tongues — long words, speed, and mystic vagueness are all just speaking into the air.

- Soldiers. The test of the blast is whether anyone gets ready. Clear speech arms believers for the fight of faith; an uncertain note leaves them standing still.

1 Corinthians 14:9 · Darby

Thus also *ye* with the tongue, unless ye give a distinct speech, how shall it be known what is spoken? for ye will be speaking to the air.

Paul has been telling the Corinthians that a gift used in the meeting must reach the people who hear it. Here he sums that up: sound with no meaning goes nowhere. The question reaches far past tongues. What makes speech useful, and what turns it into wasted breath?

Note: some writers below quote an older translation. Where the ESV has "speech that is not intelligible", it reads "words easy to be understood."

Distinct Speech, Not Merely Sound

Paul reaches this verse by way of a pipe and a harp. One writer follows that picture to the exact demand the verse makes: not a simple subject, but a clear sound.

Next he brings in musical instruments to confirm the point. The hearer must be able to tell the sounds apart and understand them, or nothing follows. "Even lifeless things that give sound, whether pipe or harp, if they give no distinction to the notes, how will anyone know what is being played?" Now we do not distinguish the sounds of a language we do not know. The truths conveyed may be ever so weighty, but an unknown language is only a confused jargon. Distinctness, so as to be understood, is the point pressed. Not exactly "easy to be understood", but distinct speech, so that people can grasp it. Otherwise the hearers lose it all.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Same Rule Beyond Tongues

The Corinthians misused tongues, but the rule does not stop there. It reaches every speaker, even one using his hearers' own language.

The point of these verses is that bare sounds have no value. The voice must carry meaning to those who listen. It must be intelligible. Is that only important in connection with the gift of tongues? Not at all. It applies universally. In our meetings it is not enough that the speaker talks in English. He may slip into a display of his learning. He may use crowds of long, uncommon words that leave his learners a complete blank as to his meaning. Or he may speak so fast, or so obscurely, that no one can follow him. In all such cases people merely "speak into the air," and there is no profit.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Some hearers mistake fog for depth. One writer answers that, and draws a second lesson from the trumpet: a message needs certainty as well as clarity.

Obscurity is not spirituality. If the trumpet's sound is "uncertain", it will have no effect on the hearers. So ministry may come out so confused that it conveys no meaning. Or it may sound so uncertain that it has no effect on the hearers. If ministry is to build others up, it needs words "easy to be understood" and the certainty of the oracles of God.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Why the Test Is Edification

The test is not the speaker's gift. It is what the hearers gain. That standard exposes the motive under the Corinthian love of tongues.

To be understood, then, is essential to edification. The matter carried by the unknown language may be excellent. Even so, it has no place in the assembly unless someone interprets it properly... If they really wanted the Spirit's power among them, why did they not seek to abound in building one another up? This would be divine love, not vain display, but worthy of Christ and His saints. It is flesh that likes distinction for itself. It is not the service of the Lord for the good of others, where God is pleased to deal with souls.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Speaker's Own Mind

Clear delivery is not the whole test. The speaker's own mind is part of it.

The apostle wants the understanding to be at work — and that remark matters greatly when judging men's claims to the Spirit... The individual speaking did not himself enjoy, as from God, what he communicated to others. If others did not understand it either, it was child's play to utter words without meaning to the hearers.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Practical Test for Anyone Who Speaks

One writer points to three steps in an earlier public reading of God's book. Paul's rule was already there.

First, the book was read distinctly... Second, they gave the sense... Third, they made certain that the hearers really did understand the reading. That account anticipates the instructions in 1 Corinthians 14 about what is said in the Christian assembly. The one who gives thanks, or prays, or ministers the word must be sure of two things. He must know what he is saying. He must also say it so that people understand it, take it in, and endorse it with an "Amen". The speaker may say, "I knew quite well what I wanted to say." We have to reply, "Yes, but did you speak clearly and simply enough for your hearers to get the sense and grasp your message?"

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Distinct — speak so the hearer can tell what you said. Weighty truth in an unknown language is still a confused jargon.

- Universal — the rule is not just about tongues. Long words, speed, or fog turn any speaker into a man speaking into the air.

- Understood — obscurity is not spirituality. Speak clearly and with certainty, like a trumpet call people can act on.

- Edifying — clear speech builds up the assembly. Love wants that; display does not.

- Amen — the last test is simple. Can the hearers take in the sense and say "Amen"? Ask not "did I know my meaning?" but "did they?"

1 Corinthians 14:10 · Darby

There are, it may be, so many kinds of voices in the world, and none of undistinguishable sound.

Paul is arguing about unknown languages in the church at Corinth. He grants that every language means something to someone, but asks a sharper question: does it mean anything to the listener?

What "voice" means here

Older versions read "voices" here where the ESV reads "languages." One writer explains the difference between hearing the words and hearing the voice.

It is clear, then, that we may hear the words and miss the voice. In 1 Corinthians 14:10 we read there are "so many kinds of voices in the world, and none of them is without meaning." The voice, then, is the true meaning of the words — the message that the words contain.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Real languages, not noise

The tongues at Corinth were not gibberish. Each one was a real language, spoken somewhere in the world.

Verses 10 and 11 show that whatever tongue God gave a man, it was a genuine language. There were many kinds of language in the world, and each meant something to someone, but not to everyone. For if one did not know the meaning of my voice, I would be a barbarian to him, and he to me. There is no fellowship, because there is no understanding.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

One dictionary traces that word "barbarian" back to Roman usage.

The word means "foreigner, alien." The Romans used it for any people who did not understand Latin or Greek.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Speaking into the air

Paul now presses the point on the speaker himself.

after-note: DELETE not used

So also you with a tongue, he says. Unless you give a distinct word — a word your hearers can grasp and know the meaning of — how will anyone know what you said? You are just speaking, he says, into the air. There is not a voice God has given in the world that does not have its meaning! If tongues are only a sound, the one who speaks is a foreigner to others, and those who listen are foreigners to him.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

Understanding is the test

Fine content does not rescue speech no one can follow. What belongs in the gathering is what builds others up.

To be understood, then, is essential to edification. However excellent the content of the unknown language, it has no claim to a place in the assembly unless someone properly interprets it. It is foreign there, even more out of place than a conversation with a foreigner… Why did they not seek to build one another up? That would be divine love, not vain display, but worthy of Christ and His saints. It is flesh that likes distinction for itself, not the service of the Lord for the good of others.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The principle reaches past tongues

The same test applies to ordinary preaching and teaching.

Obscurity is not spirituality… Every voice in nature has a special meaning, and so words have a special meaning. If we use words that convey no meaning to the hearers, we are in effect foreigners speaking in some strange jargon.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Another writer applies this to preachers who speak above their hearers.

This is a rebuke too to those who like to use university language when speaking to ordinary people. They choose unusual words and tangled sentences. Such a person might as well be silent unless he explains simply what he means.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Nothing is without voice

One writer follows an older reading of the second half: "nothing is without voice."

"There are, it may be, so many kinds of voices in the world, and nothing is without voice" (1 Cor. 14:10, Revised Version margin). Nothing is without voice to us if we have ears to hear. "Does not even nature itself teach you?" he also says in another connection to the same people (1 Cor. 11:14), showing that "nothing is without voice" is a fact for Christian people to take into account.

Modernised from W. G. TurnerOriginal wording

Summary

- Voice — a voice is the meaning inside the words, not the noise. You can hear the words and still miss it.

- Meaning — every language in the world carries meaning to someone, but not to everyone.

- Foreigner — when the hearer misses the meaning, speaker and hearer are foreigners to each other. Fellowship stops because understanding stopped.

- Building up — however good the content, speech no one can follow has no place in the assembly unless someone interprets it.

- Plainness — the same rule judges unclear preaching today. Obscurity is not spirituality, and speaking into the air helps no one.

1 Corinthians 14:11 · Darby

If therefore I do not know the power of the sound, I shall be to him that speaks a barbarian, and he that speaks a barbarian for me.

At Corinth, people were speaking in languages the rest of the room could not follow. Verse 11 is Paul's test case, and it raises the question behind the whole chapter: what is speech for among God's people?

"Foreigner" — the force of the word

Older versions render Paul's word here as "barbarian." It marked a person by language:

The word barbaros means "foreigner, alien." The Romans used it for any people who did not understand Latin or Greek. In Romans 1:14 such people stand in contrast to the Greeks. In 1 Corinthians 14:11, a person hears another speak in a language he does not understand. He would count that speaker a foreigner, and be counted one himself.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

Knowing the meaning of the voice

Paul's test is whether the hearer knows the meaning. Older translations use "voice" where the ESV has "language," and one writer explains what that "voice" is:

It is clear that we may hear the words and miss the voice. Again, in 1 Corinthians 14:10 we read that there are so many kinds of voices in the world, and none of them is without meaning. The voice, then, is the true meaning of the words — the message that the words contain.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

A loss on both sides

The loss runs both ways. Neither side gains, and what goes missing is more than information:

Verses 10 and 11 show that whatever tongue God gifted a man with, it was a genuine language. There were many kinds of language in the world, and all of them meant something to someone, but not to everyone. For if one did not know the meaning of my voice, I should be to him like a foreigner, and he to me. There is no fellowship, because there is no understanding.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The limit on excellent content

The worth of what is said is not the issue. The question is whether the room can take it in — and what drives the speaker:

To be understood, then, is essential to edification. The content carried by the unknown language may be excellent. Even so, it has no claim to be spoken in the assembly unless someone interprets it properly. It is foreign there, even more out of place than a conversation with a foreigner. If they were really in earnest about the power of the Spirit among them, why did they not seek to abound in building one another up? That would be divine love, not empty display, and worthy of Christ and His saints. It is the flesh that likes distinction for itself, not the service of the Lord for the good of others.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the gift existed at all

The many languages of the world go back to God's judgment at Babel. The gift of tongues crossed that divide:

At Babel, man had once had one speech and one language. There God confounded their pride, and men were shut up in a divided condition. God used that for His own purposes, but it set up barriers that prevented common communication... When Christianity came in, power was not yet going to set the world right. But grace was overstepping these barriers. The overflowing love of God was greeting the nations where they were, in their darkness and misery, without forcing them to bend their necks under the harsh yoke of Judaism. What could express this better than speaking to every one of them in his own language?

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Used inside the assembly without interpretation, the gift rebuilt the very wall it was given to cross.

Beyond the gift of tongues

The test does not only apply to foreign languages. A man can speak your own language and still leave you a foreigner:

The immediate point of these verses is that mere vocal sounds are of no value. What is spoken must have some meaning to those who listen. It must be intelligible. Is that only important in connection with the gift of tongues? Not at all. It applies everywhere. In our meetings it will not be enough that the speaker talks in English. He may be tempted into a display of his learning. He may use crowds of long, uncommon words that leave his hearers' minds a complete blank as to his meaning. Or he may speak so fast, or so obscurely, as to be unintelligible. In all such cases people merely "speak into the air," and there is no profit.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Foreigner. Paul's word meant an outsider by language, and in verse 11 each man becomes that to the other. The barrier is meaning itself.

- Voice. You can catch every word and still miss the voice, because the voice is the message the words carry.

- Fellowship. Where understanding fails, fellowship fails with it. Sound without sense joins nobody to anybody.

- Edification. Being understood is the condition of building others up. Content no one can follow has no claim on the meeting. The appetite for display is flesh, not love.

- Reach. The gift was grace stepping over the barriers Babel raised. Used where no one can follow, it rebuilds them. The same test falls on long words, fast speech, and obscure preaching today.

1 Corinthians 14:12 · Darby

Thus *ye* also, since ye are desirous of spirits, seek that ye may abound for the edification of the assembly.

Speech no one can understand leaves the speaker and the hearer like two foreigners. So Paul turns to the Corinthians themselves. Their eagerness for spiritual power was real. But it needed an aim outside themselves: the building up of the church.

Zeal redirected, not crushed

Paul does not tell them to want less. He shows them where real distinction lies.

He praises their desire to stand out spiritually, and shows them how real greatness is reached. Building up the Church, which is the Spirit's temple, should be the aim of those who seek His gifts. God's dwelling should also be His rest. But He can rest only where His truth is honoured and obeyed.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Two motives can drive the same desire for gifts: love, or display.

If they really wanted the Spirit's power among them, why did they not seek to overflow in building one another up? That would be divine love, not empty display, and worthy of Christ and His saints. It is the flesh that likes distinction for itself. It does not want the Lord's service for the good of others, where God stoops to deal with souls.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Edification as the test

One word runs through the whole chapter, and it gives every speaker a standard to measure himself by.

There is one word that marks this chapter. The keynote of 1 Cor. 14 is one word, "edification." What will edify? That will always be a serious question to everyone who has any gift. I may think I am edifying the Assembly, and be mistaken. If I do not edify, I think you ought to tell me... The great point is, what will edify. What takes place in the Assembly must have that character, and love would stop ministry that fails to edify... Often in our meetings a good deal is not edifying, simply because it is not heard. How can you say "Amen" to a brother's prayers if you do not hear them?

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

The Spirit's aim in the meeting is the whole company, not one person.

Every work of the Spirit of God in the assembly aims at building up the saints together as one body. This must be the test of every word spoken in the assembly.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Excelling — but in what?

The verse allows ambition and then defines it. To excel is not to rise above the others present.

So if we are eager for spiritual gifts, let it not be to exalt ourselves and rise above other believers. Let it be to excel in building up the assembly. Nothing that sets aside this great principle of edification can be of the Spirit. Where nothing hinders the Holy Spirit, love rules, and where love rules every word spoken will build people up.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The same principle tests why I want to serve at all.

Verse 12 gives an excellent guiding principle for all gifts. If we eagerly desire spiritual gifts, let our honest aim be the true building up of the assembly. My own blessing, joy, or prominence are very unworthy motives. Others are in need, and I should care that their need is truly met.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Understood, or it does not build

Verses 10 and 11 lead straight into this appeal, and they settle a practical matter: speech that is not grasped cannot build.

To be understood, then, is essential to edification. However excellent the content carried by an unknown language, it has no claim to be spoken in the assembly unless someone interprets it properly. It is foreign there, even more out of place than a conversation with a foreigner.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Power without guidance

A gift can be real while self drives how it is used. The Corinthians show the danger.

The gift of tongues was what seemed to man the most wonderful, and the Corinthians delighted in displaying it. Instead of love seeking the edification of all, it was vanity seeking to display its gifts. They were real gifts — gifts of the Spirit. And here is the solemn thing for us to weigh. A person may have the Spirit's power for service without the Spirit's living guidance in using it. That guidance comes only where self is crucified and Christ is everything to the soul. The object of the Holy Spirit is not to glorify the poor earthen vessel which contains His gifts.

Modernised from W. TrotterOriginal wording

Summary

- Zeal — approved. Paul does not scold their eagerness for gifts. He aims it: real greatness is building the church, not personal display.

- Zeal — measured. Edification is the keynote of the chapter. It is the test of every word spoken when believers meet.

- Zeal — understood. Speech no one can follow cannot build, however good its content. To be understood is essential.

- Zeal — turned outward. My own blessing, joy, or prominence are unworthy motives. The real question is whether others' needs are met.

- Zeal — governed. Self can still use a real gift. So the Spirit's power must go with the Spirit's guidance, where self is crucified and Christ is everything.

1 Corinthians 14:13 · Darby

Wherefore let him that speaks with a tongue pray that he may interpret.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 14:14 · Darby

For if I pray with a tongue, my spirit prays, but my understanding is unfruitful.

Paul has just told the Corinthians that anyone speaking in a language nobody present knows should pray for the power to interpret it. Two questions follow: what is "my spirit," as against "my mind" — and what fails to bear fruit?

Spirit and mind

Paul draws a line between the inner self and the thinking mind. One writer traces the word "spirit" through the New Testament and stops at this verse.

See 1 Thessalonians 5:23, where the word "spirit" plainly means the spirit of a man, in contrast with mere soul and body. See 1 Corinthians 14:14 and the verses after it. There we have the man's spirit as distinct from his intelligence. The spirit is the vessel of the action, or power, of the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

What "unfruitful" means

One reading is that the speaker himself did not follow his own words. He felt God at work in him, yet the meaning never reached his own thinking.

Perhaps he did not understand himself. He was the unknowing instrument of the Spirit. Yet he had a powerful sense that God was speaking through him. So in the Spirit he felt he was in communication with God, although his understanding was unfruitful.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Another writer rejects that reading. For him, "unfruitful" means producing nothing, not failing to understand.

If Paul prayed in an actual tongue, his spirit prayed. If his spirit prayed, then he knew what he was praying, for "who knows a person's thoughts except the spirit of that person, which is in him?" (1 Cor. 2:11). But his understanding was unfruitful. Some have said this means he did not understand; but this is plainly wrong. Unfruitful means not bearing fruit. So suppose I pray in the assembly in a tongue the assembly does not know. I understand myself, but my understanding bears no fruit in the understanding of others.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Prayer: the hardest case

Someone might object that prayer is a special case. It goes up to God, not out to people. Paul's own example shuts that door.

Praying in a tongue is ruled out on this principle just as firmly as any other kind of speaking in a tongue. And it is clearly the strongest case. It is an address to God, who of course understood it all. So it settles the question against prayer in any unknown tongue. Communion is the joy of the assembly; at the very least edification is essential. If the assembly as a whole cannot understand it, it has no claim to be heard there — unless someone interprets it, directly or indirectly.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The meeting belongs to the assembly

Everything spoken aloud when believers gather goes in one of two directions. Both need words others can follow.

"But," says the apostle, "I will pray with my spirit, but I will pray with my mind also." … He argues at once that if you bless in the spirit only, the one who is in the place of an outsider cannot say "Amen" to the thanksgiving. He does not know what is being said. You may give thanks ever so well, but there is no edification for the other. So even in prayer and praise the same principle holds. In the assembly everything is done for the assembly. The speaker must be either the voice of the assembly to God or the voice of God to the assembly. It is solemn to realise that even giving thanks well in this way would not justify the thanksgiving. The gift comes from God, but that does not by itself justify using it.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

The test in an ordinary meeting

A prayer can be in the hearers' own language and still leave them unable to join in. That puts this verse to work in any ordinary meeting.

I must know what to pray about. And I must pray so that others can understand me — in a language they know, and loud enough to hear. I once said to a brother, "I never say Amen to your prayers." He said, "Don't you? Why not?" "Because I never hear what you say," I replied. He was a mumbler. There should be no such thing in public. The point is what is profitable.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Summary

- Spirit — the verse separates a person's spirit from his mind. The spirit is the vessel the Holy Spirit works through. Paul wants both spirit and mind engaged.

- Unfruitful — commentators differ on whose mind is barren. Some hold that the speaker did not grasp his own words. Others say it simply means his prayer produced nothing in the hearers.

- Fruit — the gift was real, but Paul measures it by fruit, not by power. A prayer can be genuine in spirit and still yield nothing.

- Amen — the test is whether the outsider can say "Amen." If he cannot follow the words, the thanksgiving may be excellent and still leave him with nothing.

- Assembly — in a meeting the speaker is either the voice of the assembly to God or the voice of God to the assembly. So speaking clearly, and loud enough to be heard, is part of the service.

1 Corinthians 14:15 · Darby

What is it then? I will pray with the spirit, but I will pray also with the understanding; I will sing with the spirit, but I will sing also with the understanding.

Paul has just raised a problem: someone prays in a language nobody else in the room can follow. His answer refuses to choose between spiritual power and plain sense — he will have both, in prayer and in song. (Where older translations read "understanding," the ESV reads "mind.")

What "Unfruitful" Means

One writer insists the problem was never that the speaker failed to grasp his own words:

Verse 14 has often been wrongly interpreted through inattention to what the verse actually says. If Paul prayed in an actual tongue, his spirit prayed. If his spirit prayed, then he knew what he was praying... But his understanding was unfruitful. Some have said this means he did not understand; but this is transparently wrong. Unfruitful means not bearing fruit. So suppose I pray in the assembly in a language the assembly does not know. I understand myself, but my understanding bears no fruit in the understanding of others.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Both, Not Either

Paul does not throw away what he has; he adds to it. The setting decides what fits — alone with God, or with others:

He will have his private blessings, and shared ones too. All that God gave he would use thankfully, but in the spirit of a sound mind. What he said to God alone, others need not know. What he prayed and sang with others must make sense to himself and to them.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Prayer and Song as the Marks of a Gathering

Prayer and singing are not stray examples. One writer treats both as marks of the assembly — the church gathered together — and answers those who doubt that singing is spiritual at all:

In the assembly the Spirit should control every motion... God's assembly is marked by prayer — the expression of dependence — and singing, which is the outlet of the heart's joy. Some people think it is not spiritual to sing — I do not think they have the Spirit's mind... What a lovely picture of the assembly in action — ministry that profits, and prayer, singing, and worship. That is what God's assembly is put together for: to turn to Him in prayer, song, and worship.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Two Things Singing Needs

The verse names two requirements. One makes praise possible at all. The other makes it shared:

The apostle brings singing forward along with praying and blessing. He does this to show what marks the true working of the Spirit of God in the assembly: the saints joining in together with understanding. Singing in this corporate way is the expression of the hearts of all to God as one. Without a spiritual nature the saints cannot sing to God at all. Without spiritual understanding they cannot sing in communion with one another. So when we are gathered together, let us sing with both the spirit and the understanding also.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

In public the two do not count equally. What reaches the mind carries the greater weight with Paul, and the person who understands least sets the standard:

But we see also that prayer, singing, blessing, thanksgiving, as well as prophesying, had their full place in the assembly. They are all to edification... Power on its own is not enough, however clearly divine it is. What comes with the understanding, and so speaks to the understanding, carries the greatest weight with the apostle. He counts it as speaking with the Lord's authority. That is as true of prayers and hymns as it is of teaching. The least in the assembly is presumed to go intelligently with the praise or thanksgiving that rises up to God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What This Costs the Person Choosing a Hymn

If a hymn is meant to voice everyone, then personal enjoyment of it is not enough reason to announce it:

Suppose someone has found great joy in a certain hymn. It is a completely false principle for him to think he must at once take it to the assembly and ask everyone there to sing it with him. It is no doubt very natural to assume that what I find to be good, I should ask others to share. But it goes against the truth of 1 Corinthians 14... the hymn should be the expression of the minds and hearts of the saints at that particular time, and this shuts us up to the Spirit of God.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Lips and Heart Together

The same rule reaches the person who is only singing along:

We may sing a hymn of praise tunefully with our lips, but if our spirit is not with it, it is not acceptable worship to God. I must sing with the spirit and with the understanding. My heart must be right before my lips.

Modernised from William J. HockingOriginal wording

Summary

- Unfruitful — the word does not describe a confused speaker. It means his understanding bore no fruit in anyone else.

- Both — Paul keeps the spirit and adds the mind. What he says to God alone can stay private. What he brings to others must make sense to them all.

- Shared — a spiritual nature makes praise to God possible. Spiritual understanding makes it praise offered together.

- Measured — even the quietest person there should be able to follow the thanksgiving rising to God. So what reaches the mind carries the greatest weight.

- Costly — choosing a hymn is serious work, and singing one is honest work. The heart must be right before the lips.

1 Corinthians 14:16 · Darby

Since otherwise, if thou blessest with [the] spirit, how shall he who fills the place of the simple [Christian] say Amen, at thy giving of thanks, since he does not know what thou sayest?

In Corinth spiritual power was never in doubt; the trouble was that gifted speakers left everyone else behind. Paul's test is simple: if a listener cannot follow you, he cannot say "Amen" to your thanksgiving.

What "bless" means here

The ESV reads "if you give thanks with your spirit." Older translations read "if you bless with the spirit." This verse settles whether the two are the same.

1 Cor. 14:16 gives clear proof of what other passages already make plain — that "blessing" means giving thanks. Elsewhere Scripture uses the two words for the same act. (Compare Matthew 14, Matthew 15, Luke 9, John 6) Here it identifies them as one.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Who the "unlearned" is

The ESV speaks of "anyone in the position of an outsider." Older translations call him the "unlearned." The Greek word is idiotes.

idiotes (from idios, 'one's own')... is used of private persons, as distinct from officials or professionals, and so of simple or untaught people. The apostle asks how such a person could say Amen to the giving of thanks by someone speaking in a tongue, when he does not understand what was said (1 Cor. 14:16). In 1 Cor. 14:23-24 Paul classes him with unbelievers.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

He is not a bystander. What he can follow sets the limit for what is said aloud.

The striking thing here is the clear recognition of the "unlearned," and his place as a true worshipper in the assembly of God. The apostle's thoughts rest mainly on him. God's assemblies are not set up for the empty display of gift. They are a means of building up His saints together... In a gathering of worshippers, anything the weakest member of Christ's body cannot understand builds nobody up, though it may interest a few.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Why understanding is the issue

Paul had just said his understanding was "unfruitful" when he prayed in a tongue. The word does not describe confusion in the speaker. It describes a result that bears no fruit.

Some have said this means he did not understand, but that is plainly wrong. Unfruitful means not bearing fruit. Suppose I pray in the assembly in a tongue the assembly does not know. I understand myself, but my understanding bears no fruit in the understanding of others.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Whoever speaks, speaks for everyone

Thanksgiving spoken aloud is not private business between one believer and God while the rest listen in.

So the same principle applies even in prayer and praise. In the assembly all is done for the assembly. The speaker must be either the voice of the assembly to God or the voice of God to the assembly. The assembly as such is always in mind. The gathering is not to be turned into a field for the private exercises of the saints, whatever their character might be. It is solemn to see that even giving thanks well in this way would not justify the thanksgiving. That the gift is from God does not by itself justify using it. Its use at any moment must be governed by the principle running through all this: building others up.

Modernised from F. W. GrantOriginal wording

That is why the humblest listener is the measure of what is fitting.

Power is not enough, however clearly divine. What comes with understanding, and so speaks to the understanding, carries the greatest weight with the apostle... Even the least in the assembly is meant to follow, with understanding, the praise or thanksgiving that rises up to God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The Amen itself

"Amen" means "so be it." By saying it, listeners take another person's words on their own lips before God. That is only honest if they followed the words.

So the speaker must carry the assembly with him. They understand and follow what he says. They confirm his words before God and make them their own by saying "Amen" (meaning "So be it") at the end. They cannot say "Amen" with sense or honesty if they have no idea what it was all about.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The Amen is also meant to be heard, not just felt. One writer presses this on prayer meetings today.

Note that verse 16 assumes that everyone in the assembly, even the unlearned and the insignificant, does say "Amen." They say it; they do not just think it... If someone praying truly puts our own desires into words, let us confirm what he has said with a good, clear "Amen." If he has not, honesty makes us hold it back.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Blessing. In this verse "bless" and "give thanks" describe one and the same act — praise addressed to God.

- Hearer. The "unlearned" is the plain, untrained person. He is a real worshipper, and the one Paul keeps in view.

- Fruit. A speaker can understand himself and still be unfruitful. Fruit here means understanding in the people listening.

- Voice. Whoever speaks aloud is either the assembly's voice to God or God's voice to the assembly. The meeting is not a place for private exercises.

- Amen. The listener's spoken "Amen" makes another's words his own. So it must be honest, audible, and based on what he understood.

1 Corinthians 14:17 · Darby

For *thou* indeed givest thanks well, but the other is not edified.

Paul does not dismiss the man speaking in a tongue. He grants that the thanksgiving is good, then adds one word that undoes its usefulness: but. Can something truly offered to God still have no place in the gathering?

What "well" concedes

God accepts the thanks. The hearer still gains nothing.

One may give thanks well, with both he and God understanding what he says, but "the other person is not being built up."

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Nothing is wrong with the thanks. The problem is the distance between the man's mouth and his neighbour's mind.

Building others up is the rule

So one test decides what belongs in the assembly. Even a display of power must meet it.

Building others up, then, is the absolute rule for what is said in the assembly. However astonishing the display of divine power in answer to the name of Jesus, if it does not build up, it has no rightful place there. For love builds up, as knowledge puffs up, and power startles or stuns. God is love, so the assembly is the fitting place to exercise love, the energy of His own nature.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Power is not the test

So what carries weight when the assembly meets? Not the power behind the words.

Power is not enough, however clearly divine. What is done with the understanding, and so speaks to the understanding, carries the most weight with the apostle, since it speaks with authority for the Lord. This is as true of prayers and hymns as of teaching. Even the least person in the assembly should be able to follow the praise or thanksgiving that rises up to God. To be understood, and so to build others up, is required in the assembly.

after_note: DELETE

William Kelly

The weakest person present is the one the rule protects.

The speaker is the assembly's voice

One person prays aloud, but he is not praying only for himself.

You may give thanks ever so well, but there is no edification for the other. So even in prayer and praise the same principle holds. In the assembly everything is done for the assembly. The speaker must be either the voice of the assembly to God, or the voice of God to the assembly. The assembly itself is always in mind. The gathering must not be turned into a mere field for the private exercises of believers, whatever their character may be. Even giving thanks well in this way would not justify the thanksgiving. The fact that the gift is from God does not automatically justify the use of it.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

The Amen is the test

The hearers have one word to say, and it is how they take the prayer as their own.

If anyone speaks to God in the assembly, in prayer or in thanksgiving, he must remember one thing. He is voicing the desires or the praises of the assembly. He is not speaking merely on his own behalf. So he must carry the assembly with him. They understand and follow what he says. Then they confirm it before God and make it their own by saying "Amen" (meaning "So be it") at the end. They cannot intelligibly and honestly say "Amen" at the end if they have no idea what it was all about.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

In practice today

A strange language is not the only way to lose the room. Plain words help nobody if nobody can hear them.

If I sing, if I pray, if I speak, what is the good of doing so unless the rest are edified? I once said to a friend of mine, "I never say 'Amen' to your prayers." He looked surprised and asked, "Why?" "Because," I replied, "I never hear what you say. You mumble so much in your prayers that I cannot hear you. And I am not going to say 'Amen' to a random string of words that I do not hear."

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Summary

- Well. The thanks are real, and God understands them. Paul never questions the man's sincerity.

- But. The verse turns on one person: "the other." What reached God has still not reached him.

- Rule. Edification decides what belongs in the assembly. If it does not build up, no amount of power earns it a place.

- Voice. The one who prays aloud speaks for everyone present, not just for himself.

- Amen. The hearer's "Amen" is the proof the words arrived. A prayer nobody can follow is a prayer nobody can own.

1 Corinthians 14:18 · Darby

I thank God I speak in a tongue more than all of you

Through this chapter Paul urges the Corinthians to value what builds others up, not what dazzles them. Here he claims more of that same gift than anyone — so why does he prefer five clear words to ten thousand?

Not the complaint of a man with less

Before hearing his preference, it helps to know why Paul brings up his own record at all. One commentator reads it as removing the easiest excuse for ignoring him.

He takes great care to show that he did not feel this way out of jealousy. It was not because he had fewer gifts than they had. He had no reason of his own to run down the gifts he was speaking about. In verse 18 he says, "I thank God that I speak in tongues more than all of you." But what he wanted was edification, that is, the building up of the saints.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Where the gift belonged

Paul's calling took him to the nations, and the gift matched that calling. Inside the assembly the rule was different.

The Corinthians had certainly overrated tongues. They lacked spiritual discernment and had prized the gift too highly. So, to avoid seeming to undervalue it, he solemnly thanks God for the fuller display of that same power in his own case. God had chosen him as a messenger to the nations. So besides the mysterious gift of speech no one could understand, he could speak without limit, as his calling required. But in the Church (at Corinth, or anywhere else), he would be heard only in the spoken language of the place.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Another writer explains what a tongue was, and where it was useful.

The tongue here is a real language, as we see in Acts 2:6, but one the speaker did not normally understand. The wonder of the gift was that God gave him the ability to speak his own thoughts in this foreign language, by the power of the Spirit, while he stayed in full control of his words. This had clear value when speaking to a foreigner whose own language it was. In this respect Paul spoke with tongues more than others. But in the assembly, where everyone understood Greek, other tongues were unnecessary.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Thanks, not a boast

Paul does not announce an achievement; he thanks God. One writer sees self-forgetting humility in that.

How beautiful is this self-renunciation in Paul! He had every gift. Yet with a single heart he sought not to display his gifts, but to exalt his Lord and build up the saints... Coming from such a man, these words of the Holy Spirit carry great force: "Let all things be done for building up."

Modernised from W. TrotterOriginal wording

Why understanding outranks wonder

Paul prefers five words for a reason. He wanted his own mind engaged, and other minds engaged with his.

He spoke more foreign languages, by the gift of the Holy Spirit, than they all. But his soul loved the things of God. He loved to receive truth from Him with his mind engaged. He loved fellowship with others where minds truly met. So he would rather say five words with his understanding than ten thousand without it in a language no one knew.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Power without health

Corinth shows that impressive gifts and a healthy church are two different things.

There was the fullest proof in that city that it is no question of power. The Spirit of God worked among those saints openly and powerfully. They spoke with tongues, we are told; but they were worldly. In their ways they were a spectacle of shame, instead of being a practical witness to the grace of the Lord Jesus. Is not this a solemn lesson to us?

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Allowed, not encouraged

One writer reads the whole set of rules as permission rather than encouragement.

All these rules and statements teach us one thing. The churches were allowed to use this gift rather than encouraged to use it (see verse 39). It got in the way of what was really needed, which is building up in love, instead of helping it. Furthermore, tongues were for a sign to unbelievers. Prophesying is for believers.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

Summary

- Credentials. Paul had more of the very gift he is limiting. So no one could brush off his correction as jealousy.

- Given. He thanks God for it. He received the gift; he did not earn it. So he reports it as praise, not a boast.

- Reach. The languages served his calling to the nations. But in the assembly he spoke only the language of the room.

- Understanding. He wanted his own mind in what he said, and other minds in what they heard. Five words people grasp outweigh ten thousand that reach no one.

- Result. Corinth proves that visible power and spiritual health are not the same thing. The test of anything said among God's people is whether it builds them up.

1 Corinthians 14:19 · Darby

but in [the] assembly I desire to speak five words with my understanding, that I may instruct others also, [rather] than ten thousand words in a tongue.

Paul has just said that he speaks in tongues more than anyone in Corinth. Then he weighs five words against ten thousand, and two small phrases settle it: "in church" and "with my mind."

The setting: the gathered assembly

One writer states the rule that governs all speaking when believers meet:

The great aim of speaking in the assembly is to build people up. That aim is only reached when people understand what is said. It is impossible for a man to build me up if I cannot understand what he says. He must speak in a language I understand, and loudly enough to hear, or I receive nothing that builds me up. This is plain, and worth the serious attention of all who speak in public.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Not the complaint of a man without the gift

Paul's preference could sound like envy from a man who lacked the gift. He removes that suspicion first.

The apostle is careful to show that he had no reason at all to be jealous of others speaking in a tongue. He himself had this gift more than all of them. But in the assembly he would rather speak five words with the understanding than any number in a tongue. He said this because his heart was set on instructing others as well. It is love that should move us, not self-pleasing; and love works with a view to edification.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"With my mind" — the speaker's own grasp first

The phrase covers more than clear delivery. It means the speaker himself takes in from God what he passes on.

He wants the mind to be at work. This remark is of the highest importance when we judge men's claims to the Spirit. He does not deny that they might speak with tongues without the mind being in it at all — and that had clear power and use when people were present who understood no other language, or whose own language it was. But in general it was a lower thing when the Spirit did not act on the mind of the speaker, and so work through it. When the speaker did not understand his own words, there was no communion between souls in a common subject through the unity of the Spirit. The one speaking did not himself enjoy, as from God, what he communicated to others.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

So the requirement runs at both ends of the line — in the mind of the speaker and in the ears of the hearers.

He desired to speak of things that he intelligently grasped, in such a way that they were thoroughly intelligible to his listeners.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Why Corinth needed the rebuke

Paul is not dismissing the gift. He is correcting their taste for display.

The apostle plainly grieves over the Corinthians because they failed with the gifts of God. They loved to make a display before the world, instead of enjoying God Himself in His word and building up His saints, and that grieved him. So he tries to convince them of their mistake, showing them that tongues are one of the lowest forms of the Spirit's working, and prophesying one of the highest... Refreshment, comfort, the lifting up of the heart — the building up of the saints — should be the one great aim of the Christian teacher. The man who ministers Christ and His work to the soul, out of the fullness of his own heart, is the minister who always builds up and never disappoints.

Modernised from Andrew MillerOriginal wording

Commentators differ on what this says about the gift itself. One writer weighs the rules Paul lays down in this chapter and concludes:

The use of tongues was tolerated rather than commended, because it was a hindrance rather than a help to the thing that was needed, which is building up in love.

Modernised from Arno Clemens GaebeleinOriginal wording

The measure a speaker should keep

The verse cuts in two directions. It restrains the man who talks past his supply:

Our only warrant for standing up to speak in the assembly is that the Lord Himself has given us something to say. If it is only "five words," let us say the five and sit down. Nothing is more foolish than for a man to try to speak "ten thousand words" when God has only given him "five."... An earnest heart is better than a clever head. A fervent spirit is better than an eloquent tongue.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

And it encourages the man who fears he has too little:

It is a waste of time for any of us to go on with what does not profit. You might not be able to say much, but if God's Spirit gives you something to say to His assembly, say it — you have that liberty in God's free church, and the "five words" might help greatly.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Summary

- Place. "In church" is the setting — the gathered saints. No one is built up by words he cannot understand.

- Motive. Paul had more of the gift than anyone, so his choice comes from love, not envy. Love builds others up; self-pleasing puts on a show.

- Meaning. "With my mind" reaches both ways: the speaker himself receives from God what he says, and the hearers can follow it.

- Measure. Say the five words God gave, and sit down. Trying for ten thousand when He gave five is folly, not spirituality.

- Result. Five words that are understood teach others. Ten thousand no one can follow leave the room just as it was.

1 Corinthians 14:20 · Darby

Brethren, be not children in [your] minds, but in malice be babes; but in [your] minds be grown [men].

Paul has just said he would rather speak five intelligible words in the assembly than ten thousand in a tongue, and now he turns from argument to appeal. He calls them "brothers" and asks them to grow up in one area while staying small in another.

The childishness Paul corrects

The problem at Corinth was not that the gifts were false. The Corinthians used them for display. Paul himself spoke in tongues more than any of them, so this is not envy on his part:

In condemning the abuse of tongues, the Apostle was not moved by jealousy. He himself spoke with tongues more than they all. But he used the gift in the right place, before the right audience, and for a right purpose. In the assembly, five words spoken with the understanding, so that others might be taught, were better than "ten thousand words in an unknown tongue." In their fondness for tongues, the Corinthians were acting like children, who delight in anything that makes a show.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Why Paul mentions malice

The word "malice" may look out of place in a chapter about speaking. But a gift used to impress rather than to help is already turning against the people it was meant to serve:

Their misuse of tongues was childish. Paul urges them not to be children in understanding; yet in malice he tells them to be children. Notice the warning here. Misusing gifts, instead of showing love for others, will tend toward malice, which undermines true unity and love. A little child has no such attitude. In my attitude then let me have the simplicity of a child, but in understanding be "perfect," or mature. And this understanding is not only personal. It is the kind that builds understanding among God's people.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The danger is not confined to spectacular gifts. Hamilton Smith warns that the flesh "can, but for the grace of God, use prayer or ministry to work off a bit of malice against a brother."

Childish and childlike are not the same

The verse asks for two opposite things at once. One writer marks the difference by a single change of word, and points to the Lord Himself as the pattern:

In 1 Corinthians 14:20 we find a truly impressive appeal: "Brothers, do not be children in your thinking. Be infants in evil, but in your thinking be mature." He had no desire that his readers should be childish, but he longed that they might be childlike. "I am among you as He that serves," said the Lord to His self-important followers (Luke 22:27). Did He not wash their feet that very night? (John 13).

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

What "be mature" means

Older versions read "be men" here. One writer points to their margin notes, which give the sense of full growth:

"Perfection" is also used for the mature Christian condition, as a glance at the margin of Heb. 5:14 will show. The term there — "of full age" — is rendered in the margin as "perfect." In the same way, "be men" in 1 Cor. 14:20 is rendered in the margin as "be perfect," or "of a ripe age." … among Christians there are those perfect, or mature, in contrast with being babes.

Modernised from Frederick W. GrantOriginal wording

So the call is not to cleverness but to growth.

The resource they already had

Paul does not tell them to acquire something new. He points to what was already theirs, and asks them to develop it:

They should remember, also, that these special gifts were not their chief endowment as believers. "The mind of Christ" belonged to them as a part of their divine birthright. Let them try to cultivate it to full manhood. Let them be babes in the harmlessness of their lives, and in their willing ignorance of the world and its corruptions. But let them show themselves grown men in their knowledge of God and their keeping of His ways.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Summary

- Two ages, one person. Paul asks for an infant's innocence and an adult's understanding in the same believer. Corinth had them the wrong way round.

- Childish, not childlike. The Corinthians were not too simple. They were too eager for attention. Paul did not want them childish; he longed for them to be childlike.

- Show breeds malice. A gift used for display, instead of love for others, drifts toward malice. Malice undermines unity, so innocence is the thing to keep.

- Mature means full-grown. The word behind "be men" carries the idea of ripe age or full growth, the opposite of remaining a babe.

- Cultivate what you own. The mind of Christ was already theirs by birthright. Growing up means developing it, while staying willingly ignorant of the world's corruptions.

1 Corinthians 14:21 · Darby

It is written in the law, By people of other tongues, and by strange lips, will I speak to this people; and neither thus will they hear me, saith the Lord.

Paul has just told the Corinthians to stop thinking like children. He now backs that rebuke with a line from Israel's own scriptures. The words are not a promise but a threat. That changes how the Corinthians should value tongues.

Why He Calls It "the Law"

The quotation comes from the prophet Isaiah. Yet Paul introduces it as written in the law. That is not unusual.

The term "law" is sometimes used in the New Testament as a name for other parts of the Old Testament besides the first five books. The Lord said, "Is it not written in your Law, 'I said, you are gods'?" when the quotation was from the Psalms. John 10:34: similarly 1 Corinthians 14:21.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

The appeal is made to strengthen an argument he has already been making on other grounds.

"In the law it is written," and so on. This appeal to the law is made (like the earlier one in chapter 9:9) to support his previous reasoning. He had appealed to natural usage and experience; he now makes this general reference to the earlier testimony of the Spirit — not to set up a historical parallel, but to show still more conclusively that the gift of tongues is by its nature unsuited to practical fellowship in the Spirit.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

What the Words Meant in Isaiah

In Isaiah the strange speech was the speech of invaders. God had taught His people in plain words, and they refused it. So He would speak to them another way.

He would punish them, not with the childlike instruction they had despised, but with the foreign tones of enemies. They would not have His words of rest for the weary; they had to have a nation they did not understand. It was a judgment on their unbelief.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A foreign tongue in Israel's ears was therefore never a mark of favour.

Whenever God's people came into contact with foreign tongues, they had gone all wrong. If Israel had stayed faithful, such strange sounds would have stayed far away. They were let loose on them when they left their true place. The Corinthians would do well to consider this. For Israel, foreign tongues had no good connection. They might remind them of their folly and evil. They were in no way an honour to the Jews.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"Even Then They Will Not Listen"

The verse ends with a refusal. God speaks in this startling way, and still the people close their ears. The same thing happened in the days of the apostles.

Verse 21 quotes Isaiah 28:11-12. Those words describe how foreign nations ruled over Israel and humbled them, because of their proud rebellion against God. God would use foreign tongues to humble them, not to exalt them. By this means He sought to wake them from their unbelief, yet they would not hear. Now God had given Israel a fresh sign in the speaking with tongues. Gentile languages now carried the gospel of grace. This showed that the gospel was not only for Israel, but for the whole world. So it was a sign for Jews above all. God gave it for the time being, to establish Christianity as being of God. And unbelieving Israel still would not hear.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Even where the sign did not convert, it settled the hearer's responsibility.

In the day of Israel's failure, when the prophets had erred, God spoke to them in the tongues of foreigners. It was a sign of the unbelief of those who would not hear the plain word of God. So the use of the gift of tongues at the beginning of Christianity was a sign, not to believers, but to unbelievers. It left the hearer without excuse.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The Sting for Corinth

The Corinthians were treating as a delight the very thing God had used as a warning to a rebellious nation.

What perversity, then, in the saints at Corinth! God was speaking in prophecy to build them up. They turned away from that to tongues they could not understand! As Christians, they took pleasure in what had been God's solemn threat to His ancient people for their stubborn refusal! The apostle never despises a tongue in its own place and season, here or anywhere. God intended it as a sign for unbelievers. The mistake was to bring it in among believers, who could not profit by it. That was both unintelligent and unloving.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Signs Are for Those Outside

God Himself was the speaker behind these strange sounds. That settles who the sign was for.

It was God who both worked and spoke by this gift. But He did it strangely — just as, in judgment on Israel, He had filled their ears with the foreign speech of the invaders He appointed to punish His land. Tongues, then, were for a sign. But believers need no sign. The truth is in them, and by grace they know the Lord on whom they call. Signs are meant to work by contrast. Their strangeness wakes up attention to truth that was either never known before, or forgotten through unfaithfulness. But prophecy is not a sign. It is instead an expected provision of the God of all grace, to supply His children's spiritual needs.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Summary

- Sign in the law. Paul calls Isaiah's words "the law." The New Testament uses that title for other parts of the Old Testament as well, not only the first five books.

- Sign of judgment. In Isaiah, foreign speech meant enemy armies. God's people had refused His plain teaching, so He punished them with strange tongues.

- Sign refused. The quotation ends in failure. Israel would not hear then. Unbelieving Israel still would not hear when tongues came again, and the hearer had no excuse.

- Sign misplaced. God had used tongues as a threat to unbelievers. The Corinthians prized them among believers, and so lost the profit of prophecy.

- Sign for outsiders. Believers need no sign, because they already know the Lord. Signs wake up those outside. Prophecy feeds those inside.

1 Corinthians 14:22 · Darby

So that tongues are for a sign, not to those who believe, but to unbelievers; but prophecy, not to unbelievers, but to those who believe.

Paul has just quoted Isaiah's warning: God would speak to His people through foreign lips. Now he sorts the two gifts Corinth argued over by their audience — and that decides how a meeting should run.

Two Classes of Gift

Commentators see here Scripture's own dividing line. Some gifts build up; others are signs. That difference explains why one kind could be withdrawn and the other never.

Before I go on, note that the gifts are of two kinds. The first kind serves to awaken souls and to gather the Church. The second kind is a sign to the world — a sign that God is present in the Person of the Spirit in the Church... This distinction is important. Nothing needed for the conversion of souls and the building up of the saints can ever fail. But it is easy to see how God might withdraw what was an ornament to the Church, and a sign that she was acceptable to Him, when the Church is unfaithful.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Where the Sign Came From

The word "Thus" ties the verse back to Isaiah 28. There, strange speech was no compliment to Israel.

He quotes Isaiah 28:11-12 loosely, to draw a healthy lesson for the Corinthian saints. In that passage God warns the Jews, who were slow to listen to His prophets, that He would speak to them with the stammering lips of foreigners. Such a tongue speaking to Israel was a sign of their humiliation, and of God's judgment. What perversity, then, in the saints at Corinth! They turned away from God speaking in prophecy to build them up, and turned to tongues they could not understand. As Christians they took pleasure in what had been God's solemn threat to His ancient people for their stubborn refusal.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

God gave the sign again in a new setting. Israel answered the same way.

Now God had given Israel a fresh sign in speaking with tongues. Gentile languages were used to preach the gospel of grace, showing that the gospel was not only for Israel, but for all the world. So it was a sign for the Jews in particular, given for a time, to establish Christianity as being of God. And unbelieving Israel still would not hear.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Why Believers Need No Sign

Why does the verse rule believers out as the audience for a sign?

Tongues then were for a sign. But believers need no sign. The truth is in them, and they know, through grace, the Lord on whom they call. Signs are meant to work by contrast. Their strangeness wakes up attention to truth that was never known before, or that has been forgotten through unfaithfulness. But prophecy is not a sign. It is what the God of all grace is expected to provide, to supply His children's spiritual needs.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

The Corinthian Mistake

The verse is a rebuke as much as a definition. Corinth used the outward gift on the wrong audience, and slighted the gift meant for them.

The Corinthians were using them for display among believers — completely wrong and unintelligent. "But prophesying" — the very thing they really slighted — "does not serve unbelievers but believers." This is its direct use.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

What Prophecy Does to an Outsider

Put a stranger in the room, and the two gifts do opposite things.

In contrast to tongues, the gift of prophecy serves not only the unbeliever but the believer. When the saints come together in one place, tongues used without an interpreter would lead an unbeliever, or an untaught person, to conclude that the assembly was mad. Prophesying does the opposite. It would convict the conscience of an unbeliever, bring the secrets of his heart into the open, and convince him that he was in the presence of God.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

A Note on the Wording

Translations differ in the second half of the verse. Kelly calls the added verb needless, though he thinks the translators were right not to call prophecy a sign:

The common English version needlessly introduces "serves" in the second half of verse 22. Still, I think it is right not to read "sign" together with prophesying. Prophesying differs in its very nature from the powers that truly bear that name, like a tongue or a miracle... We could just as well say tongues are a sign for the unbelieving, and prophesying for those who believe.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Two audiences. Scripture splits the gifts in two: signs aimed at the world, and gifts that build up the saints. This verse is the dividing line.

- A sign of judgment. In Isaiah, foreign speech meant humiliation and judgment for Israel. Corinth was taking pleasure in what had been a threat.

- A sign reaches outward. A sign works by strangeness. It wakes up someone who is not listening. Believers already know the Lord they call on.

- Prophecy reaches inward — and further. Its direct object is God's people, yet it can also lay bare an outsider's heart and convince him God is present.

- Misplaced, a gift looks like madness. Tongues used among believers made the assembly look insane. The sign meant for outsiders was wasted on the wrong room.

1 Corinthians 14:23 · Darby

If therefore the whole assembly come together in one place, and all speak with tongues, and simple [persons] enter in, or unbelievers, will not they say ye are mad?

Paul has just contrasted tongues with prophecy. Now he tests both. He pictures the whole church meeting together, everyone speaking in tongues, and a visitor walking in. That guest would leave sure the Christians had lost their minds.

A supposed case, not a report

Paul is not photographing a meeting at Corinth. He sets up a case and asks what would follow.

It is surprising that anyone should fail to see this. The apostle is not describing facts as they were or ought to be. He only supposes a case where "the whole assembly" should meet "together," and by implication that would be in one place. If all were to speak with tongues, it would expose them to the charge of madness. If all were to prophesy, it would force even the unbeliever or the simple man who came in to be convinced that God was indeed among them. It is put here only as a supposition, to correct the lack of spirituality in the Corinthian saints. They preferred the showier sign-gifts to that far higher exercise of divine power which sets the soul morally in God's presence under His grace and truth.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Commentators differ over "the whole church." One writer takes it as a truth that should still shape how God's people gather.

Note those words — "the whole Assembly." Here was God's Assembly in one place. You may say you cannot get that now. Suppose I could not get the whole. I would still seek to be one of those who act on the truth that should bind them all, if they were subject to God's Word.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Two kinds of visitor

The ESV speaks of "outsiders or unbelievers." Older translations say "unlearned." That word marks off two different guests.

The "unlearned" persons in verse 23 are those not taught in the word. This is true of an unbeliever, but the text names the unbelievers as well. The word is "idiotes." It described someone with no training in a skill — a private person. It makes two classes: the untaught in the things of God, and the actual unbeliever.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Why it would sound like madness

The problem is not the gift itself but its setting.

Verse 23 therefore insists on this. Someone might come into a gathering of the assembly who was untaught or an unbeliever. If he heard the saints speaking in tongues unknown to the assembly, he would think them mentally unbalanced. Of course, if he knew the language spoken, there would be value in this. But when it is clear that all know one language, it is pointless to use a language some do not know. A tongue might be used outside the assembly, where a foreigner could hear his own language. That was certainly a sign, and it would have some effect on unbelievers.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

A gift turned into display

Corinth had the gift, but used it on the wrong audience.

The Corinthians were using them for display among believers. That was most wrong and unintelligent. In verse 23 he puts the case in a pointed form. Such would be the effect, supposing they were all speaking with tongues; and if it was good for one, it was good for all.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

A gift is not a permit

Paul's picture assumes an open meeting. Anyone there may have something to give. Freedom like that calls for discretion.

God's Spirit has His home in the assembly, so each of those present is likely to have some gift. Are they, then, to use them without restraint? Or should they show godly discernment and discretion? That is what this passage implies. If they all spoke with tongues, an ungifted worshipper would suspect they were mad — and an unbeliever still more. It would stumble the ignorant and stir unbelief into contempt.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

A verdict still deserved

The warning is not a museum piece. Where meetings produce noise and confusion, the outsider's judgement stands.

In the meetings of the modern advocates of the gift of tongues, the greatest disorder often prevails. That is a fact. Men and women have fallen down in convulsions. Hysterical laughter, unpleasant shrieks and other displays have not been uncommon. An unbeliever would be perfectly right to give the verdict "they are mad."

Modernised from Arno C. GaebeleinOriginal wording

Summary

- Supposed — Paul sets up a case; he is not reporting one. He asks how a room full of tongues would strike a visitor, and answers it himself.

- Outsider — two guests are in view: the person untaught in God's word, and the unbeliever. Neither can follow a word.

- Misplaced — the fault lies in the setting, not the gift. A tongue is a sign only where someone knows the language. Among people who all share one language, it achieves nothing.

- Display — a gift meant for unbelievers became a show among believers. Having a gift never gave the right to use it at will.

- Verdict — the outsider's reaction is the test. Where he cannot follow a word, he calls it madness. Where God's word is spoken clearly, he is convinced God is among them.

1 Corinthians 14:24 · Darby

But if all prophesy, and some unbeliever or simple [person] come in, he is convicted of all, he is judged of all;

Paul has just pictured a room where everyone speaks in unknown languages, and a visitor walks out calling them mad. Now that same visitor walks in on a room where everyone prophesies, and everything changes.

What "prophesy" means here

One reference work starts from the word itself, then defines the gift by its effect:

The word comes from a verb meaning "to speak forth," so we can describe a prophet as a spokesman of God. Prophecy of this kind is a gift in the church for the building up of the saints, bringing God's word with power upon their consciences and hearts. It is the gift of most importance in the church.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

It also sets prophesying apart from evangelizing and teaching. Kelly adds that Paul is supposing a case, not reporting one:

This is what marks prophesying. It is not the announcement of the good news, as in evangelizing. It is not the unfolding of doctrine, as in teaching. It is God using His word to deal with the soul, so that the soul is conscious of it. … Paul does not describe this as a fact that ever took place. He describes the natural effect under such circumstances.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Two visitors, two verdicts

Kelly sets the two outcomes side by side, then points to a woman who met a stranger able to tell her own life story:

Suppose they all speak in tongues in full assembly, in front of simple people or unbelievers. What impression will that make? That the saints were mad. Now suppose they all prophesy. How would such a person feel when he came in and heard? His heart's secrets are uncovered to him, and God deals with them through all of the speakers. He is left with the deepest conviction that God is truly among the saints. The woman of Samaria met One who had never seen her before, and He set out her life in a few words. She confessed, "Sir, I perceive that you are a prophet." His words made her feel and admit that everything was out, and that God was speaking to her conscience.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Secrets out — but only to him

Being "convicted" and "called to account" is not a public interrogation. Nobody in the room learns anything about the visitor:

Such a one, convicted and judged, will "worship." He worships because he finds God working in this way, and he falls down and owns Him. The presence of God acts on his spirit and bows it, and reaches his conscience. He hears the secrets of his own heart told out to him. God's presence brings it all to light for him, without his saying a word to anyone. It is the power of the Spirit of God on a man's conscience.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Nothing aimed at him

This ministry was never designed for the outsider. Believers were speaking to believers, and he happened to be there:

Truth given honestly, and pressed home with sober reality to believers, can bring the secrets of an unbeliever's heart to light before him. It reaches his conscience, though the Word is not aimed at him.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

"All prophesy" — the whole company, not one speaker

Darby points out where the visitor's conclusion lands, and where it does not:

The passage assumes that the whole body could act in this way, in the most public and obvious gifts. The unbeliever does not fall down and confess that God is in this or that gifted person. Still less does he admire or look up to the spiritual attainments of one individual. He confesses that God is in the assembly, among the Christians. And is this to be lost, and not even sought, and individual attainment put in the place of the presence of God in the assembly?

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Does this still happen?

Kelly separates two senses of the word, and keeps only one of them for today:

Prophesying is not predicting something you must wait for, to see whether it comes to pass. I do not believe that a person predicting things now would fit the way the Holy Spirit acts, for the simple reason that the predictions that matter for God and for man are already given in the written word. But there remains the other sense of it — bringing out the truth of God so as to deal with man's conscience, and give him the full conviction that it is God who is speaking to him through a man. I see no reason to doubt that God still grants this — in feeble measure perhaps, and in rare cases; but still, I cannot doubt that the principle is true, and that it will not fail as long as God has work and testimony on the earth.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Speak forth. Prophesying is speaking for God so that His word lands on the conscience. It is not foretelling, evangelizing, or lecturing.

- All, not one. Paul supposes a whole company able to speak, so no single gifted person gets the credit.

- Conscience, not argument. No one argues the visitor down. His own hidden secrets come out to him, and he bows.

- Overheard, not targeted. The ministry was for believers. Truth meant for them convicts the outsider anyway.

- God, not the speakers. The verdict he leaves with is about who was present in the room, not about who was impressive in it.

1 Corinthians 14:25 · Darby

the secrets of his heart are manifested; and thus, falling upon [his] face, he will do homage to God, reporting that God is indeed amongst you.

A stranger with no faith walks into a gathering of Christians. He hears the word of God spoken plainly, and he ends up on his face, worshipping. This verse shows what that word did inside him, and what he then said about the people he had walked in on.

What prophesying is

The whole result turns on the kind of speaking described in verse 24. One commentator draws a sharp line between it and other useful ministry:

Prophesying is the spiritual application of God's word to the conscience. It puts the soul in His presence. It shows the mind of God to the hearer, clear as light. Much valuable teaching, encouragement, and application has no such character. It is all very true, but it does not put the soul in the presence of God.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The man hears his own secrets

Nobody in the room knows this visitor's history. The disclosure runs one way — inward.

Such a one, convinced and judged, will "worship," because he finds God working like this, and falls down and owns Him. The presence of God acts upon his spirit and bows it, and his conscience is reached. The secrets of his heart are told out to himself. God's presence finds it all out to himself, without his speaking to others. It is the power of the Spirit of God on a man's conscience.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

No one aimed a word at him

The believers were not preaching to him at all. They were speaking to each other.

The truth itself (not necessarily the simple gospel) would convict the man's conscience. That is even more so when believers press the truth home to one another's hearts and consciences — not at all with the unbeliever in mind. Truth given honestly, and applied to believers with sober reality, may show an unbeliever the secrets of his own heart. His conscience is reached, though the Word is not directed at him.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

The pattern seen once already

The same thing had already happened to one woman, face to face:

One who had never met the woman of Samaria before set out her whole life in a few words. She confessed, "Sir, I perceive that you are a prophet." His words made her feel and admit that everything was out, and that God was speaking to her conscience.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"God is really among you"

His verdict is not about a gifted speaker. It points at the company as a whole. Older translations read "God is in you" here:

In verse 25 "God is in you" is collective. The Greek preposition covers both "among" and "in" when the noun is collective. "In you" is perhaps better, because it looks at the assembly as a whole.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

What he found there, he found nowhere else in the city:

Detected and exposed by the prophetic ministry, the man's heart is reached. He worships God. He has proved that God had a temple at Corinth, and he met God in His temple there. Suppose we all walked in the truth of this and were gathered like this today. A worldly man coming in would find such power that he would say, "There were a lot of Christians there, but God was there too."

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Whether we should expect this now

Paul writes the verse as a supposition, not a report. Commentators differ over how far the gift behind it continues. One says it belonged to the time before Scripture was complete:

Some of the prophetic gift in reaching the conscience may still survive. But when God's Word was completed, everything He meant to reveal through prophecy had already been brought out. So the foundation part of the prophetic gift had to disappear.

Modernised from T. B. BainesOriginal wording

Others expect the same result wherever God is present among gathered believers:

In this supposed case, all the prophesying would bring the conviction home to him, and he could not resist it. It would also produce the report he makes and the homage he pays at that moment. This effect is not meant to come from one man preaching in demonstration of the Spirit and of power. It comes from God's presence in His saints as they prophesy like this in the assembly. The apostle does not describe it as a fact that ever did take place, but as the natural effect under the circumstances.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Presence, not performance — prophesying is more than good teaching; it applies God's word to the conscience and sets a soul in front of God.

- Presence exposes — the visitor's hidden things surface. God tells them to him, and to no one else.

- Presence convicts without aiming — believers spoke the truth to each other, not at the visitor. His conscience was reached anyway.

- Presence is collective — his verdict is about the whole company, not a speaker: God is among you.

- Presence produces worship — the outcome is not applause but a man on his face, who met God and says so afterwards.

1 Corinthians 14:26 · Darby

What is it then, brethren? whenever ye come together, each [of you] has a psalm, has a teaching, has a tongue, has a revelation, has an interpretation. Let all things be done to edification.

Paul asks a plain question about the Corinthian meetings. His question shows a room full of people, each with something to give — and his answer is not to silence them, but to give them one test.

Competition in the meeting

At Corinth the meetings had gone wrong. One writer names the cause, then names the cure Paul refused to use.

It is clear there was a keen competition, if not rivalry, among them for the display of their gifts. As a result the meeting became disorderly and the believers were not built up. Paul's advice in this situation was, "Let all things be done for building up." He did not say: appoint a president, or make one man responsible for the order of your meeting, so that it will be clear who is to blame.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Freedom misused, not withdrawn

Paul does not fault the Corinthians for having liberty. He faults how they used it. Curing the abuse by removing the freedom costs the church the freedom itself.

They were taking full advantage of their liberty, for "every one" was ready to take part. Still, they abused that liberty by not acting "decently and in order". They turned the liberty of the Spirit into licence for the flesh. Correcting this abuse does not mean that one-man ministry should replace the liberty that belongs to every man. Christendom has done this, and in trying to correct the abuse it lost the liberty.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Another writer makes the same point, then shows what keeps that liberty in order.

Still, no one can deny the assembly the fullest liberty: otherwise it could not have been abused like this. Modern arrangements shut out not only the abuse but also the liberty that ought to be there. And in fact, where the Spirit of the Lord is, liberty marks His presence, whether in one person or in the whole gathering... So power stays under the Lord's authority. The person through whom God's power works has to feel his responsibility in using it. And the vital principle of obedience is kept whole.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

One rule anybody can apply

Paul does not sort the list item by item. He leaves one rule instead, and it needs no training to use.

He neither praises nor condemns this in any sweeping way. The Corinthians, no doubt, were ready enough, and their meetings would not lack variety. The apostle's simple rule is that all things are to be done for building up. That is the one practical direction, and it is so simple that any Christian can understand it. Anyone is able to say what feeds him and helps him.

Modernised from Numerical Bible NotesOriginal wording

The test also reaches the motive of the person who speaks.

Could they say that? Could the man who had a psalm say his motive was to build others up? Could the man who had a teaching, or anyone else? Let them search and see. There is One who knows the truth, and He is the One who chooses to act in the church of God. So it is a kind of challenge to God when someone dares, in His presence, to act out of his own will and liking. Can anything be more solemn than to take part in the assembly without self-searching, without judging yourself again and again to see whether your motive comes from simple obedience to the will of God?

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Reading the list itself

One word in the list shows when these gifts were received.

First, "an interpretation" is included in the list (v. 26). That shows the words point not to a time before the believers were in the assembly, but to the time when they were actually gathered. How could a brother receive at home, for example, the interpretation of something that had not yet been spoken?... Remember that when the apostle wrote this letter there were very few New Testament Scriptures in existence. So God, in His care for His people, met their need by direct and inspired messages when they were gathered... There is no foundation for the thought that each brother is to bring something with him for the common good. Everyone who does receive something from the Lord is to be governed in giving it out by the directions here given.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

Commentators differ over the first two items — a "psalm" and a "doctrine" in older versions, "a hymn" and "a lesson" in the ESV. Was the psalm given on the spot by inspiration, or already known? One writer argues both continue:

"Each one of you has a psalm, has a doctrine (a teaching)." The teaching has certainly not ceased; and neither has the psalm, for there is no ground for supposing it was an inspired or even freshly prompted utterance. What was to guide the bringing out of all this in the assembly was the principle, "Let all things be done for building up."

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Liberty. Every believer present may have something to bring. Corinth could only abuse this freedom because the freedom was real.

- Not licence. Their fault was turning the Spirit's liberty into licence for the flesh. Many were ready to speak; few were ready to keep order.

- Not a president. Paul's cure for disorder was never to put one man over the meeting. Christendom tried that and lost the liberty.

- Edification. The one test is whether believers are built up. The rule is plain enough that any Christian can tell what helps him.

- Self-judgment. The test reaches the motive. To speak without judging why you are speaking is a solemn thing in God's presence.

1 Corinthians 14:27 · Darby

If any one speak with a tongue, [let it be] two, or at the most three, and separately, and let one interpret;

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 14:28 · Darby

but if there be no interpreter, let him be silent in [the] assembly, and let him speak to himself and to God.

The rule here is short and practical. A person may have the gift of speaking in a tongue. If nobody present can translate it, the meeting is not the place to use it. Behind that rule sits a bigger question. Who is a meeting for, and what makes something fit to say aloud in it?

What belongs in the meeting

The rule is not arbitrary. It follows from one test that covers everything said when believers gather.

The tongue was forbidden if there was no interpreter, and for the plain reason that otherwise it would not build up the church. The object of everything done there must be "for building up." So whatever does not build up is not fit for the assembly of God, and ought not to be allowed there. It may be well meant. The power behind it may really be the Holy Spirit. But if something cannot be understood, and does not build up the saints of God, it is not fit for the assembly. These things might be quite in place outside the assembly; indeed, that was where they belonged, as a testimony to unbelievers.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Genuine power is not enough. Something can come from God and still be out of place, because no one can understand it. Outside the meeting, the same gift had its use.

Silence rather than display

Tongues impressed people, and that was part of the problem at Corinth.

He begins with what the vain Greek mind was most drawn to, speaking with a tongue, because it was such an open and surprising witness of divine power. It electrified people. But in an assembly, on its own, it did not build anyone up. So if the man who had "a tongue" could not interpret, or no interpreter was there, he had to be silent. He had to be content with speaking to himself and to God. That was an excellent lesson, where there was a desire to show off that gift.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Without translation, the others cannot follow. That leaves only the speaker's own motive for speaking.

Without interpretation, the assembly could not join with him in the use of his gift. So he was to stay quiet. He was not to make a mere display of his tongue out of the vanity of his own heart.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

What "speak to himself and to God" means

The verse does not ban the gift. It redirects it. Commentators differ on where that speech happens. One takes it as private speech inside the meeting:

If there was no interpreter, then whatever message a man had in a tongue, he was to keep silent. He could only speak under his breath to himself and to God. Only he and God could understand.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Another puts that speech outside the meeting. He draws a sharp line between private feeling and public conduct:

If a man wants to be carried away in ecstasy, let it be in his own room, alone with God. But in the assembly of God he must be sober. In that assembly the Lord is the one who directs, and God is not a God of confusion but of peace.

Modernised from J. T. MawsonOriginal wording

The power to stop

Some assume that no one can hold back a real work of the Spirit. The command to keep silent says otherwise.

In 1 Corinthians 12 you have gifts in power. The spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets. So in the case of the gift of a tongue, one may have to hold his tongue. That is power.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The man who holds the gift is answerable for how he uses it.

The holder of a gift is greater than what he holds. Ruling his own spirit is man's natural duty. In the same way, the spiritual man is trusted with the responsibility of self-control. Claiming he had no choice is a common excuse where the gift is only pretended.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

A limit that protects liberty

This limit sits next to an order for others to speak. So it does not make a rule of general silence.

If what he has to say cannot be made understandable to others, it is of no use — it is excluded. The next verse tells the prophets to speak, two or three, and the others to judge. Not to allow this when the assembly is gathered together is to quench the Spirit.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Summary

- Edifying — building others up is the test for everything said in the meeting. What no one understands cannot build, so it stays out.

- Interpretation — without a translator, the rest cannot follow, and the gift loses the one thing that made it useful there.

- Silence — the speaker keeps his gift. He uses it between himself and God, and that shows whether he only wanted to display it.

- Self-control — the ability to hold back is proof of power, not loss of it; the one who holds a gift answers for its use.

- Liberty — the same chapter that limits the tongue also tells the prophets to speak. Silencing one voice must never become silencing the Spirit.

1 Corinthians 14:29 · Darby

And let two or three prophets speak, and let the others judge.

Paul is finishing a long correction of a gifted but disorderly church. Here he limits how many may speak and tells the rest to weigh it — but is the number a fixed rule, and who are "the others"?

The setting: the assembly gathered

This instruction is not aimed at every kind of Christian meeting. It belongs to the assembly gathered, where the one speaking stands as God's mouthpiece.

This direction from the apostle applies exactly then — when believers come together as an assembly. It does not cover preaching, or a talk to disciples like the ones Paul gave day by day in the school of Tyrannus. It is God's own rule for the assembly, where the Lord acts by the Spirit working in His sovereign grace. Anyone who speaks there speaks as God's mouthpiece. It is not enough that what he says is true. It must be what God would have said right then, the truth He intended for that occasion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why a limit on the best gift

Prophecy was the gift Paul had just been praising. Even so, the cap falls on it too.

Here the apostle takes the prophets as his example, in contrast to tongues, because everything the prophet said was meant to build others up. So while he puts prophets in the first rank of the gifts that build up, he adds this important safeguard: precious and profitable as prophesying may be, no more than two or three were to speak on the same occasion.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The reason is not the clock. It is the weakest listener in the room.

Suppose six people spoke one after another. What would the effect be? It would be too much of a good thing. It would bewilder many, especially the simpler believers. God always thinks of the little ones. The stronger ones do not need so much of His care.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Room left for others

The cap on speakers guards something else: any believer might be the one God uses next.

If the prophets speak, it must also be only two or three, while others judge. Speakers and hearers each have their own responsibility... Each speaker is to leave room for another who may be given a word, for all may prophesy one by one, so that all may learn and be comforted. So anything like one-man ministry in an assembly meeting is out of order.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Shutting that liberty down is no small fault.

Not to allow this when the Assembly is gathered together is to quench the Spirit. That is plain from another scripture, where the apostle says, "Do not quench the Spirit. Do not despise prophecies, but test everything; hold fast what is good."... To despise or hinder the freedom of the prophets is to quench the Spirit.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

No speaker above question

The second half of the verse targets a habit that grows in any group: the trusted voice nobody questions. Older translations read "let the others judge."

Note that the others who listen are to "judge." Even in days when inspired messages came by direct revelation in the assembly, those who listened were to listen with discernment. They were never to take the attitude: "Oh, everything that dear brother A. says must be right!" That attitude is a direct invitation to the devil to twist what brother A. says, and so bring about the fall of many.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Who are "the others"?

Commentators differ here. One reading moves outward from those with the same gift to the whole gathering.

But who is to judge the prophets? First, fellow believers with the same gift; and second, the whole assembly. Whoever has a gift should be the quickest to recognise the Spirit in someone else. But in this passage the apostle has the whole assembly in view, since what is said to all is judged by all. All who believe have the Spirit living in them and, in greater or smaller measure, the mind of Christ. So all are counted able to judge the quality of spiritual ministry.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Others insist the verse never sets up a class of officials at all:

The prophets are not considered as a distinct body of persons at all... The passage is the same as if the apostle should say, "(As to) prophets, let two or three persons speak and the rest judge."

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Two or three, and what judging means

Why those two numbers? And what does judging actually involve?

As to prophecy, though it was more valuable than tongues, only two or three were to speak at one meeting. Two were needed for a witness, and three were enough; more than that would be too much. Others in the assembly were to judge. This is not merely criticism. It is discernment of the truth and spiritual value of the message, just as Paul asked them in 1 Corinthians 10:15: "I speak as to sensible people; judge for yourselves what I say."

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Summary

- Setting. The rule belongs to the gathered assembly, where a speaker speaks as God's mouthpiece — not to preaching or a teaching session.

- Limit. Two or three — two make a witness, three are enough. More would overwhelm rather than build up, and God has the simplest hearer in mind.

- Liberty. The ceiling leaves room for whomever the Spirit may use; blocking that freedom is quenching the Spirit, and one-man ministry is out of order.

- Test. Every hearer weighs what is said; no speaker is so trusted that his words go unexamined.

- Spirit. Judging here means discerning the truth and value of the message, not fault-finding: test everything, hold fast what is good.

1 Corinthians 14:30 · Darby

But if there be a revelation to another sitting [there], let the first be silent.

Paul is setting practical rules for a meeting where more than one person could speak. This verse settles who gives way to whom, and why a speaker moved by the Spirit can still stop.

Revelation Before The New Testament Existed

Why would anyone in the meeting need a fresh word from God? Corinth's situation was not ours.

Remember that when Paul wrote this letter, the believers at Corinth had very little of the New Testament, if any. … It was still the clear work of the Holy Spirit to give revelations to guide God's people. … At such a time the Spirit may have seen the need for a revelation of something the Old Testament did not contain. He would signal this to someone sitting by, listening to the prophet who was speaking. In that case the prophet was to stop speaking, so that the revelation could reach the saints.

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

Given On The Spot, Not Prepared At Home

Did a revelation come to someone at home beforehand, or in the meeting itself?

Some have argued that every one of the brothers, when they gather together, should come prepared with a psalm or a doctrine… Is this what the apostle's words mean? … "A revelation" is also named, and God could give one at any time. But verse 30 says, "If a revelation is made to another sitting there, let the first be silent." That is plain proof that the assembly was where the revelations came.

Modernised from The Christian's FriendOriginal wording

The First Speaker Sits Down

So does the second man simply wait his turn?

What does that mean? That the second has to wait until the first sits down? I do not think so. If the Lord gave a revelation to another prophet, he was to rise to deliver it, and the first would be silent and sit down. Now there is no revelation, and as another has said: "Order is before power. God is never the author of confusion." Subjection is the great point here… What is more profitable than to see a man subject to the Spirit? The prophet should be under the control of the Spirit's power, and in subjection to Him. This is because he might have risen to speak in the Spirit's power, and then gone on beyond his measure.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Power That Stays Under Control

A speaker might object that he cannot stop, because what he has is from the Spirit.

The power of the Holy Spirit acts morally on the individual. "The spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets." Think of a carriage that steam can move. The moment the steam comes on, the power is there. But it still needs someone to steer it. If the one prophet went on speaking, it was not according to the order of the Spirit, though it was by the Spirit. The gift is committed to men who are responsible for the use of it. It is not mere impulse, though there is an impulse. There must also be control over it.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

A Meeting No Single Man Runs

If anyone present may speak, who keeps order?

Paul finds that there was disorder at the meetings. And how does he correct that disorder? Does he say to appoint a president? Not at all. But he says, "Let two or three prophets speak, and let the others weigh what is said. If a revelation is made to another sitting there, let the first be silent." At their meetings for worship, for building one another up, and so on, they are subject to one another in the Lord. A one-man ministry in the assembly gets no support from the Word.

Modernised from C J DavisOriginal wording

What Remains, And What Does Not

Could a revelation still interrupt a meeting today? And if not, does this chapter still govern our meetings?

Back then there could be something that no longer exists, any more than speaking in a tongue: revelation. … The apostle was teaching these believers before Scripture was complete. God had not yet given all His truth in writing. … But to claim revelation now would clearly call the perfectness of Scripture into question. I have no doubt it would soon prove to be nothing but the fraud or folly of man, and a snare of the devil. … The great aim of all this instruction is not miraculous powers, nor any other passing signs. None of these things is the centre of these chapters. What is? The presence of the Holy Spirit.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

That leaves a plain test to apply to anyone who claims otherwise.

We are bound to the written word, where everything needed in our service for God is clearly stated. Beware of anyone who tells you he has a revelation of something not found in the word of God.

Modernised from George DavisonOriginal wording

Summary

- Need — Corinth had almost no New Testament, so God met the need by speaking directly to His gathered people.

- Given — The revelation came to a listener already seated in the meeting. That is where God gave it.

- Yielded — The first speaker stopped and sat down. The fresh word mattered more than the man holding the floor.

- Controlled — The man with the gift still steers the power. An impulse no one can stop is not the Spirit's order.

- Closed — Scripture is complete, so expect no new revelation. What stays is the Spirit's presence, and the yielding this verse teaches.

1 Corinthians 14:31 · Darby

For ye can all prophesy one by one, that all may learn and all be encouraged.

Commentary for this verse has not been generated yet.

1 Corinthians 14:32 · Darby

And spirits of prophets are subject to prophets.

Paul is setting the order for a meeting where several people may speak, and here he removes the excuse that would wreck it. Nobody can claim he was swept along and could not stop, because this verse puts the speaker in charge of his own gift.

Whose Spirit Is Meant

The word "spirits" here does not point to the Holy Spirit. It points to the man's own renewed spirit — the capacity that lets him take in the things of God. The verse proves it: the Holy Spirit is not subject to anyone.

The Holy Spirit is not meant here, and verse 32 makes that clear: "the spirits of prophets are subject to prophets." No one could say that the Holy Spirit was subject to a prophet. But those readers knew the frenzied extravagances of Delphi, and they needed the reminder. Prophecy was not an uncontrollable impulse that set aside the responsibility of the one prophesying. On the contrary, the prophet's spirit was subject to him, so he was responsible to act in good order, building up and comforting the assembly.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

Delphi was a Greek shrine famous for its frenzied prophets.

The Gift Does Not Run the Man

A gift is something a person holds, not something that holds him. That places an ordinary human duty — self-control — on the spiritual man.

"And the spirits of prophets are subject to prophets." The holder of a gift is greater than what he holds. It is a man's natural duty to rule his own spirit, and the spiritual man carries that same responsibility of self-control. Claiming you must speak is a familiar plea of pretended gift... Impulse is not enough to justify a prophet's speech. His judgment must agree with his impressions.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Real power still needs a hand on the wheel.

The power of the Holy Spirit works on the individual in a moral way. "The spirits of prophets are subject to prophets." Think of a carriage that runs on steam. The moment the steam comes on, the power is there. But it still needs someone to steer. If one prophet went on speaking, that was not according to the order of the Spirit, though it was by the Spirit. The gift is committed to men who are responsible for the use of it. It is not mere impulse, though an impulse is given; but there must also be control over it.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

No Overpowering Compulsion

Can a speaker claim the Spirit left him no choice? The two powers differ in how they treat the person they use.

The Spirit of God works in full partnership with the spirit of the prophet. He uses the man in full coordination with that man's own abilities, intelligence, personality, conscience and emotions. An evil spirit cannot do this. It seeks to control its victim, so that the victim has no rule over what he says. Often he does not even know what he says.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

So waiting is always open to him.

This verse simply teaches that the spirit of the prophet was under the prophet's control. No irresistible power forced him to speak. He could wait, in calm self-possession, for a fitting occasion to speak. This is a most valuable principle, and one worth thinking through carefully. If we fully understood it and acted on it, it would save us from a great deal of fanaticism and absurdity.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Order Before Power

Because the speaker can stop, silence can be the spiritual choice. Having something true to say is not the same as being free to say it now.

The order and moral rule of the Spirit outweighs mere power from Him. There may be power, but a person is not free to use it in any other way... I may have a real moving of the Spirit, and still I am to hold my tongue. If three have spoken, and I have five prophecies to tell, I must hold my tongue... The principle here is clear: power is not to guide us. The rule for my using it is that it profits those to whom I speak.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

The Aim Is Peace

The reason lies in the character of God Himself.

Power must not set order aside. The spirits of prophets are subject to prophets; there is no uncontrollable impulse here... Excitement and uproar dishonour Him, even when the energy at work is His own gift. He is the source and giver of peace.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Whose spirit — "Spirits" means the prophets' own spirits, not the Holy Spirit. The Holy Spirit is never subject to a man.

- Who steers — The power is real, but the man holds the wheel: he controls the gift; the gift does not control him.

- Who is excused — Nobody. "I couldn't help it" is the mark of an evil spirit, not of the Holy Spirit, who uses a man's mind, conscience and emotions.

- When to stop — Since he can stop, he sometimes must. A real impulse still yields to order. The test of speaking is whether it helps the hearers.

- What results — Calm self-possession instead of fanaticism. Peace instead of uproar, because that is the character of the God who is present.

1 Corinthians 14:33 · Darby

For God is not [a God] of disorder but of peace, as in all the assemblies of the saints.

Paul orders the meetings at Corinth by one rule: the character of God Himself. A gathering should look like the God it worships. So two questions follow. Where does confusion come from, and who keeps order when believers meet? (Older translations render the first phrase "God is not the author of confusion.")

God's Character Sets the Standard

The verse comes right after the words about the spirits of the prophets. Read together, they show what a scene of confusion really means.

The spirits of the prophets are subject to the prophets, a statement that excludes all idea of being moved by an uncontrollable impulse. With men speaking under the power of demons it would be otherwise, resulting in unholy excitement and confusion. God is not the Author of confusion, but of peace. Any scene of confusion in the assemblies of God's people is clearly not of God.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The practical value of this is that it removes a standard excuse. A speaker is never at the mercy of his gift.

1 Corinthians 14:32 simply teaches that the spirit of the prophet was under the prophet's control — that he was not compelled, as by some irresistible force, to speak, but that he could wait, in calm self-possession, for a fitting occasion to speak. This is a most valuable principle, and one which ought to be deeply pondered. If it were fully understood and acted upon, it would preserve us from a quantity of mere fanaticism and absurdity.

Modernised from C. H. MackintoshOriginal wording

Where Confusion Comes From

If peace belongs to God, disorder must come from somewhere else.

A gift is not God, and the way a gift is used is not always an expression of His will. But God dwells in the assembly, and in each individual saint. This solemn and ever blessed truth lies at the bottom of all special direction as to behaviour in the Church. What God expects from His worshippers is not so much a ready awareness of gifts or powers in themselves. It is a deep and reverent sense of His immediate presence… Confusion is the fruit of human self-seeking, but grace makes us know the God of peace. When His abounding peace fills and quiets their hearts, their outward manner will show their inward state.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

The same principle reaches beyond the meeting into every quarrel among believers.

Strife and contention in the churches could not come from God. He is not the author of confusion, but of peace, as in all the assemblies of the saints… These things spring from the flesh. We read: "What causes quarrels and what causes fights among you? Is it not this, that your passions are at war within you?" (James 4:1). The devil, the relentless enemy of God, is behind the flesh. He can work upon it; he could have no foothold among the saints of God apart from it.

Modernised from J. T. MawsonOriginal wording

Who Keeps the Order

Because God Himself is the God of peace, one question presses: who presides when believers gather?

The assembly at Corinth had the worst confusion and disorder. Even there, the inspired apostle never hints at such a thing as a human president, under any name at all. God was there to keep order. They were to look to Him, not to a man, under any name. To set up man to keep order in God's Assembly is sheer unbelief, and an open insult to the Divine Presence.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

"As in All the Churches"

The closing phrase widens the verse past Corinth. What Paul writes to one assembly holds for all.

God led Paul to write to the Corinthian assembly to set them right about many things among them. But all through the letter we see passages that prove the apostle never treated it as an independent, self-contained unit. He saw it as a responsible and representative part of the whole church of God on earth… The same teaching, and the same principles of action that applied to them, applied to all… What applies to one applies to all.

Modernised from Truth & TestimonyOriginal wording

Commentators differ on where the phrase belongs. Some join it to the words before it; others to the sentence after it.

A full stop clearly belongs after the word peace. A new sentence then begins: "As in all the churches of the saints, the women should keep silent in the churches."

Modernised from C. KnappOriginal wording

Not Optional

These directions carry the weight of a command, so no one may shelve them as out of date.

Paul called on the saints at Corinth to see that these instructions, with all the earlier ones he gave, were not just his own ideas of what looked proper. They were "the commandments of the Lord." So our duty is plain. It is not for us to explain them away, or to treat them as only Paul's opinion, or as rules that suited the first century but are now out of date. Rather, as far as we understand them, we are to obey them.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Summary

- Character — Peace describes God Himself. So confusion in a meeting shows that something other than God is at work.

- Control — The prophets' spirits are subject to them. No speaker can plead an impulse he cannot resist, and wild excitement is not the mark of God's Spirit.

- Cause — Confusion grows out of self-seeking and the flesh. Strife between believers starts in the same place.

- Chairman — God Himself is present to keep order. Setting up a man to preside in His assembly counts as unbelief, not good management.

- Compass — "As in all the churches" makes this the pattern everywhere. And these are the Lord's commandments, not Paul's preference.

1 Corinthians 14:34 · Darby

Let [your] women be silent in the assemblies, for it is not permitted to them to speak; but to be in subjection, as the law also says.

Paul is telling a church how to behave when it meets: who may speak, in what order, and why. This verse puts one limit inside that freedom. Two questions follow. What does "in the churches" mean? And how does it fit with the same letter's earlier words about women praying and prophesying?

The setting: the gathered assembly

Commentators tie the restriction to a place, not to a woman's gift. Once the setting is fixed, the apparent clash with 1 Corinthians 11:5 disappears.

There is no inconsistency between 1 Corinthians 11:5 and 1 Corinthians 14:34. The first applies to a woman's prophesying under any circumstances. The second is limited to the use of the gift in the Christian assembly, where it is firmly forbidden to the woman... If God gives spiritual power, He means it to be used. Yet He has been pleased to regulate its use. The Christians had made the mistake many have fallen into since: supposing that because someone has a spiritual gift, there is unlimited freedom at all times and in all places.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The word "speak"

Some argue the word means idle chatter, so that only disruptive talking is banned. Kelly answers them from another passage that uses the same word.

The word "speak," they say, means only casual talk or chatter. This is completely untrue. It is the regular word for speaking out in public, as 1 Peter 4:10-11 shows... "whoever speaks" is to do so "as one who speaks oracles of God"; "whoever serves" is to do so "by the strength that God supplies." This is the same word for "speaking" that is forbidden to the women in this verse. It is speaking in public, not chattering.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

"As the Law also says"

Paul appeals to the Law, not to local custom. One writer follows that appeal back through the Old Testament, and asks where the women who prophesied actually spoke.

In a previous chapter the apostle has recognised the woman's liberty to pray and to prophesy. But in the churches or assemblies her voice must not be heard. The one exception is the shared praise that should always rise to God from such gatherings. Privacy is the woman's sphere, and subjection her appointed place in relation to the man. Both law and gospel teach this equally... Sarah obeyed Abraham, calling him lord. If Miriam prophesied, it was to the women of Israel. If Deborah was raised up, it was a mark of God's judgement and dishonour on the nation that had lost its true manhood by turning from the Lord... Scripture everywhere discourages a woman taking a prominent place, as out of keeping with the original law of creation.

Modernised from A. PridhamOriginal wording

Not a local rule, and not private opinion

Was this a one-off correction for one troubled city? Two things in the text answer that: the plural "churches," and Paul's own words in verse 37.

The instructions in this letter are not just local. They speak to all professing Christians everywhere. In the very passage under discussion the apostle speaks of women keeping silence in the "churches." He does not say "in your church," but "in the churches." ... Woman's place in the assembly is one of subjection and retirement, not of leadership. Those who take part publicly — in prayer, praise, or ministry — take a place of leadership, and that place is not given to women.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

Notice that this ban on women speaking in the assembly is not just the word of the apostle Paul — a bachelor, as some would describe him. These things are "the commands of the Lord" (1 Corinthians 14:37). So anyone who wants to be spiritual and please the Lord here must accept that these instructions are the statutes of God.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

One restriction inside a wide freedom

Set against the rest of the chapter, this limit is narrow. Grant describes a gathering with no fixed leader, led by the Spirit Himself.

The Holy Spirit is really present with us as the infallible Guide and Director in the church of God... the whole Church, in its coming together, could be trusted to His guidance, without prayer-book, priest, or president — each man left to his own conscience before God... In the public assembly, the women were to be silent (1 Corinthians 14). The one exception shows how large the liberty for all else.

Modernised from Frederick W. GrantOriginal wording

An honoured place, not a lesser one

Silence in the assembly is not a verdict on a woman's worth. Scripture speaks of women with high honour elsewhere.

I believe sisters have a very honourable place in Scripture. They stayed close to the Lord when the disciples deserted Him. At His death and resurrection it is they, not the apostles, who are found there. In His life they cared for His needs. At the end of Romans the apostle gives them the highest praise. But the Lord never sends them out to teach or preach... Everything is beautiful in its place.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Place, not person. The limit belongs to the assembly when it gathers. The same letter allows a woman to pray and prophesy elsewhere.

- Speak, not chatter. The word is the ordinary one for public speaking, the same word used in 1 Peter 4:10-11.

- Law, not culture. Paul grounds it in what the Law says, a subjection that both law and gospel teach.

- Churches, not Corinth. The plural "churches" and Paul's words in verse 37 make it a command of the Lord for all, not a local fix.

- Liberty, not silencing. The gathering has no prayer-book, priest, or president. This one exception shows how wide that freedom is, and the place it leaves the woman is honourable.

1 Corinthians 14:35 · Darby

But if they wish to learn anything, let them ask their own husbands at home; for it is a shame for a woman to speak in assembly.

This verse sets a rule for the Christian meeting. Two words decide what it means: "church" and "speak".

"In church" means the gathered assembly

Knapp settles the sense of the word from how it runs through the chapter.

"The Church" here is not a building or a structure of any kind. It is the assembly of God's saints, His people. The expression "in the Church," or "Churches," comes five times in this chapter (verses 19, 28, 33, 34 and 35). It always means the gathering of the Christians in assembly. The place makes no difference — a building, a hall, a private house, or even the open air. What matters is not the place but the persons and purpose of the gathering.

Modernised from C KnappOriginal wording

"Speak" is not "chatter"

Some soften the verse by saying the word means idle chatter. Kelly tests that against how the same word works elsewhere.

The ingenuity of the will, however, has found a supposed loophole. The word "speak," they say, means only to talk casually or to chatter. This is wholly untrue. It is the regular word for speaking out, as 1 Peter 4:10-11 shows… It is the same word that the earlier scripture forbids to the women. It is speaking in public, not idle talk. So the ban is complete. Woman's place is a quiet, private one; she is to learn quietly and in full submission.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Even a question is redirected home

The verse does not stop a woman from learning. It tells her where to ask.

Even asking questions in the assembly is not permitted: they may learn at home by this means, from their husbands. Of course, if they do not have a husband, it is elementary that they are not forbidden to ask someone else in private circumstances.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

Kelly notes that the assembly is the one place where reason would expect the rule to lift.

Those who love to reason might have supposed that there, if anywhere, women would be allowed to speak. It is a holy setting, where man is as nothing and God makes His presence and power known. It might have seemed a fitting place for holy women to speak. They might well have gifts, even the gift of prophesying, like the four daughters of Philip the evangelist.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Not one man's opinion

Some treat the rule as Paul's personal bias. Knapp answers by pointing two verses further on.

But we would ask those who hold that "all Scripture is breathed out by God" to read verse 37: "If anyone thinks that he is a prophet, or spiritual, he should acknowledge that the things I am writing to you are a command of the Lord." That settles everything for the soul that is subject to Scripture. These are not the arbitrary orders of a mere man, biased in favour of his own sex or prejudiced against women. They are "the commandments of the Lord," so we submit to them and obey them without question.

Modernised from C KnappOriginal wording

How this fits with women who prophesied

Some women in the New Testament did prophesy, as Philip's four daughters did. Kelly resolves the tension by asking where, not whether.

There is no inconsistency between this text and 1 Corinthians 14:34. The first applies to a woman's prophesying under any circumstances. The last covers only the use of the gift in the Christian assembly or church, and there it is firmly forbidden to the woman… If God gives spiritual power, He means it to be used. Yet He has been pleased to regulate how it is used. The Christians had made a mistake many have fallen into since. They supposed that because someone has a spiritual gift, he has unrestricted licence at all times and in all places.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Silence as a place of honour, not a demotion

Darby ranked the place of women in Scripture very high.

I believe Christian women have a very honourable place in Scripture. They stayed close to the Lord when the disciples deserted Him. At His death and resurrection they, not the apostles, are found there. In His life they cared for His needs. And at the end of Romans the apostle gives them the highest testimony… Everything is beautiful in its place.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Knapp answers those who scoff at the idea of a woman asking her husband at home.

Some have scoffed at the idea of an intelligent woman asking a question of her dull husband at home. That is worldly reasoning, not the reasoning of someone who honours the Lord and His Word. Another writer answered it well: "A Christian woman taking the place assigned to her by the great Head of the Church testifies of Him and for Him by a silence more effective than eloquent speech."

Modernised from C KnappOriginal wording

Summary

- Where. "In church" means the gathered assembly, not a building. The rule follows the meeting, wherever it meets.

- What. "Speak" is the ordinary word for speaking in public, not chatter. The ban even covers asking a question.

- Instead. Learning still goes on. The question moves home, to a husband, or to someone in private if there is none.

- Why. Verse 37 calls this a command of the Lord, not one man's preference.

- Worth. God does not deny the gift; He sets where it is used. The place He gives is honourable — a testimony more effective than eloquent speech.

1 Corinthians 14:36 · Darby

Did the word of God go out from you, or did it come to you only?

Paul has just set out how the church at Corinth should behave when it meets. He closes that section with two questions that are really a rebuke. Behind them is a question every church still faces: does the church produce the word of God, or only receive it?

The tone of the questions

These are not requests for information. One writer hears sarcasm in them, and answers the question for us as well as for Corinth.

There seems to be almost a touch of sarcasm in the apostle's words when he wrote, "Or was it from you that the word of God came? Or are you the only ones it has reached?" In truth the Word of God came to us only; it never came out from us. Our place is to receive it humbly and without question, and the more spiritual we are, the more fully we will do that.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

Source or recipient

The first question asks where the word starts. Wolston turns that into a choice each reader has to make.

Are you the source of the word of God, or is it God who gives the word through me, to you, to teach you? Are you going to be teachers, or taught, in this question? ... Every heart that loves Christ will now have to ask itself this question: Am I keeping His commandments when it comes to 1 Corinthians 14?

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

No church makes its own rules

If no church is the source of the word, no church can make its own rules. Kelly turns that into a test reaching far beyond Corinth.

The word of God comes out from no church, and it comes to no group of believers to the exclusion of others. What a principle, and how deep-reaching and important for all! ... A church may lay down its rules. It may draw up its beliefs. It may put out something for people to act on in discipline, government or doctrine. If that is not in simple subjection to the word of God, it falls into the same error the Corinthian church is warned against here.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Taught, not teaching

The second question asks whether the word reached them alone. It did not, so Corinth was no special case. That also settles what the church may and may not do.

The assembly must hold to the truth. While it bears with a lack of understanding (for we all know only in part), it must approve no error... But the assembly is taught. It cannot and should not teach. It is to accept those whom the Lord sends to teach... The word of God comes to the saints, and it comes to all of them.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why the question comes here

The verse follows Paul's direction about women keeping silence in the assemblies. Fereday reads it as a further reason for that instruction, not as a new subject.

The word of God comes to the church (the woman), not out from it, as the Church of Rome would teach us. The Christian woman is to learn this great principle and act on it. She is to learn from the man, and not take on the role of the man's teacher.

Modernised from W. W. FeredayOriginal wording

Kelly answers a further objection. Having a gift is not the same as the right to use it anywhere.

No doubt they reasoned that if women had gifts, why should they not use them everywhere? But only the One who gives the gift has the right to say when, how, and who may use it.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

The test of being spiritual

The next verse supplies the proof Paul is after. He tests a claim to be spiritual by what a person does with what he has written.

With all their gifts, the word did not come out from the Corinthians, and it had not come to them only. They ought to submit to the universal order of the Spirit in the assembly. If they claimed to be led by the Spirit, let them acknowledge — and this would prove it — that the things the apostle wrote to them were the commandments of the Lord.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Received, not produced — the word never came out from the Corinthians; it came to them. That single fact settles the whole argument.

- Received by all — the word did not reach them only, so no church is an exception to what binds every other.

- Received, so taught — a church that receives is a learner. It accepts the teachers the Lord sends, and never appoints itself teacher.

- Received, so no rule-making — when a church makes rules that Scripture has not given, it repeats Corinth's mistake.

- Received, so proved — you show you are spiritual by bowing to what is written as the Lord's commandment, not by claiming to be led.

1 Corinthians 14:37 · Darby

If any one thinks himself to be a prophet or spiritual, let him recognise the things that I write to you, that it is [the] Lord's commandment.

Paul has just set out how believers should behave when they meet: who may speak, in what order, and why. Now he turns to the gifted people at Corinth who might push back. What he writes is not one man's preference. It is a command from the Lord, and a spiritual person will be the first to admit it.

The Claim Paul Makes

This verse seals everything Paul has said. His claim reaches far beyond one city's problems. The quotes below use an older wording of the verse, "the commandments of the Lord":

The Apostle closes his directions with a firm claim: they are the commandments of the Lord. As such, they carry all the authority of the word of God. That word comes not only to the assembly at Corinth, but to all the assemblies of God's people. To ignore the Apostle's directions is to deny that the word of God applies to the whole church. The church's place is to be subject to the word of God, remembering that the word comes to the church, not from it. The assembly, as such, is taught; it cannot teach.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Commandments Without a Return to Law

Calling Paul's letters a "commandment" raises a worry. Is this a slide back into rule-keeping? One writer answers that the letters were always Scripture, and time has not weakened them:

The instructions in the letters were always part of Scripture, nothing less. They speak straight to the heart and conscience of the people they were written to. They were commands, but they were not law. If they were law, the great apostle who taught us that we are set free from the law made a terrible mistake. He knew that the Spirit must work through the written Word for it to take effect, in sinner or saint. Yet that did not stop him from claiming complete obedience to what he wrote. We owe that obedience no less than they did.

Modernised from Frederick W GrantOriginal wording

The Measure of a Spiritual Person

Paul does not argue about whether the Corinthians are spiritual. He gives them a way to prove it, and the same test still applies:

The Spirit of God knew in advance that people would ignore or challenge these rules. Some at Corinth were already leaning that way. They might imagine themselves to be spiritual people. If they truly were spiritual, they would prove it. They would see that the rules Paul laid down were not his own ideas, but the Lord's commands given through him. The test of our spirituality today is just the same.

Modernised from F. B. HoleOriginal wording

The word "thinks" points to where the Corinthians went wrong. A great gift felt like proof that they were spiritual, and it was not:

Someone might suppose himself to be spiritual because the Spirit had given him a great gift. But the one does not follow from the other at all, as we see at Corinth. The moral fruits of the Spirit were missing there. They were missing because the Corinthians were not walking in the Spirit. They were walking as mere men, ruled by the flesh.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

The Common Objection

Most people who escape this verse today do not deny it. They date it, treating these instructions as fit only for the church's early days. One writer meets that head on:

We all like to think of ourselves as spiritual. Now, fellow Christians, every one of you must face this: "the commandments of the Lord" must not be despised. You cannot treat them lightly... I know some will say that all this was for the early days. It worked then, but it cannot be done now. That is sheer unbelief, and nerve as well. God has spoken. Our place is to obey. It is not our place to tell Him that we are wiser than He is, and that we know how to run things in His house better than He did Himself.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Where Real Insight Leads

Gift and obedience are not rivals. The more real the gift, the deeper the obedience:

Real insight into God's mind, or the fruit of it in a spiritual life, would only deepen the sense of the Lord's authority and of how binding obedience is. We see this perfectly in Christ Himself while He was here on earth. So let the power of the Spirit be shown by recognising His commandment! Does anyone refuse to submit, saying he does not know? Then let him keep the place of ignorance, and not pretend to teach.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Commandment claimed. Paul calls his directions the Lord's commandments. They carry the authority of God's word — not for Corinth only, but for all the assemblies of God's people.

- Commandment, not law. These commands were never a return to law. Yet Paul claimed complete obedience to what he wrote, and we owe him that obedience just as Corinth did.

- Commandment as test. Anyone can think himself spiritual. The proof is seeing that these rules are not Paul's ideas but the Lord's commands. The test is the same today.

- Commandment above gift. Corinth shows that a great gift proves nothing. The moral fruits of the Spirit were missing there, because they walked as mere men.

- Commandment refused. Saying "that was only for the early days" is unbelief. God has spoken. Whoever refuses to obey by claiming ignorance should stay in that place, and not pretend to teach.

1 Corinthians 14:38 · Darby

But if any be ignorant, let him be ignorant.

Paul has just told the Corinthians that his rules for their meetings are the Lord's commandment, not his own opinion. This verse is his last word to anyone who will not accept that, and the commentators below quote it in older English: "if any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant."

The Authority Behind the Words

One writer draws out what Paul claims for his instructions, and why he cuts the discussion short:

The Apostle closes his directions with a clear claim: they are the commandments of the Lord. As such, they carry all the authority of the word of God. That word comes not only to the assembly at Corinth, but to all the assemblies of God's people... The church's place is to be subject to the word of God, remembering that the word of God comes to the church, and not from it. The assembly is taught; it cannot teach... So the Apostle is very short and decisive with anyone who refuses to submit. With such a person he will not argue.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

What Kind of Ignorance

This ignorance is not a gap in learning. It is a choice, and it settles how the assembly must treat the man who makes it:

The apostle answers the subtle argument that very spiritual people approve of women speaking in the assembly. Who decides what is spirituality? If one thinks himself a prophet or spiritual, let him show it by a spirit of thorough subjection and obedience to the commandments of the Lord. This is the test. But if anyone was ignorant, let him be ignorant: this is not mere lack of intelligence, but ignoring of God. The assembly was not to give in to him, or listen to his contentions, but leave him to his ignorance.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

No Comfort in Staying There

Does Paul shrug and let the man go? One writer feels the sting in the words:

I do not think there is much comfort in being ignorant. There is no credit in staying that way, when we have such plain teaching before our eyes about what the Lord wants. If I shut my eyes to the plain, distinct teaching of the Word of God, then I shall not know the truth. "If any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant" burns like acid, and I would rather it were not used on me. It applies to the one who will not see what God commands.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Not Free to Teach

What should a man do who will not see? One writer answers, and warns against arguing him round:

Does anyone refuse to submit, pleading ignorance? Then let him keep the place of ignorance and not pretend to teach. Those who wish to guide others should know what is, and what is not, of the Lord. In those who do not see, it is a question of will; His command has power enough to reach the conscience. To argue further would only feed that will and strengthen self-confidence, and it may harm your own soul as well. Those who will not obey are best left in the hands of the One whose words they quibble at. If they are His own, He knows how to break them down. He can make them thankful for the light they refused, since refusing it is what keeps them in ignorance.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Severity With Mercy in It

There is mercy in the sentence. Two people gain by it — the assembly, and the man himself:

What a mixture of tenderness, of patience, and of authority! The apostle wants the faithful to come to the truth and to order, led by their own affections. But if their good requires it, he will use an authority that cannot be appealed against, speaking straight from God... If any were ignorant that he wrote by the Spirit with the authority of God, it was ignorance indeed; leave such people to their ignorance. This would set spiritual and simple men free from such pretensions... Meanwhile the man of pretension, brought down to this place, would find the place good for him, and just what he needed.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

An Argument for Inspiration

The verse also settles something larger. If Paul can dismiss objectors like this over practical details, what about his letters as a whole?

So the apostle puts his writings on the same footing as the "commandments of the Lord." For those who cannot see it, he leaves this sorrowful comfort: "if any man be ignorant, LET HIM BE IGNORANT." Now will anyone say that the apostle, writing in that very same character... to the Romans or to the Galatians, is less inspired than when he writes to the Corinthians? Such an argument deserves no other answer than "if any man be ignorant, let him be ignorant."

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Command — Paul's directions are the Lord's commandment, and his other letters carry the same weight. The church is taught by God's word; it does not make it.

- Choice — this ignorance is not slowness to learn. It is a man ignoring God and refusing to see plain teaching.

- Distance — Paul will not argue with such a man. The assembly is not to give in to him or listen to his objections.

- Silence — a man who pleads that he cannot see has no claim to guide others. Let him keep that place and not teach.

- Mercy — left in the Lord's hands, the humbled man finds the place good for him, and the simple are set free from his pretensions.

1 Corinthians 14:39 · Darby

So that, brethren, desire to prophesy, and do not forbid the speaking with tongues.

Paul ends a long chapter about disorder at Corinth with two commands. Chase one gift. Do not block the other. Two questions remain: why is prophecy the gift to want, and why are tongues only allowed, never urged?

"Desire earnestly" — the word behind the command

The verb Paul uses is not the greed Scripture condemns elsewhere. Older translations render it "covet," which misleads a modern reader:

In 1 Corinthians 12:31 and 1 Corinthians 14:39, the word is ζηλόω (zeloo). It is quite different from the coveting that Scripture condemns. Revelation 3:19 translates it "be zealous," and the Corinthian passages can read the same way: "desire earnestly" the best gifts, and "desire earnestly" to prophesy.

Modernised from Morrish Bible DictionaryOriginal wording

What prophesying is

The command loses its force if we read prophecy as fortune-telling or as ordinary preaching. One writer sets both misreadings aside:

Prophecy does not have to predict the future. Prophets do predict, but prediction is not what prophecy is. On the other hand, it is a big mistake to think that prophesying is just building people up in a general way… A man who strengthens souls by holding up Christ and making His love better known certainly builds them up. So does a man who encourages or teaches well. But none of these things is prophesying. Prophesying is the kind of truth that puts a man's conscience in the presence of God. It makes the soul certain that His mind is in what is being said. It strips and lays bare thoughts, motives, feelings, everything.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

That is why it heads the list of things to want:

His great mission was to apply the word of God to the conscience and heart, to build people up. That is still the prophet's service in Christian times, and in that sense the gift remains. From the place the Apostle gives this gift here, we may gather that it is the greatest of all the gifts left to the church, and the one to desire most.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

Why the quieter gift outranks the spectacular one

Paul was not impressed by displays of power:

The display of power did not dazzle the apostle, as it dazzled the Corinthians then and many since who longed for it. He puts prophesying above such a display without reserve. Prophesying brings in more than power. It brings in God, and God at work building souls up, encouraging them and comforting them. This does not put a halo around man. It brings in God in grace, and gives the sense of His presence.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Two halves, two different commands

The second half can sound like encouragement to seek tongues. It is nothing of the kind:

The Corinthian believers should be zealous to prophesy themselves. Meanwhile they were not to stop other people from speaking with tongues. Paul was in no way encouraging anyone at Corinth who did not have the power of tongues to long for that power. Yet some quote the verse as if that were its point.

Modernised from William J HockingOriginal wording

Paul chose his two verbs with care. Pushing past them breaks the order the next verse calls for:

Even here, Paul puts the matter in a negative way. Suppose someone urges another to speak in tongues, or longs to speak in tongues himself. He goes beyond Scripture, and that is not decent or orderly.

Modernised from Leslie M. GrantOriginal wording

"Do not forbid" — a guard against man-made rules

The negative command has its own weight. It stops the assembly from silencing what God has given:

The conclusion of it all is this: "So, my brothers, earnestly desire to prophesy, and do not forbid speaking in tongues." We must not have any man-made rules in God's assembly to check His Spirit or lessen His Spirit's activity. The great sin of Christendom, I repeat, has been the quenching of the Holy Spirit. Men brought in rules and regulations about the assembly that are completely contrary to the Lord's commands given here.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

Liberty that stays inside order

This freedom is not left to personal taste. The Lord who forbids the ban also sets the limits:

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Summary

- Desire — the word means zeal, not greed. Paul commands an earnest pursuit of prophecy, using the word translated "be zealous" elsewhere.

- Define — prophecy is not fortune-telling, and not general preaching. It is truth that sets a person's conscience in God's presence and lays bare his motives.

- Distinguish — seek one gift; simply do not block the other. Urging anyone to seek tongues reverses Paul's own wording.

- Defend — the second half guards the assembly's freedom. No human rule may check what the Spirit is doing.

- Discipline — that freedom ends where order begins. The Lord reveals the order; human preference does not settle it.

1 Corinthians 14:40 · Darby

But let all things be done comelily and with order.

The chapter has just sorted out tongues, prophecy and speaking in turn. It closes with one short rule that covers everything. Whose order is meant — God's, or ours?

The Inscription Over the Assembly

One writer pictures the assembly as a building carrying two inscriptions:

"All things should be done decently and in order" is a lovely word for our hearts to take in. It is like an inscription that runs right round the inside of a building. Chapter 3 pictures the Assembly of God as a temple. As I come near and go up the steps, I see written over the entrance, "He catches the wise in their craftiness" (1 Cor. 3:19). That is God saying to us: if you come in here, you will be found out. I go inside. There I see a beautiful golden belt running right round the building, and I read on it, "All things should be done decently and in order." And what is the divine order? It is the order set out in chapters 12 and 14.

Modernised from W. T. P. WolstonOriginal wording

The Meaning of the Words

"Decently" points to what is fitting. But who decides what counts as fitting?

All things, not only these, are to be done in a fitting way and in order. But only the Spirit can show us in every case what is fitting, and the order is not left to human choice. The Lord Himself has revealed it. God condemns man's will in every detail of individual life, and He shuts it out just as firmly from the assembly of God. He formed that assembly for the glory of Christ, and He acts in it by the Holy Spirit according to the written word.

Modernised from William KellyOriginal wording

Why Order Matters: God's Presence

One writer traces the confusion at Corinth back to its root, and order back to its root too:

A gift is not God, and the way a gift is used is not always an expression of His will. But God dwells in the assembly, and in each believer. This solemn and always blessed truth lies at the bottom of every direction about behaviour in the Church. What He looks for in His worshippers is not so much a ready sense of their own gifts or powers, as a deep and reverent sense that God Himself is right there... Confusion is the fruit of human self-seeking, but grace brings us to know the God of peace. And where His abounding peace fills and quiets the hearts of His worshippers, their outward behaviour will show their inward state.

Modernised from PridhamOriginal wording

Freedom Corrected, Not Removed

At Corinth everyone wanted to speak at once. But the correction did not shut the door on open participation:

They were taking full advantage of their liberty, for "every one" was ready to take part. Still, they had abused that liberty by not acting "decently and in order". They had turned the liberty of the Spirit into licence for the flesh. Correcting this abuse does not mean that one-man ministry should take the place of the liberty that belongs to every man. Christendom has done that, and in trying to correct the abuse it lost the liberty.

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The same point is pressed from the negative side — what Paul did not tell them to do:

But notice that in spite of the disorder which came into the Corinthian Assembly, they were not told to change this order of the liberty of the Spirit and to appoint one man as the minister in charge and the leader of the Assembly.

Modernised from Raymond K. CampbellOriginal wording

A Verse Often Misused

The words are so general that people borrow them to defend arrangements this chapter never mentions:

It is astonishing to hear men quote 1 Cor. 14:40 for an order that is not the order of this chapter, and not the order of Scripture at all. They claim the authority of God's word for their own arrangements, whatever those may be, while they trample on the only order that God's revelation approves — the order He meant to set up for His assembly.

Modernised from The Bible TreasuryOriginal wording

How to Apply It

The verse works as a set of questions to ask before taking part:

The Apostle sums up his instructions by urging them again to desire to prophesy, and not to forbid speaking with tongues, but to let all things be done decently and in order. Whatever form the Spirit's working takes in the assembly, let everyone who takes part ask, "Will it be in love? Will it be for building others up? Will it be according to divine order?"

Modernised from Hamilton SmithOriginal wording

The same words also guide matters Scripture never settles in detail. Asked where children should sit at meetings, one writer said it is only a question of fitting protection and shelter. He added:

But formal rule there is none: decency and order is one.

Modernised from J. N. DarbyOriginal wording

Summary

- Presence — God dwells in the assembly. A reverent sense of Him there, not a sense of our own gift, is the root of all right behaviour.

- Peace — Confusion grows out of self-seeking. Where God's peace quiets the heart, the outward conduct shows the inward state.

- Fitting — "Decently" means what is fitting, and only the Spirit shows us what that is. The Lord reveals the order; we do not choose it.

- Liberty — Corinth abused its freedom. The cure was God's order, not one man put in charge; remove the liberty and you lose what God gave.

- Test — Before speaking, ask three things: is it in love, is it for building others up, is it according to God's order?